Ղեւտական / Leviticus - 25 |

Text:
< PreviousՂեւտական - 25 Leviticus - 25Next >


jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
The law of this chapter concerns the lands and estates of the Israelites in Canaan, the occupying and transferring of which were to be under the divine direction, as well as the management of religious worship; for, as the tabernacle was a holy house, so Canaan was a holy land; and upon that account, as much as any thing, it was the glory of all lands. In token of a peculiar title which God had to this land, and a right to dispose of it, he appointed, I. That every seventh year should be a year of rest from occupying the land, a sabbatical year, ver. 1-7. In this God expected from them extraordinary instances of faith and obedience, and they might expect from God extraordinary instances of power and goodness in providing for them, ver. 18-22. II. That every fiftieth year should be a year of jubilee, that is, 1. A year of release of debts and mortgages, and return to the possession of their alienated lands, ver. 8-17. Particular directions are given, (1.) Concerning the sale and redemption of lands, ver. 23-28. (2.) Of houses in cities and villages, with a proviso for Levite-cities, ver. 29-34. 2. A year of release of servants and bond-slaves. (1.) Here is inserted a law for the kind usage of poor debtors, ver. 35-38. (2.) Then comes the law for the discharge of all Israelites that were sold for servants, in the year of jubilee, if they were not redeemed before. [1.] If they were sold to Israelites, ver. 39-46. And, [2.] If sold to proselytes, ver. 47-55. All these appointments have something moral and of perpetual obligation in them, though in the letter of them they were not only peculiar to the Jews, but to them only while they were in Canaan.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
The law concerning the Sabbatical or seventh year repeated, Lev 25:1-7. The law relative to the jubilee, or fiftieth year, and the hallowing of the fiftieth, Lev 25:8-12. In the year of jubilee every one to return unto his possessions, Lev 25:13. None to oppress another in buying and selling, Lev 25:14. Purchases to be rated from jubilee to jubilee, according to the number of years unexpired, Lev 25:15-17. Promises to obedience, Lev 25:18, Lev 25:19. Promises relative to the Sabbatical year, Lev 25:20-22. No inheritance must be finally alienated, Lev 25:23, Lev 25:24. No advantage to be taken of a man's poverty in buying his land, Lev 25:25-28. Ordinances relative to the selling of a house in a walled city, Lev 25:29, Lev 25:30; in a village, Lev 25:31. Houses of the Levites may be redeemed at any time, Lev 25:32, Lev 25:33. The fields of the Levites in the suburbs must not be sold, Lev 25:34. No usury to be taken from a poor brother, Lev 25:35-38. If an Israelite be sold to an Israelite, he must not be obliged to serve as a slave, Lev 25:39, but be as a hired servant or as a sojourner, till the year of jubilee, Lev 25:40, when he and his family shall have liberty to depart, Lev 25:41; because God claims all Israelites as his servants, having redeemed them from bondage in Egypt, Lev 25:42, Lev 25:43. The Israelites are permitted to have bond-men and bond-women of the heathens, who, being bought with their money, shall be considered as their property, Lev 25:44-46. If an Israelite, grown poor, be sold to a sojourner who has waxed rich, he may be redeemed by one of his relatives, an uncle or uncle's son, Lev 25:47-49. In the interim between the jubilees, he may be redeemed; but if not redeemed, he shall go free in the jubilee, Lev 25:50-54. Obedience enforced by God's right over them as his servants, Lev 25:55.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
Lev 25:1, The sabbath of the seventh year; Lev 25:8, The jubilee in the fiftieth year; Lev 25:14, Of oppression; Lev 25:18, A blessing of obedience; Lev 25:23, The redemption of land; Lev 25:29, Of houses; Lev 25:35, Compassion to the poor; Lev 25:39, The usage of bondmen; Lev 25:47, The redemption of servants.
John Gill
INTRODUCTION TO LEVITICUS 25
In this chapter the Israelites are directed, when come into the land of Canaan, to observe every seventh year as a sabbatical year, in which there was to be no tillage of the land, and yet there would be a sufficiency for man and beast, Lev 25:1; and every fiftieth year as a year of jubilee, in which also there was to be no tillage of the land, and every man was to return to his possession or estate, which had been sold to another any time before this, Lev 25:8; and a promise of safety and plenty in the seventh year is made to encourage the observance of it, Lev 25:18; and several laws and rules are delivered out concerning the sale of lands, the redemption of them, and their return to their original owner in the year of jubilee, Lev 25:23; and the sale of houses, and the redemption of them, and the difference between those in walled cities and those in villages, with respect thereunto, Lev 25:29; and also concerning the houses of the cities of the Levites, and the fields of the suburbs of them, Lev 25:32; to which are added some instructions about relieving decayed, persons, and lending and giving to them, without taking usury of them, Lev 25:34; and other laws concerning the release of such Israelites as had sold themselves for servants to the Israelites, in the year of jubilee, since none but Heathens were to be bondmen and bondmaids for ever, Lev 25:39; and of such who were sold to proselytes, Lev 25:47.
25:125:1: Խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ Մովսիսի՝ ՚ի լերինն Սինայ՝ եւ ասէ.
1 Տէրը Սինա լերան վրայ խօսեց Մովսէսի հետ եւ ասաց.
25 Տէրը խօսեցաւ Մովսէսին Սինա լեռը՝ ըսելով.
Խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ Մովսիսի ի լերինն Սինայ եւ ասէ:

25:1: Խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ Մովսիսի՝ ՚ի լերինն Սինայ՝ եւ ասէ.
1 Տէրը Սինա լերան վրայ խօսեց Մովսէսի հետ եւ ասաց.
25 Տէրը խօսեցաւ Մովսէսին Սինա լեռը՝ ըսելով.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:11: И сказал Господь Моисею на горе Синае, говоря:
25:1 καὶ και and; even ἐλάλησεν λαλεω talk; speak κύριος κυριος lord; master πρὸς προς to; toward Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs ἐν εν in τῷ ο the ὄρει ορος mountain; mount Σινα σινα Sina λέγων λεγω tell; declare
25:1 וַ wa וְ and יְדַבֵּ֤ר yᵊḏabbˈēr דבר speak יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to מֹשֶׁ֔ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses בְּ bᵊ בְּ in הַ֥ר hˌar הַר mountain סִינַ֖י sînˌay סִינַי Sinai לֵ lē לְ to אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
25:1. locutusque est Dominus ad Mosen in monte Sinai dicensAnd the Lord spoke to Moses in mount Sinai, saying:
1. And the LORD spake unto Moses in mount Sinai, saying,
25:1. And the Lord spoke to Moses on mount Sinai, saying:
25:1. And the LORD spake unto Moses in mount Sinai, saying,
And the LORD spake unto Moses in mount Sinai, saying:

1: И сказал Господь Моисею на горе Синае, говоря:
25:1
καὶ και and; even
ἐλάλησεν λαλεω talk; speak
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πρὸς προς to; toward
Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
ὄρει ορος mountain; mount
Σινα σινα Sina
λέγων λεγω tell; declare
25:1
וַ wa וְ and
יְדַבֵּ֤ר yᵊḏabbˈēr דבר speak
יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
מֹשֶׁ֔ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
הַ֥ר hˌar הַר mountain
סִינַ֖י sînˌay סִינַי Sinai
לֵ לְ to
אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
25:1. locutusque est Dominus ad Mosen in monte Sinai dicens
And the Lord spoke to Moses in mount Sinai, saying:
25:1. And the Lord spoke to Moses on mount Sinai, saying:
25:1. And the LORD spake unto Moses in mount Sinai, saying,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
1-4: Круг древнееврейских праздников (см. гл. XXIII), в которые израильтянин посвящал себя на служение Иегове, завершается двумя замечательными учреждениями, представляющими дальнейшее развитие идеи субботы: институтом субботнего и юбилейного года, когда служил Богу не только человек, но и сама земля, дарованная Иеговою во временное пользование и на условиях завета евреям Первою, и самою характерною чертою субботнего года, называемого субботою Иеговы (ст. 2, 4), был покой земли, т. е. земля не возделывалась, не засевалась (ст. 4), виноградные и др. фруктовые деревья не обрезывались (ст. 5, ср. Исх ХХIII:11); из этого само собою следовало прекращение всех, связанных с земледелием (но не других) работ в год субботний. Таким образом, как у людей рабочею единицею времени является день, так в отношении к земле — год; и как у людей после 6-ти рабочих дней наступал 7-й день покоя и служения Иегове — суббота, так и земля после 6: лет севооборота и доставления плодов частным собственникам, делалась собственностью только Иеговы, праздновала тот священный покой, в который она была поставлена им при творении.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
1: The Sabbatical Year.B. C. 1490.
1 And the LORD spake unto Moses in mount Sinai, saying, 2 Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, When ye come into the land which I give you, then shall the land keep a sabbath unto the LORD. 3 Six years thou shalt sow thy field, and six years thou shalt prune thy vineyard, and gather in the fruit thereof; 4 But in the seventh year shall be a sabbath of rest unto the land, a sabbath for the LORD: thou shalt neither sow thy field, nor prune thy vineyard. 5 That which groweth of its own accord of thy harvest thou shalt not reap, neither gather the grapes of thy vine undressed: for it is a year of rest unto the land. 6 And the sabbath of the land shall be meat for you; for thee, and for thy servant, and for thy maid, and for thy hired servant, and for thy stranger that sojourneth with thee, 7 And for thy cattle, and for the beast that are in thy land, shall all the increase thereof be meat.
The law of Moses laid a great deal of stress upon the sabbath, the sanctification of which was the earliest and most ancient of all divine institutions, designed for the keeping up of the knowledge and worship of the Creator among men; that law not only revived the observance of the weekly sabbath, but, for the further advancement of the honour of them, added the institution of a sabbatical year: In the seventh year shall be a sabbath of rest unto the land, v. 4. And hence the Jews collect that vulgar tradition that after the world has stood six thousand years (a thousand years being to God as one day) it shall cease, and the eternal sabbath shall succeed--a weak foundation on which to build the fixing of that day and hour which it is God's prerogative to know. This sabbatical year began in September, at the end of harvest, the seventh month of their ecclesiastical year: and the law was, 1. That at the seed-time, which immediately followed the end of their in-gathering, they should sow no corn in their land, and that they should not in the spring dress their vineyards, and consequently that they should not expect either harvest or vintage the next year. 2. That what their ground did produce of itself they should not claim any property or use in, otherwise than from hand to mouth, but leave it for the poor, servants, strangers, and cattle, v. 5-7. It must be a sabbath of rest to the land; they must neither do any work about it, nor expect any fruit from it; all annual labours must be intermitted in the seventh year, as much as daily labours on the seventh day. The Jews say they "began not to reckon for the sabbatical year till they had completed the conquest of Canaan, which was in the eighth year of Joshua; the seventh year after that was the first sabbatical year, and so the fiftieth year was the jubilee." This year there was to be a general release of debts (Deut. xv. 1, 2), and a public reading of the law in the feast (Deut. xxxi. 10, 11), to make it the more solemn. Now, (1.) God would hereby show them that he was their landlord, and that they were tenants at will under him. Landlords are wont to stipulate with their tenants when they shall break up their ground, how long they shall till it, and when they shall let it rest: God would thus give, grant, and convey, that good land to them, under such provisos and limitations as should let them know that they were not proprietors, but dependents on their Lord. (2.) It was a kindness to their land to let it rest sometimes, and would keep it in heart (as our husbandmen express it) for posterity, whose satisfaction God would have them to consult, and not to use the ground as if it were designed only for one age. (3.) When they were thus for a whole year taken off from all country business, they would have the more leisure to attend the exercises of religion, and to get the knowledge of God and his law. (4.) They were hereby taught to be charitable and generous, and not to engross all to themselves, but to be willing that others should share with them in the gifts of God's bounty, which the earth brought forth of itself. (5.) They were brought to live in a constant dependence upon the divine providence, finding that, as man lives not by bread alone, so he has bread, not by his own industry alone, but, if God pleases, by the word of blessing from the mouth of God, without any care or pains of man, Matt. iv. 4. (6.) They were reminded of the easy life man lived in paradise, when he ate of every good thing, not, as since, in the sweat of his face. Labour and toil came in with sin. (7.) They were taught to consider how the poor lived, that did neither sow nor reap, even by the blessing of God upon a little. (8.) This year of rest typified the spiritual rest which all believers enter into through Christ, our true Noah, who giveth us comfort and rest concerning our work, and the toil of our hands, because of the ground which the Lord hath cursed, Gen. v. 29. Through him we are eased of the burden of worldly care and labour, both being sanctified and sweetened to us, and we are enabled and encouraged to live by faith. And, as the fruits of this sabbath of the land were enjoyed in common, so the salvation wrought out by Christ is a common salvation; and this sabbatical year seems to have been revived in the Christian church, when the believers had all things common, Acts ii. 44.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
25:1: The sabbatical year and the year of Jubilee belong to that great sabbatical system which runs through the religious observances of the Law, but rest upon moral rather than upon formally religious ground. It is not, therefore, without reason that they are here set apart from the set times which fell strictly within the sphere of religious observances.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:1: Exo 19:1; Num 1:1, Num 10:11, Num 10:12; Gal 4:24, Gal 4:25
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
25:1
The law for the sabbatical and jubilee years brings to a close the laws given to Moses by Jehovah upon Mount Sinai. This is shown by the words of the heading (Lev 25:1), which point back to Ex 34:32, and bind together into an inward unity the whole round of laws that Moses received from God upon the mountain, and then gradually announced to the people. The same words are repeated, not only in Lev 7:38 at the close of the laws of sacrifice, but also at Lev 26:46, at the close of the promises and threats which follow the law for the sabbatical and jubilee years, and lastly, at Lev 27:34, after the supplementary law concerning vows. The institution of the jubilee years corresponds to the institution of the day of atonement (ch. 16). Just as all the sins and uncleannesses of the whole congregation, which had remained unatoned for and uncleansed in the course of the year, were to be wiped away by the all-embracing expiation of the yearly recurring day of atonement, and an undisturbed relation to be restored between Jehovah and His people; so, by the appointment of the year of jubilee, the disturbance and confusion of the divinely appointed relations, which had been introduced in the course of time through the inconstancy of all human or earthly things, were to be removed by the appointment of the year of jubilee, and the kingdom of Israel to be brought back to its original condition. The next chapter (ch. 26) bears the same relation to the giving of the law upon Sinai as Ex 23:20-33 to the covenant rights in Ex 20:22-23:19.
John Gill
25:1 And the Lord spake unto Moses in Mount Sinai,.... Not when Moses was with the Lord on that mount forty days, but after he came down from thence, even after the tabernacle was set up, while the children of Israel where encamped about that mountain, and before they took their journey from thence; for they continued some time in the wilderness of Sinai, and here it was the Lord spoke to Moses; for the words may be rendered "by" or "near Mount Sinai" (g); and so Josephus (h) says, the following laws were delivered to Moses, when Israel was encamped under Mount Sinai:
saying; as follows.
(g) "apud seu juxta montem", Piscator; so Ainsworth, Patrick, &c. (h) Antiqu. l. 3. c. 12. sect. 3.
John Wesley
25:1 In mount Sinai - That is, near mount Sinai. So the Hebrew particle beth is sometimes used. So there is no need to disturb the history in this place.
25:225:2: Խօսեա՛ց ընդ որդիսն Իսրայէլի՝ եւ ասասցես ցնոսա. Եթէ մտանիցէք յերկիրն զոր ես տա՛ց ձեզ, եւ հանգչիցի՛ երկիրն զոր տաց ձեզ. զի շաբա՛թ Տեառն է։
2 «Իսրայէլի որդիներին ասա՛. “Եթէ[58] մտնէք այն երկիրը, որ ես տալու եմ ձեզ, թող[59] հանգստանայ նաեւ այդ հողը, քանի որ Տիրոջ շաբաթն է:[59] 58. Եբրայերէն՝ Երբ:">[58] մտնէք այն երկիրը, որ ես տալու եմ ձեզ, թող
2 «Խօսէ՛ Իսրայէլի որդիներուն ու ըսէ անոնց. Երբ այն երկիրը մտնէք, որ ես ձեզի պիտի տամ, թող այն երկիրը հանգստութեան շաբաթ մը պահէ Տէրոջը։
Խօսեաց ընդ որդիսն Իսրայելի եւ ասասցես ցնոսա. [403]Եթէ մտանիցէք յերկիրն զոր ես տաց ձեզ, [404]եւ հանգչիցի երկիրն զոր տաց ձեզ, զի շաբաթ Տեառն է:

25:2: Խօսեա՛ց ընդ որդիսն Իսրայէլի՝ եւ ասասցես ցնոսա. Եթէ մտանիցէք յերկիրն զոր ես տա՛ց ձեզ, եւ հանգչիցի՛ երկիրն զոր տաց ձեզ. զի շաբա՛թ Տեառն է։
2 «Իսրայէլի որդիներին ասա՛. “Եթէ[58] մտնէք այն երկիրը, որ ես տալու եմ ձեզ, թող[59] հանգստանայ նաեւ այդ հողը, քանի որ Տիրոջ շաբաթն է:
[59] 58. Եբրայերէն՝ Երբ:">[58] մտնէք այն երկիրը, որ ես տալու եմ ձեզ, թող
2 «Խօսէ՛ Իսրայէլի որդիներուն ու ըսէ անոնց. Երբ այն երկիրը մտնէք, որ ես ձեզի պիտի տամ, թող այն երկիրը հանգստութեան շաբաթ մը պահէ Տէրոջը։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:22: объяви сынам Израилевым и скажи им: когда придете в землю, которую Я даю вам, тогда земля должна покоиться в субботу Господню;
25:2 λάλησον λαλεω talk; speak τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel καὶ και and; even ἐρεῖς ερεω.1 state; mentioned πρὸς προς to; toward αὐτούς αυτος he; him ἐὰν εαν and if; unless εἰσέλθητε εισερχομαι enter; go in εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land ἣν ος who; what ἐγὼ εγω I δίδωμι διδωμι give; deposit ὑμῖν υμιν you καὶ και and; even ἀναπαύσεται αναπαυω have respite; give relief ἡ ο the γῆ γη earth; land ἣν ος who; what ἐγὼ εγω I δίδωμι διδωμι give; deposit ὑμῖν υμιν you σάββατα σαββατον Sabbath; week τῷ ο the κυρίῳ κυριος lord; master
25:2 דַּבֵּ֞ר dabbˈēr דבר speak אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to בְּנֵ֤י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel וְ wᵊ וְ and אָמַרְתָּ֣ ʔāmartˈā אמר say אֲלֵהֶ֔ם ʔᵃlēhˈem אֶל to כִּ֤י kˈî כִּי that תָבֹ֨אוּ֙ ṯāvˈōʔû בוא come אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הָ hā הַ the אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אֲנִ֖י ʔᵃnˌî אֲנִי i נֹתֵ֣ן nōṯˈēn נתן give לָכֶ֑ם lāḵˈem לְ to וְ wᵊ וְ and שָׁבְתָ֣ה šāvᵊṯˈā שׁבת cease הָ hā הַ the אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth שַׁבָּ֖ת šabbˌāṯ שַׁבָּת sabbath לַ la לְ to יהוָֽה׃ [yhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
25:2. loquere filiis Israhel et dices ad eos quando ingressi fueritis terram quam ego dabo vobis sabbatizet sabbatum DominiSpeak to the children of Israel, and thou shalt say to them: When you shall have entered into the land which I will give you, observe the rest of the sabbath of the Lord.
2. Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, When ye come into the land which I give you, then shall the land keep a sabbath unto the LORD.
25:2. Speak to the sons of Israel, and you shall say to them: When you will have entered into the land which I will give to you, rest on the Sabbath of the Lord.
25:2. Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, When ye come into the land which I give you, then shall the land keep a sabbath unto the LORD.
Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, When ye come into the land which I give you, then shall the land keep a sabbath unto the LORD:

2: объяви сынам Израилевым и скажи им: когда придете в землю, которую Я даю вам, тогда земля должна покоиться в субботу Господню;
25:2
λάλησον λαλεω talk; speak
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
καὶ και and; even
ἐρεῖς ερεω.1 state; mentioned
πρὸς προς to; toward
αὐτούς αυτος he; him
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
εἰσέλθητε εισερχομαι enter; go in
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
ἣν ος who; what
ἐγὼ εγω I
δίδωμι διδωμι give; deposit
ὑμῖν υμιν you
καὶ και and; even
ἀναπαύσεται αναπαυω have respite; give relief
ο the
γῆ γη earth; land
ἣν ος who; what
ἐγὼ εγω I
δίδωμι διδωμι give; deposit
ὑμῖν υμιν you
σάββατα σαββατον Sabbath; week
τῷ ο the
κυρίῳ κυριος lord; master
25:2
דַּבֵּ֞ר dabbˈēr דבר speak
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
בְּנֵ֤י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אָמַרְתָּ֣ ʔāmartˈā אמר say
אֲלֵהֶ֔ם ʔᵃlēhˈem אֶל to
כִּ֤י kˈî כִּי that
תָבֹ֨אוּ֙ ṯāvˈōʔû בוא come
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הָ הַ the
אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אֲנִ֖י ʔᵃnˌî אֲנִי i
נֹתֵ֣ן nōṯˈēn נתן give
לָכֶ֑ם lāḵˈem לְ to
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָׁבְתָ֣ה šāvᵊṯˈā שׁבת cease
הָ הַ the
אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
שַׁבָּ֖ת šabbˌāṯ שַׁבָּת sabbath
לַ la לְ to
יהוָֽה׃ [yhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
25:2. loquere filiis Israhel et dices ad eos quando ingressi fueritis terram quam ego dabo vobis sabbatizet sabbatum Domini
Speak to the children of Israel, and thou shalt say to them: When you shall have entered into the land which I will give you, observe the rest of the sabbath of the Lord.
25:2. Speak to the sons of Israel, and you shall say to them: When you will have entered into the land which I will give to you, rest on the Sabbath of the Lord.
25:2. Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, When ye come into the land which I give you, then shall the land keep a sabbath unto the LORD.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
25:2: The land keep a Sabbath - See this ordinance explained, Exo 23:11 (note). It may be asked here: if it required all the annual produce of the field to support the inhabitants, how could the people be nourished the seventh year, when no produce was received from the fields? To this it may be answered, that God sent his blessing in an especial manner on the sixth year, (see Lev 25:21, Lev 25:22), and it brought forth fruit for three years. How astonishing and convincing was this miracle! Could there possibly be any deception here? No! The miracle speaks for itself, proves the Divine authenticity of the law, and takes every prop and stay from the system that wishes to convict the Mosaic ordinances of imposture. See Exo 23:11. It is evident from this that the Mosaic law must have had a Divine origin, as no man in his senses, without God's authority, could have made such an ordinance as this; for the sixth year, from its promulgation, would have amply refuted his pretensions to a Divine mission.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:2: When ye: Lev 14:34; Deu 32:8, Deu 32:49, Deu 34:4; Psa 24:1, Psa 24:2, Psa 115:16; Isa 8:8; Jer 27:5
keep: Heb. rest, Lev 23:32 *marg.
a sabbath: Lev 26:34, Lev 26:35; Exo 23:10; Ch2 36:21
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
25:2
The Sabbatical Year. - When Israel had come into the land which the Lord gave to it, it was to sanctify it to the Lord by the observance of a Sabbath. As the nation at large, with its labourers and beasts of burden, was to keep a Sabbath or day of rest every seventh day of the week, so the land which they filled was to rest (to keep, שׁבּי שׁבת as in Lev 23:32) a Sabbath to the Lord. Six years they were to sow the field and cut the vineyard, i.e., cultivate the corn-fields, vineyards, and olive-yards (Ex 23:11 : see the remarks on cerem at Lev 19:10), and gather in their produce; but in the seventh year the land was to keep a Sabbath of rest (Sabbath sabbathon, Ex 31:15), a Sabbath consecrated to the Lord (see Ex 20:10); and in this year the land was neither to be tilled nor reaped (cf. Ex 23:10-11). זמר in Kal applies only to the cutting of grapes, and so also in Niphal, Is 5:6; hence zemorah, a vine-branch (Num 13:23), and mazmerah, a pruning-knife (Is 2:4, etc.).
(Note: The meaning to sin and play, which is peculiar to the Piel, and is derived from zamar, to hum, has hardly anything to do with this. At all events the connection has not yet been shown to be a probable one. See Hupfeld, Ps 4:1-8 pp. 421-2, note.)
The omission of sowing and reaping presupposed that the sabbatical year commenced with the civil year, in the autumn of the sixth year of labour, and not with the ecclesiastical year, on the first of Abib (Nisan), and that it lasted till the autumn of the seventh year, when the cultivation of the land would commence again with the preparation of the ground and the sowing of the seed for the eighth year; and with this the command to proclaim the jubilee year on "the tenth day of the seventh month" throughout all the land (Lev 25:9), and the calculation in Lev 25:21, Lev 25:22, fully agree.
John Gill
25:2 Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them,.... What follows, being what the whole body of the people would be under obligation to observe, and therefore must be delivered to them all, at least to the heads and elders of the people, and by them to the rest:
when ye come into the land which I give you; the land of Canaan, and until they came thither, the following law concerning the sabbatical year could not take place; and as Maimonides (i) says, it was only used in the land of Israel, and no where else, according to this text, and that both before and after the temple was built:
then shall the land keep a sabbath unto the Lord; a rest from tillage, as it is afterwards explained; and this being according to the will of God, when observed would be to his honour and glory, and show that he was the proprietor of the land; and that the Israelites held it under him by this tenure, that every seventh year they should let it rest, which would be for the benefit of the land, and preserve it from being impoverished by continual usage and hereby they might learn to depend on the providence of God, and to observe that all increase is from him; and to consider the straits and difficulties the poor live in continually, as they in this seventh year; and by this means they would be at leisure to have an opportunity of reading the law, as they did at this time, Deut 31:10; and of meditating upon it, and of giving themselves up to religious exercises, as well as by it they might be led to the typical use of to look for and expect that sabbatism or rest, which remains for the people of God. And now this law did not take place as soon as they came into the land, for it was to be sown six years, and then was the year of rest; and indeed not till after Joshua had subdued the whole land, which was seven years a doing; nor till they were quite settled, and it was divided among them, and every man had his field and vineyard apart, which this law supposes; wherefore the Jewish writers (k) say, they were not bound to tithes until the fourteenth year, and from thence they began to reckon the sabbatical year; and the twenty first year they made a sabbatical year, and the sixty fourth a jubilee, which they make to be the first that were kept: and they reckoned this year to commence, not on the first of Nisan or March, which was the beginning of the year for ecclesiastical things, but on the first of Tisri or September, when the harvest and all the fruits of the earth were gathered in; and when on other years they used to proceed to sowing the next month, but were forbid on this; and so it is said in the Misnah (l), the first of Tisri is the beginning of the year for the sabbatical and jubilee years.
(i) Hilchot Shemitah Vejobel, c. 4. sect. 25. (k) Torat Cohenim apud Yalkut, par. 1. fol. 191. 1. Maimon. ut supra, (Hilchot Tamidin) c. 10. sect. 2. (l) Roshhashanah, c. 1. sect. 1.
John Wesley
25:2 When ye come into the land - So as to be settled in it; for the time of the wars was not to be accounted, nor the time before Joshua's distribution of the land among them. Keep a sabbath - That is, enjoy rest and freedom from plowing, and tilling. Unto the Lord - In obedience and unto the honour of God. This was instituted, For the assertion of God's sovereign right to the land, in which the Israelites were but tenants at God's will. For the trial of their obedience. For the demonstration of his providence as well in general towards men, as especially towards his own people. To wean them from inordinate love, and pursuit of worldly advantages, and to inure them to depend upon God alone, and upon God's blessing for their subsistence. To put them in mind of that blessed and eternal rest provided for all good men.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
25:2 SABBATH OF THE SEVENTH YEAR. (Lev 25:1-7)
When ye come into the land which I give you--It has been questioned on what year, after the occupation of Canaan, the sabbatic year began to be observed. Some think it was the seventh year after their entrance. But others, considering that as the first six years were spent in the conquest and division of the land (Josh 5:12), and that the sabbatical year was to be observed after six years of agriculture, maintain that the observance did not commence till the fourteenth year.
the land keep a sabbath unto the Lord--This was a very peculiar arrangement. Not only all agricultural processes were to be intermitted every seventh year, but the cultivators had no right to the soil. It lay entirely fallow, and its spontaneous produce was the common property of the poor and the stranger, the cattle and game. This year of rest was to invigorate the productive powers of the land, as the weekly Sabbath was a refreshment to men and cattle. It commenced immediately after the feast of ingathering, and it was calculated to teach the people, in a remarkable manner, the reality of the presence and providential power of God.
25:325:3: Զվե՛ց ամ վարեսցես զա՛նդ քո, եւ զվե՛ց ամ յատցես զայգի քոյ, եւ ժողովեսցե՛ս զպտուղ նորա.
3 Վեց տարի կը մշակես քո արտը, վեց տարի կ’էտես քո այգին եւ կը հաւաքես դրանց բերքը:
3 Վեց տարի քու արտդ ցանէ՛ եւ քու այգիդ վեց տարի յօտէ՛ ու անոր արդիւնքը հաւաքէ՛.
Զվեց ամ վարեսցես զանդ քո, եւ զվեց ամ յատցես զայգի քո, եւ ժողովեսցես զպտուղ նորա:

25:3: Զվե՛ց ամ վարեսցես զա՛նդ քո, եւ զվե՛ց ամ յատցես զայգի քոյ, եւ ժողովեսցե՛ս զպտուղ նորա.
3 Վեց տարի կը մշակես քո արտը, վեց տարի կ’էտես քո այգին եւ կը հաւաքես դրանց բերքը:
3 Վեց տարի քու արտդ ցանէ՛ եւ քու այգիդ վեց տարի յօտէ՛ ու անոր արդիւնքը հաւաքէ՛.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:33: шесть лет засевай поле твое и шесть лет обрезывай виноградник твой, и собирай произведения их,
25:3 ἓξ εξ six ἔτη ετος year σπερεῖς σπειρω sow τὸν ο the ἀγρόν αγρος field σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even ἓξ εξ six ἔτη ετος year τεμεῖς τεμνω the ἄμπελόν αμπελος vine σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even συνάξεις συναγω gather τὸν ο the καρπὸν καρπος.1 fruit αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
25:3 שֵׁ֤שׁ šˈēš שֵׁשׁ six שָׁנִים֙ šānîm שָׁנָה year תִּזְרַ֣ע tizrˈaʕ זרע sow שָׂדֶ֔ךָ śāḏˈeḵā שָׂדֶה open field וְ wᵊ וְ and שֵׁ֥שׁ šˌēš שֵׁשׁ six שָׁנִ֖ים šānˌîm שָׁנָה year תִּזְמֹ֣ר tizmˈōr זמר prune כַּרְמֶ֑ךָ karmˈeḵā כֶּרֶם vineyard וְ wᵊ וְ and אָסַפְתָּ֖ ʔāsaftˌā אסף gather אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] תְּבוּאָתָֽהּ׃ tᵊvûʔāṯˈāh תְּבוּאָה yield
25:3. sex annis seres agrum tuum et sex annis putabis vineam tuam colligesque fructus eiusSix years thou shalt sow thy field and six years thou shalt prune thy vineyard, and shalt gather the fruits thereof.
3. Six years thou shalt sow thy field, and six years thou shalt prune thy vineyard, and gather in the fruits thereof;
25:3. For six years you shall sow your field, and for six years you shall care for your vineyard, and you shall gather its fruits.
25:3. Six years thou shalt sow thy field, and six years thou shalt prune thy vineyard, and gather in the fruit thereof;
Six years thou shalt sow thy field, and six years thou shalt prune thy vineyard, and gather in the fruit thereof:

3: шесть лет засевай поле твое и шесть лет обрезывай виноградник твой, и собирай произведения их,
25:3
ἓξ εξ six
ἔτη ετος year
σπερεῖς σπειρω sow
τὸν ο the
ἀγρόν αγρος field
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
ἓξ εξ six
ἔτη ετος year
τεμεῖς τεμνω the
ἄμπελόν αμπελος vine
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
συνάξεις συναγω gather
τὸν ο the
καρπὸν καρπος.1 fruit
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
25:3
שֵׁ֤שׁ šˈēš שֵׁשׁ six
שָׁנִים֙ šānîm שָׁנָה year
תִּזְרַ֣ע tizrˈaʕ זרע sow
שָׂדֶ֔ךָ śāḏˈeḵā שָׂדֶה open field
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שֵׁ֥שׁ šˌēš שֵׁשׁ six
שָׁנִ֖ים šānˌîm שָׁנָה year
תִּזְמֹ֣ר tizmˈōr זמר prune
כַּרְמֶ֑ךָ karmˈeḵā כֶּרֶם vineyard
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אָסַפְתָּ֖ ʔāsaftˌā אסף gather
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
תְּבוּאָתָֽהּ׃ tᵊvûʔāṯˈāh תְּבוּאָה yield
25:3. sex annis seres agrum tuum et sex annis putabis vineam tuam colligesque fructus eius
Six years thou shalt sow thy field and six years thou shalt prune thy vineyard, and shalt gather the fruits thereof.
25:3. For six years you shall sow your field, and for six years you shall care for your vineyard, and you shall gather its fruits.
25:3. Six years thou shalt sow thy field, and six years thou shalt prune thy vineyard, and gather in the fruit thereof;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
25:3: Vineyard - Rather, fruit-garden. The Hebrew word is a general one for a plantation of fruit-trees.
Geneva 1599
25:3 (a) Six years thou shalt sow thy field, and six years thou shalt prune thy vineyard, and gather in the fruit thereof;
(a) The Jews began to count the year in September: for then all the fruits were gathered.
John Gill
25:3 Six years thou shalt sow thy field,.... Under which is comprehended everything relating to agriculture, both before and after sowing, as dunging the land, ploughing and harrowing it, treading the corn, reaping and gathering it in; see Ex 23:10,
and six years thou shall prune thy vineyard, and gather in the fruit thereof; which is not to be restrained to vineyards only, but to be extended to oliveyards, orchards and gardens, and to the planting and cultivating of them, and gathering in the fruits of them.
25:425:4: յամին եւթներորդի շաբաթ հանգի՛ստ եղիցի երկրին. զի շաբաթ Տեառն է. զանդ քո ո՛չ վարեսցես, եւ զայգի քո ո՛չ յատցես.
4 Եօթներորդ տարին հանգստեան շաբաթ թող լինի այդ հողի համար, քանի որ շաբաթը Տիրոջն է պատկանում: Քո արտը չես մշակի, քո այգին չես էտի:
4 Բայց եօթներորդ տարին երկրին համար հանգստութեան շաբաթ, այսինքն Տէրոջը համար շաբաթ պէտք է ըլլայ։ Քու արտդ պիտի չցանես եւ քու այգիդ պիտի չյօտես
յամին եւթներորդի շաբաթ հանգիստ եղիցի երկրին, զի շաբաթ Տեառն է. զանդ քո ոչ վարեսցես, եւ զայգի քո ոչ յատցես:

25:4: յամին եւթներորդի շաբաթ հանգի՛ստ եղիցի երկրին. զի շաբաթ Տեառն է. զանդ քո ո՛չ վարեսցես, եւ զայգի քո ո՛չ յատցես.
4 Եօթներորդ տարին հանգստեան շաբաթ թող լինի այդ հողի համար, քանի որ շաբաթը Տիրոջն է պատկանում: Քո արտը չես մշակի, քո այգին չես էտի:
4 Բայց եօթներորդ տարին երկրին համար հանգստութեան շաբաթ, այսինքն Տէրոջը համար շաբաթ պէտք է ըլլայ։ Քու արտդ պիտի չցանես եւ քու այգիդ պիտի չյօտես
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:44: а в седьмой год да будет суббота покоя земли, суббота Господня: поля твоего не засевай и виноградника твоего не обрезывай;
25:4 τῷ ο the δὲ δε though; while ἔτει ετος year τῷ ο the ἑβδόμῳ εβδομος seventh σάββατα σαββατον Sabbath; week ἀνάπαυσις αναπαυσις respite; relief ἔσται ειμι be τῇ ο the γῇ γη earth; land σάββατα σαββατον Sabbath; week τῷ ο the κυρίῳ κυριος lord; master τὸν ο the ἀγρόν αγρος field σου σου of you; your οὐ ου not σπερεῖς σπειρω sow καὶ και and; even τὴν ο the ἄμπελόν αμπελος vine σου σου of you; your οὐ ου not τεμεῖς τεμνω cut
25:4 וּ û וְ and בַ va בְּ in † הַ the שָּׁנָ֣ה ššānˈā שָׁנָה year הַ ha הַ the שְּׁבִיעִ֗ת ššᵊvîʕˈiṯ שְׁבִיעִי seventh שַׁבַּ֤ת šabbˈaṯ שַׁבָּת sabbath שַׁבָּתֹון֙ šabbāṯôn שַׁבָּתֹון sabbatical feast יִהְיֶ֣ה yihyˈeh היה be לָ lā לְ to † הַ the אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth שַׁבָּ֖ת šabbˌāṯ שַׁבָּת sabbath לַ la לְ to יהוָ֑ה [yhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH שָֽׂדְךָ֙ śˈāḏᵊḵā שָׂדֶה open field לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not תִזְרָ֔ע ṯizrˈāʕ זרע sow וְ wᵊ וְ and כַרְמְךָ֖ ḵarmᵊḵˌā כֶּרֶם vineyard לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not תִזְמֹֽר׃ ṯizmˈōr זמר prune
25:4. septimo autem anno sabbatum erit terrae requietionis Domini agrum non seres et vineam non putabisBut in the seventh year there shall be a sabbath to the land, of the resting of the Lord. Thou shalt not sow thy field, nor prune thy vineyard.
4. but in the seventh year shall be a sabbath of solemn rest for the land, a sabbath unto the LORD: thou shalt neither sow thy field, nor prune thy vineyard.
25:4. But in the seventh year, there shall be a Sabbath of the land, a resting of the Lord. You shall not sow your field, and you shall not care for your vineyard.
25:4. But in the seventh year shall be a sabbath of rest unto the land, a sabbath for the LORD: thou shalt neither sow thy field, nor prune thy vineyard.
But in the seventh year shall be a sabbath of rest unto the land, a sabbath for the LORD: thou shalt neither sow thy field, nor prune thy vineyard:

4: а в седьмой год да будет суббота покоя земли, суббота Господня: поля твоего не засевай и виноградника твоего не обрезывай;
25:4
τῷ ο the
δὲ δε though; while
ἔτει ετος year
τῷ ο the
ἑβδόμῳ εβδομος seventh
σάββατα σαββατον Sabbath; week
ἀνάπαυσις αναπαυσις respite; relief
ἔσται ειμι be
τῇ ο the
γῇ γη earth; land
σάββατα σαββατον Sabbath; week
τῷ ο the
κυρίῳ κυριος lord; master
τὸν ο the
ἀγρόν αγρος field
σου σου of you; your
οὐ ου not
σπερεῖς σπειρω sow
καὶ και and; even
τὴν ο the
ἄμπελόν αμπελος vine
σου σου of you; your
οὐ ου not
τεμεῖς τεμνω cut
25:4
וּ û וְ and
בַ va בְּ in
הַ the
שָּׁנָ֣ה ššānˈā שָׁנָה year
הַ ha הַ the
שְּׁבִיעִ֗ת ššᵊvîʕˈiṯ שְׁבִיעִי seventh
שַׁבַּ֤ת šabbˈaṯ שַׁבָּת sabbath
שַׁבָּתֹון֙ šabbāṯôn שַׁבָּתֹון sabbatical feast
יִהְיֶ֣ה yihyˈeh היה be
לָ לְ to
הַ the
אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
שַׁבָּ֖ת šabbˌāṯ שַׁבָּת sabbath
לַ la לְ to
יהוָ֑ה [yhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
שָֽׂדְךָ֙ śˈāḏᵊḵā שָׂדֶה open field
לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not
תִזְרָ֔ע ṯizrˈāʕ זרע sow
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כַרְמְךָ֖ ḵarmᵊḵˌā כֶּרֶם vineyard
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
תִזְמֹֽר׃ ṯizmˈōr זמר prune
25:4. septimo autem anno sabbatum erit terrae requietionis Domini agrum non seres et vineam non putabis
But in the seventh year there shall be a sabbath to the land, of the resting of the Lord. Thou shalt not sow thy field, nor prune thy vineyard.
25:4. But in the seventh year, there shall be a Sabbath of the land, a resting of the Lord. You shall not sow your field, and you shall not care for your vineyard.
25:4. But in the seventh year shall be a sabbath of rest unto the land, a sabbath for the LORD: thou shalt neither sow thy field, nor prune thy vineyard.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
25:4: A sabbath of rest - See Lev 23:3 note. The express prohibition of sowing and reaping, and of pruning and gathering, affords a presumption in favor of the sabbatical year beginning, like the year of Jubilee Lev 25:9, in the first month of the civil year Lev 23:24, the seventh of the sacred year, when the land was cleared of the crops of the preceding year.
The great material advantage of the institution must have been the increased fertility of the soil from its lying fallow one year out of seven, at a time when neither the rotation of crops nor the art of manuring were understood. It must also have kept up a salutary habit of economy in the storing of grain. Compare Gen 41:48-56. Its great spiritual lesson was that there was no such thing as absolute ownership in the land vested in any man, that the soil was the property of Yahweh, that it was to be held in trust for Him, and not to be abused by overworking, but to be made the most of for the good of every creature which dwelt upon it.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:4: Lev 25:20-23, Lev 26:34, Lev 26:35, Lev 26:43; Exo 23:10, Exo 23:11; Ch2 36:21
John Gill
25:4 But in the seventh year shall be a sabbath of rest unto the land,.... From all tillage of it, from planting and cultivating any sort of trees in it; and even from digging pits, ditches; and caves, as say the Jewish writers (m): and this was typical of that rest which believers enter into under the Gospel dispensation, and of the rest in the new Jerusalem state, and especially in the ultimate glory; not only from the labours of the body, but of the mind, through sin, Satan, doubts and fears, and through conflicts with various enemies, and when even all spiritual labours and services will be at an end but that of praise:
a sabbath for the Lord; for his honour and glory, to ascertain his property in the land, to show the power of his providence, and display his goodness in his care of all creatures, without any means used by them:
thou shalt neither sow thy field nor prune thy vineyard; under which are comprehended all acts of agriculture, which respect the cultivation of vines, olives, figs, and, according to the Misnah (n), there were some instruments which it was not lawful to sell to an artificer in the seventh year, such as a plough, with all belonging to it, a yoke, a fan, a spade, but he may sell him a scythe, or a sickle, or a cart, and all its instruments; and which the commentators (o) interpret of one that is suspected of working in that year; the house of Shammai say, an heifer that ploughed might not be sold that year.
(m) Torat Cohenim apud Yalkut, ut supra. (par. 1. fol. 191. 1.) (n) Sheviith, c. 5. sect. 6. (o) Maimon. & Bartenora in ib.
John Wesley
25:4 A sabbath of rest to the land - They were neither to do any work about it, nor expect any harvest from it. All yearly labours were to be intermitted in the seventh year, as much as daily labours on the seventh day.
25:525:5: եւ զինքնեակն անդոյ քոյ որ գայցէ՝ ո՛չ հնձեսցես, եւ զխաղող սրբութեանն քոյ ո՛չ կթեսցես. զի ա՛մ հանգստեան է այն երկրին։
5 Քո արտում ինքն իրեն աճած բոյսը չես հնձի, Տիրոջը նուիրաբերուելիք խաղողը չես քաղի, քանի որ այդ հողի հանգստեան տարին է:
5 Քու արտիդ* մէջ ինքնիրմէ բուսածը պէտք չէ հնձես եւ քու չյօտած այգիիդ խաղողները պէտք չէ հաւաքես. հանգստութեան տարի պէտք է ըլլայ անիկա երկրին։
եւ զինքնեակն անդոյ քո որ գայցէ` ոչ հնձեսցես, եւ զխաղող սրբութեանն քո ոչ կթեսցես. զի ամ հանգստեան է այն երկրին:

25:5: եւ զինքնեակն անդոյ քոյ որ գայցէ՝ ո՛չ հնձեսցես, եւ զխաղող սրբութեանն քոյ ո՛չ կթեսցես. զի ա՛մ հանգստեան է այն երկրին։
5 Քո արտում ինքն իրեն աճած բոյսը չես հնձի, Տիրոջը նուիրաբերուելիք խաղողը չես քաղի, քանի որ այդ հողի հանգստեան տարին է:
5 Քու արտիդ* մէջ ինքնիրմէ բուսածը պէտք չէ հնձես եւ քու չյօտած այգիիդ խաղողները պէտք չէ հաւաքես. հանգստութեան տարի պէտք է ըլլայ անիկա երկրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:55: что само вырастет на жатве твоей, не сжинай, и гроздов с необрезанных лоз твоих не снимай; да будет это год покоя земли;
25:5 καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the αὐτόματα αυτοματος automatically ἀναβαίνοντα αναβαινω step up; ascend τοῦ ο the ἀγροῦ αγρος field σου σου of you; your οὐκ ου not ἐκθερίσεις εκθεριζω and; even τὴν ο the σταφυλὴν σταφυλη grapes τοῦ ο the ἁγιάσματός αγιασμα of you; your οὐκ ου not ἐκτρυγήσεις εκτρυγαω cycle; period ἀναπαύσεως αναπαυσις respite; relief ἔσται ειμι be τῇ ο the γῇ γη earth; land
25:5 אֵ֣ת ʔˈēṯ אֵת [object marker] סְפִ֤יחַ sᵊfˈîₐḥ סָפִיחַ growth קְצִֽירְךָ֙ qᵊṣˈîrᵊḵā קָצִיר harvest לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not תִקְצֹ֔ור ṯiqṣˈôr קצר harvest וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] עִנְּבֵ֥י ʕinnᵊvˌê עֵנָב grape נְזִירֶ֖ךָ nᵊzîrˌeḵā נָזִיר singled out לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not תִבְצֹ֑ר ṯivṣˈōr בצר gather grapes שְׁנַ֥ת šᵊnˌaṯ שָׁנָה year שַׁבָּתֹ֖ון šabbāṯˌôn שַׁבָּתֹון sabbatical feast יִהְיֶ֥ה yihyˌeh היה be לָ lā לְ to † הַ the אָֽרֶץ׃ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
25:5. quae sponte gignit humus non metes et uvas primitiarum tuarum non colliges quasi vindemiam annus enim requietionis terrae estWhat the ground shall bring forth of itself, thou shalt not reap: neither shalt thou gather the grapes or the firstfruits as a vintage. For it is a year of rest to the land.
5. That which groweth of itself of thy harvest thou shalt not reap, and the grapes of thy undressed vine thou shalt not gather: it shall be a year of solemn rest for the land.
25:5. What the soil shall spontaneously produce, you shall not harvest. And you shall not gather the grapes of the first-fruits as a crop. For it is a year of rest for the land.
25:5. That which groweth of its own accord of thy harvest thou shalt not reap, neither gather the grapes of thy vine undressed: [for] it is a year of rest unto the land.
That which groweth of its own accord of thy harvest thou shalt not reap, neither gather the grapes of thy vine undressed: [for] it is a year of rest unto the land:

5: что само вырастет на жатве твоей, не сжинай, и гроздов с необрезанных лоз твоих не снимай; да будет это год покоя земли;
25:5
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
αὐτόματα αυτοματος automatically
ἀναβαίνοντα αναβαινω step up; ascend
τοῦ ο the
ἀγροῦ αγρος field
σου σου of you; your
οὐκ ου not
ἐκθερίσεις εκθεριζω and; even
τὴν ο the
σταφυλὴν σταφυλη grapes
τοῦ ο the
ἁγιάσματός αγιασμα of you; your
οὐκ ου not
ἐκτρυγήσεις εκτρυγαω cycle; period
ἀναπαύσεως αναπαυσις respite; relief
ἔσται ειμι be
τῇ ο the
γῇ γη earth; land
25:5
אֵ֣ת ʔˈēṯ אֵת [object marker]
סְפִ֤יחַ sᵊfˈîₐḥ סָפִיחַ growth
קְצִֽירְךָ֙ qᵊṣˈîrᵊḵā קָצִיר harvest
לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not
תִקְצֹ֔ור ṯiqṣˈôr קצר harvest
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
עִנְּבֵ֥י ʕinnᵊvˌê עֵנָב grape
נְזִירֶ֖ךָ nᵊzîrˌeḵā נָזִיר singled out
לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not
תִבְצֹ֑ר ṯivṣˈōr בצר gather grapes
שְׁנַ֥ת šᵊnˌaṯ שָׁנָה year
שַׁבָּתֹ֖ון šabbāṯˌôn שַׁבָּתֹון sabbatical feast
יִהְיֶ֥ה yihyˌeh היה be
לָ לְ to
הַ the
אָֽרֶץ׃ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
25:5. quae sponte gignit humus non metes et uvas primitiarum tuarum non colliges quasi vindemiam annus enim requietionis terrae est
What the ground shall bring forth of itself, thou shalt not reap: neither shalt thou gather the grapes or the firstfruits as a vintage. For it is a year of rest to the land.
25:5. What the soil shall spontaneously produce, you shall not harvest. And you shall not gather the grapes of the first-fruits as a crop. For it is a year of rest for the land.
25:5. That which groweth of its own accord of thy harvest thou shalt not reap, neither gather the grapes of thy vine undressed: [for] it is a year of rest unto the land.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
5-7: Дополнением требования субботнего покоя 7-го года служит узаконение, чтобы все выросшее на земле в этот год само собою (самосев, евр. sapiach, LXX: automata, Vulg.: «quae sponte gignet humus») поступало в общее пользование не только владельца с семьей, но и рабов, пришельцев и вообще бедных, а равно животных домашних и зверей диких. К этим двум привилегиям субботнего года по кн. Исход (ХXIII:10–11) и Левит (XXV:2–7) кн. Второзакония добавляет две другие. Именно: 1) из необработки земли в субботний год логически вытекала невозможность платежа по долговым обязательствам; отсюда — предписание Втор XV:1–3, о невзыскании и даже (по вероятнейшему, оправдываемому духом закона Моисеева и подтверждаемому иудейской традицией и Филоном, de septenario, р. 1173) совершенное прощение (schemittah) долгов несостоятельным должникам из единоплеменников; напротив, (содержащееся во Втор XV:12–18) предписание об отпущении рабов в 7-й год, вопреки мнению блаж. Феодорита (вопр. 35) и некоторых новых толкователей, не относится к субботнему году: здесь имеется в виду 7-й год службы каждого отдельною раба-еврея, как и толкует иуд. традиция; 2) свободный от земледельческих работ, народ вместе с землею должен был особенно посвящать себя на служение Иегове: этому служило обязательное участие всего народа (мужчин, женщин, детей, пришельцев) в слушании закона Божья в праздник кущей субботнего года. Втор XXXI:10–13: (чтение закона, по И. Флавию, Древности, IV:8, 12, совершалось первосвященником); так как субботний год, подобно юбилейному (ср. ст. 9), начинался с осени, именно, вероятно, с 7-го месяца (как показывает указываемый в ст. 3–4, 20–22: порядок хозяйственных работ: сеять, обрезывать виноград, затем собирать плоды). Для выполнения этого замечательного закона требовался народ глубокой религиозной веры, целый 7-й год земля оставалась без обработки, а потому и без урожая в 8-й год, только в 9-й год начинался правильный севооборот. Предвидя колебания и сомнения маловерия и малодушия (ст. 20) евреев, законодатель устраняет их указания на особый, достаточный для 3: лет, урожай, который Иегова, в награду за точное исполнение народом Его воли, пошлет ему в 6-й, предсубботний год (ст. 21), так что произведений этого года достанет евреям до года девятого (ст. 22). Требовалось от народа и немалое самоотвержение в пользу ближних — в предоставлении им пользования плодами и особенно в прощении долгов. Предупреждает законодатель (Втор XV:9–10) и движения скупости, корыстолюбия, своекорыстия в сердце еврея, воспрещая отказывать ближнему в займе пред годом субботним. По блаж. Феодориту, законом о субботнем года, Бог «наказывает ненасытимость израильтян. Поелику желая большого, непрестанно велел в седьмой год оставлять землю не засеянною, да и что родится само собою, запретил то собирать или жать, обучая сим человеколюбию; потому что повелевает плодами земными пользоваться вместе с израильтянами вдовам, сиротам и сторонним пришельцам; кроме того в сей год бывало прощение долгов и освобождение евреев, находившихся в рабстве» (последнее, как было уже упомянуто, не принадлежало к числу особенностей субботнего года). Таким образом главное значение закона о субботнем годе — религиозно-нравственное; идея всецелого служения народа и самой земли Иегове и возбуждение в народе веры в Него и надежды, сердечной преданности Ему; затем воспитание духа братолюбия, человеколюбия в народе Божием, наконец, насаждение социального равенства в народе. Совершенно подчиненное, второстепенное значение имеют другие мотивы института, которые некоторыми исследователями возводились на степень главных, как то: приучение народа к правильным государственным сбережениям и вместе к охоте на зверей (Михаэлис, Гуг), к рациональному способу ведения обработки полей и сельского хозяйства (Рим, Новакк). Субботний год, строго соблюдаемый, мог, конечно, плодотворно отражаться и на этих сторонах древнееврейского быта, но главный смысл и значение института состоял в воспитании воли народа к служению Богу и ближним. О соблюдении закона в до-пленное время свидетельств нет, если не считать неопределенного указания Ис XXXVII:30. Напротив, есть прямое библейское свидетельство 2: Пар XXXVI:21: (ср. Лев ХXVI:34–36, 43) о несоблюдении евреями субботних годов до плена, так что и 70: лет плена представляются как бы годами невольного субботствование Палестины в наказание за вольное нарушение евреями субботних годов в этой стране. После плена субботний год соблюдался и притом с особым ригоризмом, именно относительно покоя земли (ср. 1: Мак VI:20–49, 53; Иос. Флав. Древн. XI:8, 6; XIII:8–1; XIV 16, 12; XV:1, 2); год пред разрушением Иерусалима был также субботним. Зато чистый религиозно-нравственный дух закона более и более терялся в массе казуистических предписаний талмудических авторитетов (напр., прощение долгов было исключено из числа привилегий субботнего года посредством изобретенного Гиллелом Старшим т. наз. «прозбола», т. е. документа, гарантировавшего зa кредитором право взыскивать свои долги в год субботний).

Провозглашение юбилея Лев XXV:9.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
25:5: Vine undressed - That is, "unpruned"; literally "Nazarite vine", the figure being taken from the unshorn locks of the Nazarite. Num 6:5.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:5: groweth: Kg2 19:29; Isa 37:30
thy vine undressed: Heb. the separation
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
25:5
"That which has fallen out (been shaken out) of thy harvest (i.e., the corn which had grown from the grains of the previous harvest that had fallen out) thou shalt not reap, and the grapes of thine uncut thou shalt not gather." נזיר, the Nazarite, who let his hair grow freely without cutting it (Num 6:5), is used figuratively, both here and in Lev 25:11, to denote a vine not pruned, since by being left to put forth all its productive power it was consecrated to the Lord. The Roman poets employ a similar figure, and speak of the viridis coma of the vine (Tibull. i. 7, 34; Propert. ii. 15, 12).
Geneva 1599
25:5 That which groweth of its (b) own accord of thy harvest thou shalt not reap, neither gather the grapes of thy vine (c) undressed: [for] it is a year of rest unto the land.
(b) Because of the corn that fell out of the ears the previous year.
(c) Or, which you have separated from yourself, and consecrated to God for the poor.
John Gill
25:5 That which groweth of its own accord of thy harvest thou shalt not reap,.... That which sprung up of itself from grains of corn, shed in the harvest of the preceding year, without any ploughing or sowing; he might reap it, but not as at other times, the whole of it, and gather it as his own property, but only somewhat of it in common with others for his, present use:
neither gather the grapes of thy vine undressed; which was on this year forbid to be dressed; the grapes of which he might gather in common with others, but not as in other years, all of them, and as peculiarly his own: the words may be rendered, "the grapes of thy separations" (p); either such as in other years he used to separate for himself, and forbid others gathering them, but now made them common; or which he did not labour in the cultivation of, but abstained from it:
for it is a year of rest unto the land; which is repeated, that it may be observed.
(p) "uvas tuarum separationum", Pagninus, Montanus; so Drusius & Ainsworth.
John Wesley
25:5 Of its own accord - From the grains that fell out of the ears the last reaping time. Thou shalt not reap - That is, as thy own peculiarly, but only so as others may reap it with thee, for present food. Undressed - Not cut off by thee, but suffered to grow for the use of the poor.
25:625:6: Եւ եղիցի շաբա՛թ երկրին ձերոյ, կերակուր՝ ձե՛զ, եւ ծառային քում, եւ աղախնո՛յ քում, եւ վարձկանին քում, եւ պանդխտին յեցելոյ ՚ի քեզ.
6 Հանգստեան տարուայ ինքնաբոյս բերքը կերակուր թող լինի ձեզ՝ քո ծառայի, քո աղախնու, քո վարձկանի, քեզ մօտ բնակութիւն հաստատած օտարականի,
6 Եւ երկրին շաբաթը թող կերակուր հայթայթէ քեզի եւ քու ծառայիդ եւ քու աղախինիդ ու քու վարձկանիդ եւ քու քովդ պանդխտացած օտարականին
Եւ եղիցի շաբաթ երկրին ձերոյ, կերակուր` քեզ եւ ծառայի քում, եւ աղախնոյ քում, եւ վարձկանին քում, եւ պանդխտին յեցելոյ ի քեզ:

25:6: Եւ եղիցի շաբա՛թ երկրին ձերոյ, կերակուր՝ ձե՛զ, եւ ծառային քում, եւ աղախնո՛յ քում, եւ վարձկանին քում, եւ պանդխտին յեցելոյ ՚ի քեզ.
6 Հանգստեան տարուայ ինքնաբոյս բերքը կերակուր թող լինի ձեզ՝ քո ծառայի, քո աղախնու, քո վարձկանի, քեզ մօտ բնակութիւն հաստատած օտարականի,
6 Եւ երկրին շաբաթը թող կերակուր հայթայթէ քեզի եւ քու ծառայիդ եւ քու աղախինիդ ու քու վարձկանիդ եւ քու քովդ պանդխտացած օտարականին
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:66: и будет это в продолжение субботы земли [всем] вам в пищу, тебе и рабу твоему, и рабе твоей, и наемнику твоему, и поселенцу твоему, поселившемуся у тебя;
25:6 καὶ και and; even ἔσται ειμι be τὰ ο the σάββατα σαββατον Sabbath; week τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land βρώματά βρωμα food σοι σοι you καὶ και and; even τῷ ο the παιδί παις child; boy σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even τῇ ο the παιδίσκῃ παιδισκη girl; maid σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even τῷ ο the μισθωτῷ μισθωτος hired hand σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even τῷ ο the παροίκῳ παροικος resident; foreigner τῷ ο the προσκειμένῳ προσκειμαι to; toward σέ σε.1 you
25:6 וְ֠ wᵊ וְ and הָיְתָה hāyᵊṯˌā היה be שַׁבַּ֨ת šabbˌaṯ שַׁבָּת sabbath הָ hā הַ the אָ֤רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth לָכֶם֙ lāḵˌem לְ to לְ lᵊ לְ to אָכְלָ֔ה ʔoḵlˈā אָכְלָה food לְךָ֖ lᵊḵˌā לְ to וּ û וְ and לְ lᵊ לְ to עַבְדְּךָ֣ ʕavdᵊḵˈā עֶבֶד servant וְ wᵊ וְ and לַ la לְ to אֲמָתֶ֑ךָ ʔᵃmāṯˈeḵā אָמָה handmaid וְ wᵊ וְ and לִ li לְ to שְׂכִֽירְךָ֙ śᵊḵˈîrᵊḵā שָׂכִיר hired וּ û וְ and לְ lᵊ לְ to תֹושָׁ֣בְךָ֔ ṯôšˈāvᵊḵˈā תֹּושָׁב sojourner הַ ha הַ the גָּרִ֖ים ggārˌîm גור dwell עִמָּֽךְ׃ ʕimmˈāḵ עִם with
25:6. sed erunt vobis in cibum tibi et servo tuo ancillae et mercennario tuo et advenae qui peregrinantur apud teBut they shall be unto you for meat, to thee and to thy manservant, to thy maidservant and thy hireling, and to the strangers that sojourn with thee.
6. And the sabbath of the land shall be for food for you; for thee, and for thy servant and for thy maid, and for thy hired servant and for thy stranger that sojourn with thee;
25:6. But these shall be yours for food, for you and for your men and women servants, and for your hired hands, and for the newcomers who sojourn with you:
25:6. And the sabbath of the land shall be meat for you; for thee, and for thy servant, and for thy maid, and for thy hired servant, and for thy stranger that sojourneth with thee,
And the sabbath of the land shall be meat for you; for thee, and for thy servant, and for thy maid, and for thy hired servant, and for thy stranger that sojourneth with thee:

6: и будет это в продолжение субботы земли [всем] вам в пищу, тебе и рабу твоему, и рабе твоей, и наемнику твоему, и поселенцу твоему, поселившемуся у тебя;
25:6
καὶ και and; even
ἔσται ειμι be
τὰ ο the
σάββατα σαββατον Sabbath; week
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
βρώματά βρωμα food
σοι σοι you
καὶ και and; even
τῷ ο the
παιδί παις child; boy
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
τῇ ο the
παιδίσκῃ παιδισκη girl; maid
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
τῷ ο the
μισθωτῷ μισθωτος hired hand
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
τῷ ο the
παροίκῳ παροικος resident; foreigner
τῷ ο the
προσκειμένῳ προσκειμαι to; toward
σέ σε.1 you
25:6
וְ֠ wᵊ וְ and
הָיְתָה hāyᵊṯˌā היה be
שַׁבַּ֨ת šabbˌaṯ שַׁבָּת sabbath
הָ הַ the
אָ֤רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
לָכֶם֙ lāḵˌem לְ to
לְ lᵊ לְ to
אָכְלָ֔ה ʔoḵlˈā אָכְלָה food
לְךָ֖ lᵊḵˌā לְ to
וּ û וְ and
לְ lᵊ לְ to
עַבְדְּךָ֣ ʕavdᵊḵˈā עֶבֶד servant
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לַ la לְ to
אֲמָתֶ֑ךָ ʔᵃmāṯˈeḵā אָמָה handmaid
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לִ li לְ to
שְׂכִֽירְךָ֙ śᵊḵˈîrᵊḵā שָׂכִיר hired
וּ û וְ and
לְ lᵊ לְ to
תֹושָׁ֣בְךָ֔ ṯôšˈāvᵊḵˈā תֹּושָׁב sojourner
הַ ha הַ the
גָּרִ֖ים ggārˌîm גור dwell
עִמָּֽךְ׃ ʕimmˈāḵ עִם with
25:6. sed erunt vobis in cibum tibi et servo tuo ancillae et mercennario tuo et advenae qui peregrinantur apud te
But they shall be unto you for meat, to thee and to thy manservant, to thy maidservant and thy hireling, and to the strangers that sojourn with thee.
25:6. But these shall be yours for food, for you and for your men and women servants, and for your hired hands, and for the newcomers who sojourn with you:
25:6. And the sabbath of the land shall be meat for you; for thee, and for thy servant, and for thy maid, and for thy hired servant, and for thy stranger that sojourneth with thee,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
25:6: The sabbath of the land shall be meat for you - That is, the produce of the untilled land (its "increase," Lev 25:7) shall be food for the whole of you in common, rich and poor without distinction Exo 23:11.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:6: Exo 23:11; Act 2:44, Act 4:32, Act 4:34, Act 4:35
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
25:6
"And the Sabbath of the land (i.e., the produce of the sabbatical year or year of rest, whatever grew that year without cultivation) shall be to you for food, for thee and thy servant,...and for the beasts that are in thy land shall all its produce be for food." The meaning is, that what grew of itself was not to be reaped by the owner of the land, but that masters and servants, labourers and visitors, cattle and game, were to eat thereof away from the field (cf. Lev 25:12). The produce arising without tilling or sowing was to be a common good for man and beast. According to Ex 23:11, it was to belong to the poor and needy; but the owner was not forbidden to partake of it also, so that there can be no discrepancy discovered between this passage and the verse before us. The produce referred to would be by no means inconsiderable, particularly if there had not been a careful gleaning after the harvest, or the corn had become over-ripe. In the fertile portions of Palestine, especially in the plain of Jezreel and on the table-land of Galilee, as well as in other parts, large quantities of wheat and other cereals are still self-sown from the ripe ears, the over-flowing of which is not gathered by any of the inhabitants of the land. Strabo gives a similar account of Albania, viz., that in many parts a field once sown will bear fruit twice and even three times, the first yield being as much as fifty-fold. The intention of his law was not so much to secure the physical recreation of both the land and people, however useful and necessary this might be for men, animals, and land in this sublunary world; but the land was to keep Sabbath to the Lord in the seventh year. In the sabbatical year the land, which the Lord had given to His people, was to observe a period of holy rest and refreshment to its Lord and God, just as the congregation did on the Sabbath-day; and the hand of man was to be withheld from the fields and fruit-gardens from working them, that they might yield their produce for his use. The earth was to be saved from the hand of man exhausting its power for earthly purposes as his own property, and to enjoy the holy rest with which God had blessed the earth and all its productions after the creation. From this, Israel, as the nation of God, was to learn, on the one hand, that although the earth was created for man, it was not merely created for him to draw out its powers for his own use, but also to be holy to the Lord, and participate in His blessed rest; and on the other hand, that the great purpose for which the congregation of the Lord existed, did not consist in the uninterrupted tilling of the earth, connected with bitter labour in the sweat of his brow (Gen 3:17, Gen 3:19), but in the peaceful enjoyment of the fruits of the earth, which the Lord their God had given them, and would give them still without the labour of their hands, if they strove to keep His covenant and satisfy themselves with His grace. This intention of the sabbatical year comes out still more plainly in the year of jubilee, in which the idea of the sanctification of the whole land as the Lord's property is still more strongly expressed, and whose inward connection with the sabbatical year is indicated by the fact that the time for observing it was regulated by the sabbatical years (Lev 25:8).
Geneva 1599
25:6 And the (d) sabbath of the land shall be meat for you; for thee, and for thy servant, and for thy maid, and for thy hired servant, and for thy stranger that sojourneth with thee,
(d) That which the land brings forth in her rest.
John Gill
25:6 And the sabbath of the land shall be meat for you,...., That is, that which grew up of itself but of the land, or on trees, vines, olives, &c. undressed, should be the meat or food on which they should live that year: and this comprehends everything that is fit for food, and also for drink, and for anointing, and even for the lighting of lamps, as in the Misnah (q):
for thee, and for thy servant, and for thy maid; the owner of the fields and vineyards, he and his family, wife, children, and servants, might eat of the fruits of them in common with others; for whereas it is elsewhere said, Ex 23:11, "that the poor of thy people may eat", this is observed here, lest anyone should think the rich are forbid eating them, as Jarchi remarks:
and for thy hired servant, and for the stranger that sojourneth with thee: which the same writer interprets of Gentiles; the food of this year was common to masters and servants, to rich and poor, to Israelites and Gentiles; all had an equal right unto, and share therein; which might be an emblem of the first times of the Gospel, in which all things were had in common, Acts 4:32, and typical of the communion of saints in things spiritual; in salvation by Jesus Christ, common to Jews and Gentiles, high and low, bond and free; in the free and full forgiveness of sins by his blood; and in justification by his righteousness, which is unto all, and upon all them that believe, for there is no difference; in the participation of faith, and other graces, which are alike precious, and in the enjoyment of promises, privileges, and ordinances, and even of eternal life itself.
(q) Sheviith, c. 8. sect. 2.
John Wesley
25:6 The sabbath of the land - That is, the growth of the sabbath, or that fruit which groweth in the sabbatical year. For thy servant - For all promiscuously, to take food from thence as they need it.
25:725:7: եւ անասնոյ քում, եւ գազանաց որ իցեն յերկրին քում. եղիցի ամենայն բերն նորա՝ ՚ի կերակուր։
7 քո անասունի եւ քո երկրի գազանների համար: Նրա տուած ամբողջ բերքը թող կերակուր լինի նրանց համար:
7 Եւ քու անասուններուդ ու քու երկրիդ մէջ եղած կենդանիներուն կերակուր թող ըլլայ անոր բոլոր արդիւնքը։
եւ անասնոյ քում, եւ գազանաց որ իցեն յերկրին քում եղիցի ամենայն բերն նորա ի կերակուր:

25:7: եւ անասնոյ քում, եւ գազանաց որ իցեն յերկրին քում. եղիցի ամենայն բերն նորա՝ ՚ի կերակուր։
7 քո անասունի եւ քո երկրի գազանների համար: Նրա տուած ամբողջ բերքը թող կերակուր լինի նրանց համար:
7 Եւ քու անասուններուդ ու քու երկրիդ մէջ եղած կենդանիներուն կերակուր թող ըլլայ անոր բոլոր արդիւնքը։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:77: и скоту твоему и зверям, которые на земле твоей, да будут все произведения ее в пищу.
25:7 καὶ και and; even τοῖς ο the κτήνεσίν κτηνος livestock; animal σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even τοῖς ο the θηρίοις θηριον beast τοῖς ο the ἐν εν in τῇ ο the γῇ γη earth; land σου σου of you; your ἔσται ειμι be πᾶν πας all; every τὸ ο the γένημα γεννημα spawn; product αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him εἰς εις into; for βρῶσιν βρωσις meal; eating
25:7 וְ wᵊ וְ and לִ֨ lˌi לְ to בְהֶמְתְּךָ֔ vᵊhemtᵊḵˈā בְּהֵמָה cattle וְ wᵊ וְ and לַֽ lˈa לְ to † הַ the חַיָּ֖ה ḥayyˌā חַיָּה wild animal אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אַרְצֶ֑ךָ ʔarṣˈeḵā אֶרֶץ earth תִּהְיֶ֥ה tihyˌeh היה be כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole תְּבוּאָתָ֖הּ tᵊvûʔāṯˌāh תְּבוּאָה yield לֶ le לְ to אֱכֹֽל׃ ס ʔᵉḵˈōl . s אכל eat
25:7. iumentis tuis et pecoribus omnia quae nascuntur praebebunt cibumAll things that grow shall be meat to thy beasts and to thy cattle.
7. and for thy cattle, and for the beasts that are in thy land, shall all the increase thereof be for food.
25:7. all that grows on its own shall provide food for your beasts and cattle.
25:7. And for thy cattle, and for the beast that [are] in thy land, shall all the increase thereof be meat.
And for thy cattle, and for the beast that [are] in thy land, shall all the increase thereof be meat:

7: и скоту твоему и зверям, которые на земле твоей, да будут все произведения ее в пищу.
25:7
καὶ και and; even
τοῖς ο the
κτήνεσίν κτηνος livestock; animal
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
τοῖς ο the
θηρίοις θηριον beast
τοῖς ο the
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
γῇ γη earth; land
σου σου of you; your
ἔσται ειμι be
πᾶν πας all; every
τὸ ο the
γένημα γεννημα spawn; product
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
εἰς εις into; for
βρῶσιν βρωσις meal; eating
25:7
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לִ֨ lˌi לְ to
בְהֶמְתְּךָ֔ vᵊhemtᵊḵˈā בְּהֵמָה cattle
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לַֽ lˈa לְ to
הַ the
חַיָּ֖ה ḥayyˌā חַיָּה wild animal
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אַרְצֶ֑ךָ ʔarṣˈeḵā אֶרֶץ earth
תִּהְיֶ֥ה tihyˌeh היה be
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
תְּבוּאָתָ֖הּ tᵊvûʔāṯˌāh תְּבוּאָה yield
לֶ le לְ to
אֱכֹֽל׃ ס ʔᵉḵˈōl . s אכל eat
25:7. iumentis tuis et pecoribus omnia quae nascuntur praebebunt cibum
All things that grow shall be meat to thy beasts and to thy cattle.
25:7. all that grows on its own shall provide food for your beasts and cattle.
25:7. And for thy cattle, and for the beast that [are] in thy land, shall all the increase thereof be meat.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ all ▾
John Gill
25:7 And for thy cattle, and for the beasts that are in thy land,.... The former signifies tame cattle, such as were kept at home, or in fields, or were used in service, and the latter the wild beasts of the field:
shall all the increase thereof be meat; for the one, and for the other; Jarchi remarks, that all the time a wild beast eats of the increase of the field, the cattle may be fed at home; but when it ceaseth to the wild beast of the field, then it ceaseth to the cattle at home; nay, the Jews are so strict in this matter, that they say that when there is no food for the beasts in the field, men are obliged to bring out what they have in their houses (r), see Is 11:6.
(r) Maimon. Hilchot Shemitah Vejobel, c. 7. sect. 1.
25:825:8: Եւ թուեսցե՛ս դու քեզ եւթն հանգիստ ամաց, եւ եւթն ամ եւթնեկին. եւ եղիցին եւթն եւթներորդքն ամաց՝ քառասուն եւ ինն ամ։
8 Հանգստեան տարուց սկսած՝ կը հաշուես եօթն անգամ եօթը տարի, եւ եօթն անգամ եօթը տարին կը լինի քառասունինը տարի:
8 Դուն տարիներու եօթը շաբաթ համրէ, այսինքն եօթը անգամ եօթը տարի, այնպէս որ տարիներուն եօթը շաբաթներուն ժամանակը քառասունըինը տարի թող ըլլայ։
Եւ թուեսցես դու քեզ եւթն հանգիստ ամաց` եւթն ամ եւթնեկին, եւ եղիցին եւթն եւթներորդքն ամաց` քառասուն եւ ինն ամ:

25:8: Եւ թուեսցե՛ս դու քեզ եւթն հանգիստ ամաց, եւ եւթն ամ եւթնեկին. եւ եղիցին եւթն եւթներորդքն ամաց՝ քառասուն եւ ինն ամ։
8 Հանգստեան տարուց սկսած՝ կը հաշուես եօթն անգամ եօթը տարի, եւ եօթն անգամ եօթը տարին կը լինի քառասունինը տարի:
8 Դուն տարիներու եօթը շաբաթ համրէ, այսինքն եօթը անգամ եօթը տարի, այնպէս որ տարիներուն եօթը շաբաթներուն ժամանակը քառասունըինը տարի թող ըլլայ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:88: И насчитай себе семь субботних лет, семь раз по семи лет, чтоб было у тебя в семи субботних годах сорок девять лет;
25:8 καὶ και and; even ἐξαριθμήσεις εξαριθμεω of yourself ἑπτὰ επτα seven ἀναπαύσεις αναπαυσις respite; relief ἐτῶν ετος year ἑπτὰ επτα seven ἔτη ετος year ἑπτάκις επτακις seven times καὶ και and; even ἔσονταί ειμι be σοι σοι you ἑπτὰ επτα seven ἑβδομάδες εβδομας year ἐννέα εννεα nine καὶ και and; even τεσσαράκοντα τεσσαρακοντα forty ἔτη ετος year
25:8 וְ wᵊ וְ and סָפַרְתָּ֣ sāfartˈā ספר count לְךָ֗ lᵊḵˈā לְ to שֶׁ֚בַע ˈševaʕ שֶׁבַע seven שַׁבְּתֹ֣ת šabbᵊṯˈōṯ שַׁבָּת sabbath שָׁנִ֔ים šānˈîm שָׁנָה year שֶׁ֥בַע šˌevaʕ שֶׁבַע seven שָׁנִ֖ים šānˌîm שָׁנָה year שֶׁ֣בַע šˈevaʕ שֶׁבַע seven פְּעָמִ֑ים pᵊʕāmˈîm פַּעַם foot וְ wᵊ וְ and הָי֣וּ hāyˈû היה be לְךָ֗ lᵊḵˈā לְ to יְמֵי֙ yᵊmˌê יֹום day שֶׁ֚בַע ˈševaʕ שֶׁבַע seven שַׁבְּתֹ֣ת šabbᵊṯˈōṯ שַׁבָּת sabbath הַ ha הַ the שָּׁנִ֔ים ššānˈîm שָׁנָה year תֵּ֥שַׁע tˌēšaʕ תֵּשַׁע nine וְ wᵊ וְ and אַרְבָּעִ֖ים ʔarbāʕˌîm אַרְבַּע four שָׁנָֽה׃ šānˈā שָׁנָה year
25:8. numerabis quoque tibi septem ebdomades annorum id est septem septies quae simul faciunt annos quadraginta novemThou shalt also number to thee seven weeks of years: that is to say, seven times seven, which together make forty-nine years.
8. And thou shalt number seven sabbaths of years unto thee, seven times seven years; and there shall be unto thee the days of seven sabbaths of years, even forty and nine years.
25:8. You shall also number for yourselves seven weeks of years, that is, seven times seven, which together makes forty-nine years.
25:8. And thou shalt number seven sabbaths of years unto thee, seven times seven years; and the space of the seven sabbaths of years shall be unto thee forty and nine years.
And thou shalt number seven sabbaths of years unto thee, seven times seven years; and the space of the seven sabbaths of years shall be unto thee forty and nine years:

8: И насчитай себе семь субботних лет, семь раз по семи лет, чтоб было у тебя в семи субботних годах сорок девять лет;
25:8
καὶ και and; even
ἐξαριθμήσεις εξαριθμεω of yourself
ἑπτὰ επτα seven
ἀναπαύσεις αναπαυσις respite; relief
ἐτῶν ετος year
ἑπτὰ επτα seven
ἔτη ετος year
ἑπτάκις επτακις seven times
καὶ και and; even
ἔσονταί ειμι be
σοι σοι you
ἑπτὰ επτα seven
ἑβδομάδες εβδομας year
ἐννέα εννεα nine
καὶ και and; even
τεσσαράκοντα τεσσαρακοντα forty
ἔτη ετος year
25:8
וְ wᵊ וְ and
סָפַרְתָּ֣ sāfartˈā ספר count
לְךָ֗ lᵊḵˈā לְ to
שֶׁ֚בַע ˈševaʕ שֶׁבַע seven
שַׁבְּתֹ֣ת šabbᵊṯˈōṯ שַׁבָּת sabbath
שָׁנִ֔ים šānˈîm שָׁנָה year
שֶׁ֥בַע šˌevaʕ שֶׁבַע seven
שָׁנִ֖ים šānˌîm שָׁנָה year
שֶׁ֣בַע šˈevaʕ שֶׁבַע seven
פְּעָמִ֑ים pᵊʕāmˈîm פַּעַם foot
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָי֣וּ hāyˈû היה be
לְךָ֗ lᵊḵˈā לְ to
יְמֵי֙ yᵊmˌê יֹום day
שֶׁ֚בַע ˈševaʕ שֶׁבַע seven
שַׁבְּתֹ֣ת šabbᵊṯˈōṯ שַׁבָּת sabbath
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׁנִ֔ים ššānˈîm שָׁנָה year
תֵּ֥שַׁע tˌēšaʕ תֵּשַׁע nine
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַרְבָּעִ֖ים ʔarbāʕˌîm אַרְבַּע four
שָׁנָֽה׃ šānˈā שָׁנָה year
25:8. numerabis quoque tibi septem ebdomades annorum id est septem septies quae simul faciunt annos quadraginta novem
Thou shalt also number to thee seven weeks of years: that is to say, seven times seven, which together make forty-nine years.
25:8. You shall also number for yourselves seven weeks of years, that is, seven times seven, which together makes forty-nine years.
25:8. And thou shalt number seven sabbaths of years unto thee, seven times seven years; and the space of the seven sabbaths of years shall be unto thee forty and nine years.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
8-19: Как после 7: недель от Пасхи следовал 50-й день — праздник Пятидесятницы, так после 7: субботних годов должен был праздноваться 50-й, юбилейный год, евр. schat-hajobel или просто jobel (также schnat-deror, ст. 10, см. Иез XLVI:17; Ис LXI); LXX: eniautoV afesewV, год отпущения, слав.: оставления. По И. Флав. (Древн. III:12, 3) awbhl (греч. транскрипция евр. jobel) означает eleuqeria. Арабск. перев.: dimissio, Vulg.: remissio. Но это не есть точная передача собственного значения имени jobel. Последнее скорее (согласно с мнением Розенмюллера, Бэра, Кейля, Рима, Штаде-Зигфрида и др.) может обозначать (по соотношению с Исх XIX:13: и Нав VI:5–6) звуки труб (из бараньего рога сделанных), протяжные и разливающиеся во все стороны (гл. jabal — разливаться), звуки, какими по всей Палестине возвещалось народу наступление юбилейного года (название schnat-jobel, юбилейный год, посему вполне аналогично по смыслу с именем праздника 7-го новолуния, jom teruah, день трубного звука). Объявлялся юбилей а 10-й день месяца тисри оканчивающегося субботнего (49-го, ст. 8) года, т. е. в день очищения. Что юбилейный год был именно 50-м, а на 49-м, как полагали многие иудейские и христианские толкователи (из русских ученых — м. м. Филарет и Г. Властов), видно из прямого свидетельства текста ст. 10: и 11, где юбилейный год прямо называется 50-м, и из ст. 8, где 49-й год или 7-й субботний отличается от года юбилейного; то возражение сторонников противоположного взгляда, что при принимаемом нами счислении «были бы 2: года сряду пустования земли» (Властов), устраняется уже упомянутым указанием законодателя (ст. 21) на особое благословение Божие на урожай года предсубботнего.

Постановления об юбилейном годе, изложенные в 8–55: ст. данной главы, с дополнением Лев ХXVII:17–24: и Чис ХXXVI:4, сводятся в сущности к 3: привилегиям: 1) покой земли, как в год субботний (ст. 11–13); 2) возвращение недвижимых собственностей к их первоначальным владельцам (14–34), см. Лев XXVII:17–24; Чис ХХXVI:4); 3) возвращение свободы рабам-евреям (ст. 35–55). Как бы эпиграфом к этим законам, выражающим сущность их, служат слова ст. 10б: (да будет это у вас юбилей) «возвратитесь каждый во владение свое, и каждый возвратится в племя свое».
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
8: Institution of the Jubilee; the Year of the Jubilee.B. C. 1490.
8 And thou shalt number seven sabbaths of years unto thee, seven times seven years; and the space of the seven sabbaths of years shall be unto thee forty and nine years. 9 Then shalt thou cause the trumpet of the jubilee to sound on the tenth day of the seventh month, in the day of atonement shall ye make the trumpet sound throughout all your land. 10 And ye shall hallow the fiftieth year, and proclaim liberty throughout all the land unto all the inhabitants thereof: it shall be a jubilee unto you; and ye shall return every man unto his possession, and ye shall return every man unto his family. 11 A jubilee shall that fiftieth year be unto you: ye shall not sow, neither reap that which groweth of itself in it, nor gather the grapes in it of thy vine undressed. 12 For it is the jubilee; it shall be holy unto you: ye shall eat the increase thereof out of the field. 13 In the year of this jubilee ye shall return every man unto his possession. 14 And if thou sell ought unto thy neighbour, or buyest ought of thy neighbour's hand, ye shall not oppress one another: 15 According to the number of years after the jubilee thou shalt buy of thy neighbour, and according unto the number of years of the fruits he shall sell unto thee: 16 According to the multitude of years thou shalt increase the price thereof, and according to the fewness of years thou shalt diminish the price of it: for according to the number of the years of the fruits doth he sell unto thee. 17 Ye shall not therefore oppress one another; but thou shalt fear thy God: for I am the LORD your God. 18 Wherefore ye shall do my statutes, and keep my judgments, and do them; and ye shall dwell in the land in safety. 19 And the land shall yield her fruit, and ye shall eat your fill, and dwell therein in safety. 20 And if ye shall say, What shall we eat the seventh year? behold, we shall not sow, nor gather in our increase: 21 Then I will command my blessing upon you in the sixth year, and it shall bring forth fruit for three years. 22 And ye shall sow the eighth year, and eat yet of old fruit until the ninth year; until her fruits come in ye shall eat of the old store.
Here is, I. The general institution of the jubilee, v. 8, &c.
1. When it was to be observed: after seven sabbaths of years (v. 8), whether the forty-ninth or fiftieth is a great question among learned men: that it should be the seventh sabbatical year, that is, the forty-ninth (which by a very common form of speech is called the fiftieth), seems to me most probable, and is, I think, made pretty clear and the objections removed by that learned chronologer Calvisius; but this is not a place for arguing the question. Seven sabbaths of weeks were reckoned from the passover to the feast of pentecost (or fiftieth day, for so pentecost signifies), and so seven sabbaths of years from one jubilee to another, and the seventh is called the fiftieth; and all this honour is put upon the sevenths for the sake of God's resting the seventh day from the work of creation.
2. How it was to be proclaimed, with sound of trumpet in all parts of the country (v. 5), both to give notice to all persons of it, and to express their joy and triumph in it; and the word jobel, or jubilee, is supposed to signify some particular sound of the trumpet distinguishable from any other; for the trumpet that gives an uncertain sound is of little service, 1 Cor. xiv. 8. The trumpet was sounded in the close of the day of atonement; thence the jubilee commenced, and very fitly; when they had been humbling and afflicting their souls for sin, then they were made to hear this voice of joy and gladness, Ps. xi. 8. When their peace was made with God, then liberty was proclaimed; for the removal of guilt is necessary to make way for the entrance of all true comfort, Rom. v. 1, 2. In allusion to this solemn proclamation of the jubilee, it was foretold concerning our Lord Jesus that he should preach the acceptable year of the Lord, Isa. lxi. 2. He sent his apostles to proclaim it with the trumpet of the everlasting gospel, which they were to preach to every creature. And it stands still foretold that at the last day the trumpet shall sound, which shall release the dead out of the bondage of the grave, and restore us to our possessions.
3. What was to be done in that year extraordinary; besides the common rest of the land, which was observed every sabbatical year (v. 11, 12), and the release of personal debts (Deut. xv. 2, 3), there was to be the legal restoration of every Israelite to all the property, and all the liberty, which had been alienated from him since the last jubilee; so that never was any people so secured in their liberty and property (those glories of a people) as Israel was. Effectual care was taken that while they kept close to God these should not only not be taken from them by the violence of others, but not thrown away by their own folly.
(1.) The property which every man had in his dividend of the land of Canaan could not be alienated any longer than till the year of jubilee, and then he or his should return to it, and have a title to it as undisputed, and the possession of it as undisturbed, as ever (v. 10, 13): "You shall return every man to his possession; so that if a man had sold or mortgaged his estate, or any part of it, it should then return to him or his heirs, free of all charge and encumbrance. Now this was no wrong to the purchaser, because the year of jubilee was fixed, and every man knew when it would come, and made his bargain accordingly. By our law indeed, if lands be granted to a man and his heirs, upon condition that he should never sell or alienate them, the grant is good, but the condition is void and repugnant: Iniquum est ingenuis hominibus (say the lawyers) non esse liberam rerum suarum alienationem--It is unjust to prevent free men from alienating their own possessions. Yet it is agreed in the books that if the king grant lands to a man in fee upon condition he shall not alienate, the condition is good. Now God would show his people Israel that their land was his, and they were his tenants; and therefore he ties them up that they shall not have power to sell, but only to make leases for any term of years, not going beyond the next jubilee. By this means it was provided, [1.] That their genealogies should be carefully preserved, which would be of use for clearing our Saviour's pedigree. [2.] That the distinction of tribes should be kept up; for, though a man might purchase lands in another tribe, yet he could not retain them longer than till the year of jubilee, and then they would revert of course. [3.] That none should grow exorbitantly rich, by laying house to house, and field to field (Isa. v. 8), but should rather apply themselves to the cultivating of what they had than the enlarging of their possessions. The wisdom of the Roman commonwealth sometimes provided that no man should be master of above 500 acres. [4.] That no family should be sunk and ruined, and condemned to perpetual poverty. This particular care God took for the support of the honour of that people, and the preserving, not only of that good land to the nation in general, but of every man's share to his family in particular, for a perpetual inheritance, that it might the better typify that good part which shall never be taken away from those that have it.
(2.) The liberty which every man was born to, if it were sold or forfeited, should likewise return at the year of jubilee: You shall return every man to his family, v. 10. Those that were sold into other families thereby became strangers to their own; but in this year of redemption they were to return. This was typical of our redemption by Christ from the slavery of sin and Satan, and our restoration to the glorious liberty of the children of God. Some compute that the very year in which Christ died was a year of jubilee, and the last that ever was kept. But, however that be, we are sure it is the Son that makes us free, and then we are free indeed.
II. A law upon this occasion against oppression in buying and selling of land; neither the buyer nor the seller must overreach, v. 14-17. In short, the buyer must not give less, nor the seller take more, than the just value of the thing, considered as necessarily returning at the year of jubilee. It must be settled what the clear yearly value of the land was, and then how many years' purchase it was worth till the year of jubilee. But they must reckon only the years of the fruits (v. 15), and therefore must discount for the sabbatical years. It is easy to observe that the nearer the jubilee was the less must the value of the land be. According to the fewness of the years thou shalt diminish the price. But we do not find it so easy practically to infer thence that the nearer the world comes to its period the less value we should put upon the things of it: because the time is short, and the fashion of the world passeth away, let those that buy be as though they possessed not. One would put little value on an old house, that is ready to drop down. All bargains ought to be made by this rule, You shall not oppress one another, nor take advantage of one another's ignorance or necessity, but thou shalt fear thy God. Note, The fear of God reigning in the heart would effectually restrain us from doing any wrong to our neighbour in word or deed; for, though man be not, God is the avenger of those that go beyond or defraud their brethren, 1 Thess. iv. 6. Perhaps Nehemiah refers to this very law (ch. v. 15), where he tells us that he did not oppress those he had under his power, because of the fear of God.
III. Assurance given them that they should be no losers, but great gainers, by observing these years of rest. It is promised, 1. That they should be safe: You shall dwell in the land in safety, v. 18, and again, v. 19. The word signifies both outward safety and inward security and confidence of spirit, that they should be quiet both from evil and from the fear of evil. 2. That they should be rich: You shall eat your fill. Note, If we be careful to do our duty, we may cheerfully trust God with our comfort. 3. That they should not want food convenient that year in which they did neither sow nor reap: I will command my blessing in the sixth year, and it shall bring forth fruit for three years, v. 21. This was, (1.) A standing miracle, that, whereas at other times one year did but serve to bring in another, the productions of the sixth year should serve to bring in the ninth. Note, The blessing of God upon our provision will make a little go a great way, and satisfy even the poor with bread, Ps. cxxxi. 15. (2.) A lasting memorial of the manna which was given double on the sixth day for two days. (3.) It was intended for an encouragement to all God's people, in all ages, to trust him in the way of duty, and to cast their care upon him. There is nothing lost by faith and self-denial in our obedience.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
25:8: Thou shalt number seven Sabbaths of years - This seems to state that the jubilee was to be celebrated on the forty-ninth year; but in Lev 25:10 and Lev 25:11 it is said, Ye shall hallow the fiftieth year, and, A jubilee shall this fiftieth year be. Probably in this verse Moses either includes the preceding jubilee, and thus with the forty-ninth makes up the number fifty; or he speaks of proclaiming the jubilee on the forty-ninth, and celebrating it on the fiftieth year current. Some think it was celebrated on the forty-ninth year, as is stated in Lev 25:8; and this prevented the Sabbatical year, or seventh year of rest, from being confounded with the jubilee, which it must otherwise have been, had the celebration of this great solemnity taken place on the fiftieth year; but it is most likely that the fiftieth was the real jubilee.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
25:8: The land was to be divided by lot among the families of the Israelites when the possession of it was obtained. Num 26:52-56; Num 33:54, etc. At the end of every seventh sabbatical cycle of years, in the year of Jubilee, each field or estate that might have been alienated was to be restored to the family to which it had been originally allotted.

25:8
Seven sabbaths of years - seven weeks of years.

R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:8: Lev 23:15; Gen 2:2
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
25:8
The law for the Year of Jubilee refers first of all to its observance (Lev 25:8-12), and secondly to its effects (a) upon the possession of property (vv. 13-34), and (b) upon the personal freedom of the Israelites (vv. 35-55).
Lev 25:8-9
Keeping the year of jubilee. Lev 25:8, Lev 25:9. Seven Sabbaths of years - i.e., year-Sabbaths or sabbatical years, or seven times seven years, the time of seven year-Sabbaths, that is to say, 49 years - they were to count, and then at the expiration of that time to cause the trumpet of jubilee to go (sound) through the whole land on the tenth of the seventh month, i.e., the day of atonement, to proclaim the entrance of the year of jubilee. This mode of announcement was closely connected with the idea of the year itself. The blowing of trumpets, or blast of the far-sounding horn (shophar, see at Lev 23:24), was the signal of the descent of the Lord upon Sinai, to raise Israel to be His people, to receive them into His covenant, to unite them to Himself, and bless them through His covenant of grace (Ex 19:13, Ex 19:16, Ex 19:19; Ex 20:18). Just as the people were to come up to the mountain at the sounding of the יובל, or the voice of the shophar, to commemorate its union with the Lord, so at the expiration of the seventh sabbatical year the trumpet-blast was to announce to the covenant nation the gracious presence of its God, and the coming of the year which was to bring "liberty throughout the land to all that dwelt therein" (Lev 25:10), - deliverance from bondage (Lev 25:40.), return to their property and family (Lev 25:10, Lev 25:13), and release from the bitter labour of cultivating the land (Lev 25:11, Lev 25:12). This year of grace as proclaimed and began with the day of atonement of every seventh sabbatical year, to show that it was only with the full forgiveness of sins that the blessed liberty of the children of God could possibly commence. This grand year of grace was to return after seven times seven years; i.e., as is expressly stated in Lev 25:10, every fiftieth year was to be sanctified as a year of jubilee. By this regulation of the time, the view held by R. Jehuda, and the chronologists and antiquarians who have followed him, that every seventh sabbatical year, i.e., the 49th year, was to be kept as the year of jubilee, is proved to be at variance with the text, and the fiftieth year is shown to be the year of rest, in which the sabbatical idea attained its fullest realization, and reached its earthly temporal close.
Lev 25:10
The words, "Ye shall proclaim liberty throughout all the land unto all the inhabitants thereof," are more closely defined by the two clauses commencing with היא יובל in Lev 25:10 and Lev 25:11. "A trumpet-blast shall it be to you, that ye return every one to his own possession, and every one to his family:" a still further explanation is given in Lev 25:23-34 and 39-55. This was to be the fruit or effect of the blast, i.e., of the year commencing with the blast, and hence the year was called "the year of liberty," or free year, in Ezek 46:17. יובל, from יבל to flow with a rushing noise, does not mean jubilation or the time of jubilation (Ges., Kn., and others); but wherever it is not applied to the year of jubilee, it signifies only the loud blast of a trumpet (Ex 19:13; Josh 6:5). This meaning also applies here in Lev 25:10, Lev 25:11 and Lev 25:12; whilst in Lev 25:15, Lev 25:28, Lev 25:30, Lev 25:31, Lev 25:33, Lev 27:18, and Num 36:4, it is used as an abbreviated expression for יובל שׁנת, the year of the trumpet-blast.
Lev 25:11-12
The other effect of the fiftieth year proclaimed with the trumpet-blast consisted in the fact that the Israelites were not to sow or reap, just as in the sabbatical year (see Lev 25:4, Lev 25:5). "For it is יובל," i.e., not "jubilation or time of jubilation," but "the time or year of the trumpet-blast, it shall be holy to you," i.e., a sabbatical time, which is to be holy to you like the day of the trumpet-blast (Lev 25:23, Lev 25:24).
Leviticus 25:13-34
One of the effects of the year of freedom is mentioned here, viz., the return of every man to his own possession; and the way is prepared for it by a warning against overreaching in the sale of land, and the assignment of a reason for this.
Lev 25:14-17
In the purchase and sale of pieces of land no one was to oppress another, i.e., to overreach him by false statements as to its value and produce. הונה applies specially to the oppression of foreigners (Lev 19:33; Ex 22:20), of slaves (Deut 23:17), of the poor, widows, and orphans (Jer 22:3; Ezek 18:8) in civil matters, by overreaching them or taking their property away. The inf. abs. קנה: as in Gen 41:43. The singular suffix in עמיתך is to be understood distributively of a particular Israelite.
Lev 25:15-16
The purchase and sale were to be regulated by the number of years that had elapsed since the year of jubilee, so that they were only to sell the produce of the yearly revenues up to the next jubilee year, and made the price higher or lower according to the larger or smaller number of the years.
Lev 25:17-19
Overreaching and oppression God would avenge; they were therefore to fear before Him. On the other hand, if they kept His commandments and judgments, He would take care that they should dwell in the land in safety (secure, free from anxiety), and be satisfied with the abundance of its produce. In this way Lev 25:18-22 fit on exceedingly well to what precedes.
(Note: To prove that this verse is an interpolation made by the Jehovist into the Elohistic writings, Knobel is obliged to resort to two groundless assumptions: viz., (1) to regard Lev 25:23 and Lev 25:24, which belong to what follows (Lev 25:25.) and lay down the general rule respecting the possession and redemption of land, as belonging to what precedes and connected with Lev 25:14-17; and (2) to explain Lev 25:18-22 in the most arbitrary manner, as a supplementary clause relating to the sabbatical year, whereas the promise that the sixth year should yield produce enough for three years (Lev 25:21, Lev 25:22) shows as clearly as possible that they treat of the year of jubilee together with the seventh sabbatical year which preceded it, and in Lev 25:20 the seventh year is mentioned simply as the beginning of the two years' Sabbath which the land was to keep without either sowing or reaping.)
Lev 25:20-22
Jehovah would preserve them from want, without their sowing or reaping. He would bestow His blessing upon them in the sixth year, so that it should bear the produce of three (עשׂת for עשׂתה as in Gen 33:11); and when they sowed in the eighth year, they should eat the produce of the old year up to the ninth year, that is to say, till the harvest of that year. It is quite evident from Lev 25:21 and Lev 25:22, according to which the sixth year was to produce enough for three years, and the sowing for the ninth was to take place in the eighth, that not only the year of jubilee, but the sabbatical year also, commenced in the autumn, when they first began to sow for the coming year; so that the sowing was suspended from the autumn of the sixth year till the autumn of the seventh, and even till the autumn of the eighth, whenever the jubilee year came round, in which case both sowing and reaping were omitted for two years in succession, and consequently the produce of the sixth year, which was harvested in the seventh month of that year, must have sufficed for three years, not merely till the sowing in the autumn of the eight or fiftieth year, but till the harvest of the ninth or fifty-first year, as the Talmud and Rabbins of every age have understood the law.
Lev 25:23-27
What was already implied in the laws relating to the purchase and sale of the year's produce (Lev 25:15, Lev 25:16), namely, that the land could not be alienated, is here clearly expressed; and at the same time the rule is laid down, showing how a man, who had been compelled by poverty to sell his patrimony, was to recover possession of it by redemption. In the first place, Lev 25:23 contains the general rule, "the land shall not be sold לצמיתת" (lit., to annihilation), i.e., so as to vanish away from, or be for ever lost to, the seller. For "the land belongs to Jehovah:" the Israelites, to whom He would give it (Lev 25:2), were not actual owners or full possessors, so that they could do what they pleased with it, but "strangers and sojourners with Jehovah" in His land. Consequently (Lev 25:24) throughout the whole of the land of their possession they were to grant גּאלּה release, redemption to the land. There were three ways in which this could be done. The first case (Lev 25:25) was this: if a brother became poor and sold his property, his nearest redeemer was to come and release what his brother had sold, i.e., buy it back from the purchaser and restore it to its former possessor. The nearest redeemer was the relative upon whom this obligation rested according to the series mentioned in Lev 25:48, Lev 25:49. - The second case (Lev 25:26, Lev 25:27) was this: if any one had no redeemer, either because there were no relatives upon whom the obligation rested, or because they were all too poor, and he had earned and acquired sufficient to redeem it, he was to calculate the years of purchase, and return the surplus to the man who had bought it, i.e., as much as he had paid for the years that still remained up to the next year of jubilee, that so he might come into possession of it again. As the purchaser had only paid the amount of the annual harvests till the next year of jubilee, all that he could demand back was as much as he had paid for the years that still remained.
Lev 25:28
The third case was this: if a man had not earned as much as was required to make compensation for the recovery of the land, what he had sold was to remain in the possession of the buyer till the year of jubilee, and then it was to "go out," i.e., to become free again, so that the impoverished seller could enter into possession without compensation. The buyer lost nothing by this, for he had fully recovered all that he paid for the annual harvests up to the year of jubilee, from the amount which those harvests yielded. Through these legal regulations every purchase of land became simply a lease for a term of years.
Lev 25:29-30
Alienation and redemption of houses. - Lev 25:29, Lev 25:30. On the sale of a dwelling-house in a wall-town (a town surrounded by a wall) there was to be redemption till the completion of the year of its purchase. ימים, "days (i.e., a definite period) shall its redemption be;" that is to say, the right of redemption or repurchase should be retained. If it was not redeemed within the year, it remained to the buyer for ever for his descendants, and did not go out free in the year of jubilee. קם to arise for a possession, i.e., to become a fixed standing possession, as in Gen 23:17. לא אשׁר for לו אשׁר as in Lev 11:21 (see at Ex 21:8). This law is founded upon the assumption, that the houses in unwalled towns are not so closely connected with the ownership of the land, as that the alienation of the houses would alter the portion originally assigned to each family for a possession. Having been built by men, they belonged to their owners in full possession, whether they had received them just as they were at the conquest of the land, or had erected them for themselves. This last point of view, however, was altogether a subordinate one; for in the case of "the houses of the villages" (i.e., farm-buildings and villages, see Josh 13:23, etc.), which had no walls round them, it was not taken into consideration at all.
Lev 25:31
Such houses as these were to be reckoned as part of the land, and to be treated as landed property, with regard to redemption and restoration at the year of jubilee.
Lev 25:32
On the other hand, so far as the Levitical towns, viz., the houses of the Levites in the towns belonging to them, were concerned, there was to be eternal redemption for the Levites; that is to say, when they were parted with, the right of repurchase was never lost. עולם (eternal) is to be understood as a contrast to the year allowed in the case of other houses (Lev 25:29, Lev 25:30).
Lev 25:33
"And whoever (if any one) redeems, i.e., buys, of the Levites, the house that is sold and (indeed in) the town of his possession is to go out free in the year of jubilee; for the houses of the Levitical towns are their (the Levites') possession among the children of Israel." The meaning is this: If any one bought a Levite's house in one of the Levitical towns, the house he had bought was to revert to the Levite without compensation in the year of jubilee. The difficulty connected with the first clause is removed, if we understand the word גּאל (to redeem, i.e., to buy back), as the Rabbins do, in the sense of קנה to buy, acquire. The use of גּאל for קנה may be explained from the fact, that when the land was divided, the Levites did not receive either an inheritance in the land, or even the towns appointed for them to dwell in as their own property. The Levitical towns were allotted to the different tribes in which they were situated, with the simple obligation to set apart a certain number of dwelling-houses for the Levites, together with pasture-ground for their cattle in the precincts of the towns (cf. Num 35:1. and my Commentary on Joshua, p. 453 translation). If a non-Levite, therefore, bought a Levite's house, it was in reality a repurchase of property belonging to his tribe, or the redemption of what the tribe had relinquished to the Levites as their dwelling and for their necessities.
(Note: This is the way in which it is correctly explained by Hiskuni: Utitur scriptura verbo redimendi non emendi, quia quidquid Levitae vendunt ex Israelitarum haereditate est, non ex ipsorum haerediatate. Nam ecce non habent partes in terra, unde omnis qui accipit aut emit ab illis est acsi redimeret, quoniam ecce initio ipsius possessio fuit. On the other hand, the proposal made by Ewald, Knobel, etc., after the example of the Vulgate, to supply לא before גּאל is not only an unnecessary conjecture, but is utterly unsuitable, inasmuch as the words "if one of the Levites does not redeem it" would restrict the right to the Levites without any perceptible reason; just as if a blood-relation on the female side, belonging to any other tribe, might not have done this.)
The words אח ועיר are an explanatory apposition - "and that in the town of his possession," - and do not mean "whatever he had sold of his house-property or anything else in his town," for the Levites had no other property in the town besides the houses, but "the house which he had sold, namely, in the town of his possession." This implies that the right of reversion was only to apply to the houses ceded to the Levites in their own towns, and not to houses which they had acquired in other towns either by purchase or inheritance. The singular היא is used after a subject in the plural, because the copula agrees with the object (see Ewald, 319c). As the Levites were to have no hereditary property in the land except the houses in the towns appointed for them, it was necessary that the possession of their houses should be secured to them for all time, if they were not to fall behind the other tribes.
Lev 25:34
The field of the pasture-ground of the Levitical towns was not to be sold. Beside the houses, the Levites were also to receive מגרשׁ pasturage for their flocks (from גּרשׁ to drive, to drive out the cattle) round about these cities (Num 35:2-3). These meadows were not to be saleable, and not even to be let till the year of jubilee; because, if they were sold, the Levites would have nothing left upon which to feed their cattle.
Leviticus 25:35-55
The second effect of the jubilee year, viz., the return of an Israelite, who had become a slave, to liberty and to his family, is also introduced with an exhortation to support an impoverished brother (Lev 25:35-38), and preserve to him his personal freedom.
Lev 25:35
"If thy brother (countryman, or member of the same tribe) becomes poor, and his hand trembles by thee, thou shalt lay hold of him;" i.e., if he is no longer able to sustain himself alone, thou shalt take him by the arm to help him out of his misfortune. "Let him live with thee as a stranger and sojourner." וחי introduces the apodosis (see Ges. 126, note 1).
Lev 25:36-41
If he borrowed money, they were not to demand interest; or if food, they were not to demand any addition, any larger quantity, when it was returned (cf. Ex 22:24; Deut 23:20-21), from fear of God, who had redeemed Israel out of bondage, to give them the land of Canaan. In Lev 25:37 וחי is an abbreviation of וחי, which only occurs here. - From Lev 25:39 onwards there follow the laws relating to the bondage of the Israelite, who had been obliged to sell himself from poverty. Lev 25:36-46 relate to his service in bondage to an (other) Israelite. The man to whom he had sold himself as servant was not to have slave-labour performed by him (Ex 1:14), but to keep him as a day-labourer and sojourner, and let him serve with him till the year of jubilee. He was then to go out free with his children, and return to his family and the possession of his fathers (his patrimony). This regulation is a supplement to the laws relating to the rights of Israel (Ex 21:2-6), though without a contradiction arising, as Knobel maintains, between the different rules laid down. In Ex 21 nothing at all is determined respecting the treatment of an Israelitish servant; it is simply stated that in the seventh year of his service he was to recover his liberty. This limit is not mentioned here, because the chapter before us simply treats of the influence of the year of jubilee upon the bondage of the Israelites. On this point it is decided, that the year of jubilee was to bring freedom even to the Israelite who had been brought into slavery by his poverty, - of course only to the man who was still in slavery when it commenced and had not served seven full years, provided, that is to say, that he had not renounced his claim to be set free at the end of his seven years' service, according to Ex 21:5-6. We have no right to expect this exception to be expressly mentioned here, because it did not interfere with the idea of the year of jubilee. For whoever voluntarily renounced the claim to be set free, whether because the year of jubilee was still so far off that he did not expect to live to see it, or because he had found a better lot with his master than he could secure for himself in a state of freedom, had thereby made a voluntary renunciation of the liberty which the year of jubilee might have brought to him (see Oehler's art. in Herzog's Cycl., where the different views on this subject are given).
Lev 25:42-43
Because the Israelites were servants of Jehovah, who had redeemed them out of Pharaoh's bondage and adopted them as His people (Ex 19:5; Ex 18:10, etc.), they were not to be sold "a selling of slaves," i.e., not to be sold into actual slavery, and no one of them was to rule over another with severity (Lev 25:43, cf. Ex 1:13-14). "Through this principle slavery was completely abolished, so far as the people of the theocracy were concerned"' (Oehler).
Lev 25:44-46
As the Israelites could only hold in slavery servants and maid-servants whom they had bought of foreign nations, or foreigners who had settled in the land, these they might leave as an inheritance to their children, and "through them they might work," i.e., have slave-labour performed, but not through their brethren the children of Israel (Lev 25:46, cf. Lev 25:43).
Lev 25:47-50
The servitude of an Israelite to a settler who had come to the possession of property, or a non-Israelite dwelling in the land, was to be redeemable at any time. If an Israelite had sold himself because of poverty to a foreign settler (תּושׁב גּר, to distinguish the non-Israelitish sojourner from the Israelitish, Lev 25:35), or to a stock of a foreigner, then one of his brethren, or his uncle, or his uncle's son or some one of his kindred, was to redeem him; or if he came into the possession of property, he was to redeem himself. When this was done, the time was to be calculated from the year of purchase to the year of jubilee, and "the money of his purchase was to be according to the number of the years," i.e., the price at which he had sold himself was to be distributed over the number of years that he would have to serve to the year of jubilee; and "according to the days of a day-labourer shall he be with him," i.e., the time that he had worked was to be estimated as that of a day-labourer, and be put to the credit of the man to be redeemed.
Lev 25:51-52
According as there were few or many years to the year of jubilee would the redemption-money be paid be little or much. בּשּׁנים רבּות much in years: רבּות neuter, and בּ as in Gen 7:21; Gen 8:17 etc. לפיחן according to the measure of the same.
Lev 25:53
During the time of service the buyer was to keep him as a day-labourer year by year, i.e., as a labourer engaged for a term of years, and not rule over him with severe oppression. "In thine eyes," i.e., so that thou (the nation addressed) seest it.
Lev 25:54-55
If he were not redeemed by these (the relations mentioned in Lev 25:48, Lev 25:49), he was to go out free in the year of jubilee along with his children, i.e., to be liberated without compensation. For (Lev 25:55) he was not to remain in bondage, because the Israelites were the servants of Jehovah (cf. Lev 25:42).
But although, through these arrangements, the year of jubilee helped every Israelite, who had fallen into poverty and slavery, to the recovery of his property and personal freedom, and thus the whole community was restored to its original condition as appointed by God, through the return of all the landed property that had been alienated in the course of years to its original proprietor the restoration of the theocratical state to its original condition was not the highest or ultimate object of the year of jubilee. The observance of sabbatical rest throughout the whole land, and by the whole nation, formed part of the liberty which it was to bring to the land and its inhabitants. In the year of jubilee, as in the sabbatical year, the land of Jehovah was to enjoy holy rest, and the nation of Jehovah to be set free from the bitter labour of cultivating the soil, and to live and refresh itself in blessed rest with the blessing which had been given to it by the Lord its God. In this way the year of jubilee became to the poor, oppressed, and suffering, in fact to the whole nation, a year of festivity and grace, which not only brought redemption to the captives and deliverance to the poor out of their distresses, but release to the whole congregation of the Lord from the bitter labour of this world; a time of refreshing, in which all oppression was to cease, and every member of the covenant nation find his redeemer in the Lord, who brought every one back to his own property and home. Because Jehovah had brought the children of Israel out of Egypt to give them the land of Canaan, where they were to live as His servants and serve Him, in the year of jubilee the nation and land of Jehovah were to celebrate a year of holy rest and refreshing before the Lord, and in this celebration to receive foretaste of the times of refreshing from the presence of the Lord, which were to be brought to all men by One anointed with the Spirit of the Lord, who would come to preach the Gospel to the poor, to bind up the broken-hearted, to bring liberty to the captives and the opening of the prisons to them that were bound, to proclaim to all that mourn a year of grace from the Lord (Is 61:1-3; Lk 4:17-21); and who will come again from heaven in the times of the restitution of all things to complete the ἀποκατάστασις τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ, to glorify the whole creation into a kingdom of God, to restore everything that has been destroyed by sin from the beginning of the world, to abolish all the slavery of sin, establish the true liberty of the children of God, emancipate every creature from the bondage of vanity, under which it sighs on account of the sin of man, and introduce all His chosen into the kingdom of peace and everlasting blessedness, which was prepared for their inheritance before the foundation of the world (Acts 3:19-20; Rom 8:19.; Mt 25:34; Col 1:12; 1Pet 1:4).
John Gill
25:8 And thou shalt number seven sabbaths of years unto thee,.... Or weeks of years; and there being seven days in a week, and a day being put for a year, seven weeks of years made forty nine years; the Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan, and Jarchi, interpret it seven "shemittas", or sabbatical years; and a sabbatical year being every seventh year, made the same number:
seven times seven years: or forty nine years, as follows:
and the space of the seven sabbaths of years shall be forty and nine years; just such a space of years there was between each jubilee, which, as afterwards said, was the fiftieth year; so as there were a seventh day sabbath, and a fiftieth day sabbath, the day of Pentecost, so there were a seventh year sabbath, or sabbatical year, and a fiftieth year sabbath.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
25:8 THE JUBILEE. (Lev. 25:8-23)
thou shalt number seven sabbaths of years--This most extraordinary of all civil institutions, which received the name of "Jubilee" from a Hebrew word signifying a musical instrument, a horn or trumpet, began on the tenth day of the seventh month, or the great day of atonement, when, by order of the public authorities, the sound of trumpets proclaimed the beginning of the universal redemption. All prisoners and captives obtained their liberties, slaves were declared free, and debtors were absolved. The land, as on the sabbatic year, was neither sowed nor reaped, but allowed to enjoy with its inhabitants a sabbath of repose; and its natural produce was the common property of all. Moreover, every inheritance throughout the land of Judea was restored to its original owner.
25:925:9: Եւ ա՛զդ առնիցէք բարբառով փողոյ յամենայն երկրին ձերում, յամսեանն եւթներորդի՝ որ օր տասն իցէ ամսոյն. յաւուրն քաւութեան ա՛զդ արասջիք փողով ընդ ամենայն երկիրն ձեր[1139]։ [1139] Բազումք. Յամսեանն եւթներորդում։
9 Յիսուներորդ տարուայ եօթներորդ ամսի տասներորդ օրը շեփոր հնչեցնելով կ’ազդարարէք ձեր ամբողջ երկրին: Քաւութեան օրը ձեր ամբողջ երկրում շեփոր կը հնչեցնէք:
9 Ապա եօթներորդ ամսուան տասներորդ օրը ազդարարութեան փողը պէտք է հնչեցնես, քաւութեան օրը ձեր բոլոր երկրին մէջ պէտք է հնչեցնէք փողը։
Եւ ազդ առնիցէք բարբառով փողոյ [405]յամենայն երկրին ձերում``, յամսեանն եւթներորդի որ օր տասն իցէ ամսոյն, յաւուրն քաւութեան ազդ արասջիք փողով ընդ ամենայն երկիրն ձեր:

25:9: Եւ ա՛զդ առնիցէք բարբառով փողոյ յամենայն երկրին ձերում, յամսեանն եւթներորդի՝ որ օր տասն իցէ ամսոյն. յաւուրն քաւութեան ա՛զդ արասջիք փողով ընդ ամենայն երկիրն ձեր[1139]։
[1139] Բազումք. Յամսեանն եւթներորդում։
9 Յիսուներորդ տարուայ եօթներորդ ամսի տասներորդ օրը շեփոր հնչեցնելով կ’ազդարարէք ձեր ամբողջ երկրին: Քաւութեան օրը ձեր ամբողջ երկրում շեփոր կը հնչեցնէք:
9 Ապա եօթներորդ ամսուան տասներորդ օրը ազդարարութեան փողը պէտք է հնչեցնես, քաւութեան օրը ձեր բոլոր երկրին մէջ պէտք է հնչեցնէք փողը։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:99: и воструби трубою в седьмой месяц, в десятый [день] месяца, в день очищения вострубите трубою по всей земле вашей;
25:9 καὶ και and; even διαγγελεῖτε διαγγελλω pronounce σάλπιγγος σαλπιγξ trumpet φωνῇ φωνη voice; sound ἐν εν in πάσῃ πας all; every τῇ ο the γῇ γη earth; land ὑμῶν υμων your τῷ ο the μηνὶ μην.1 month τῷ ο the ἑβδόμῳ εβδομος seventh τῇ ο the δεκάτῃ δεκατος tenth τοῦ ο the μηνός μην.1 month τῇ ο the ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day τοῦ ο the ἱλασμοῦ ιλασμος appeasement διαγγελεῖτε διαγγελλω pronounce σάλπιγγι σαλπιγξ trumpet ἐν εν in πάσῃ πας all; every τῇ ο the γῇ γη earth; land ὑμῶν υμων your
25:9 וְ wᵊ וְ and הַֽעֲבַרְתָּ֞ hˈaʕᵃvartˈā עבר pass שֹׁופַ֤ר šôfˈar שֹׁופָר horn תְּרוּעָה֙ tᵊrûʕˌā תְּרוּעָה shouting בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the חֹ֣דֶשׁ ḥˈōḏeš חֹדֶשׁ month הַ ha הַ the שְּׁבִעִ֔י ššᵊviʕˈî שְׁבִיעִי seventh בֶּ be בְּ in † הַ the עָשֹׂ֖ור ʕāśˌôr עָשֹׂור a ten לַ la לְ to † הַ the חֹ֑דֶשׁ ḥˈōḏeš חֹדֶשׁ month בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יֹום֙ yôm יֹום day הַ ha הַ the כִּפֻּרִ֔ים kkippurˈîm כִּפֻּרִים atonement תַּעֲבִ֥ירוּ taʕᵃvˌîrû עבר pass שֹׁופָ֖ר šôfˌār שֹׁופָר horn בְּ bᵊ בְּ in כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole אַרְצְכֶֽם׃ ʔarṣᵊḵˈem אֶרֶץ earth
25:9. et clanges bucina mense septimo decima die mensis propitiationis tempore in universa terra vestraAnd thou shalt sound the trumpet in the seventh month, the tenth day of the month, in the time of the expiation in all your land.
9. Then shalt thou send abroad the loud trumpet on the tenth day of the seventh month; in the day of atonement shall ye send abroad the trumpet throughout all your land.
25:9. And you shall sound the trumpet in the seventh month, on the tenth day of the month, at the time of the atonement, throughout all your land.
25:9. Then shalt thou cause the trumpet of the jubile to sound on the tenth [day] of the seventh month, in the day of atonement shall ye make the trumpet sound throughout all your land.
Then shalt thou cause the trumpet of the jubile to sound on the tenth [day] of the seventh month, in the day of atonement shall ye make the trumpet sound throughout all your land:

9: и воструби трубою в седьмой месяц, в десятый [день] месяца, в день очищения вострубите трубою по всей земле вашей;
25:9
καὶ και and; even
διαγγελεῖτε διαγγελλω pronounce
σάλπιγγος σαλπιγξ trumpet
φωνῇ φωνη voice; sound
ἐν εν in
πάσῃ πας all; every
τῇ ο the
γῇ γη earth; land
ὑμῶν υμων your
τῷ ο the
μηνὶ μην.1 month
τῷ ο the
ἑβδόμῳ εβδομος seventh
τῇ ο the
δεκάτῃ δεκατος tenth
τοῦ ο the
μηνός μην.1 month
τῇ ο the
ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day
τοῦ ο the
ἱλασμοῦ ιλασμος appeasement
διαγγελεῖτε διαγγελλω pronounce
σάλπιγγι σαλπιγξ trumpet
ἐν εν in
πάσῃ πας all; every
τῇ ο the
γῇ γη earth; land
ὑμῶν υμων your
25:9
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַֽעֲבַרְתָּ֞ hˈaʕᵃvartˈā עבר pass
שֹׁופַ֤ר šôfˈar שֹׁופָר horn
תְּרוּעָה֙ tᵊrûʕˌā תְּרוּעָה shouting
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
חֹ֣דֶשׁ ḥˈōḏeš חֹדֶשׁ month
הַ ha הַ the
שְּׁבִעִ֔י ššᵊviʕˈî שְׁבִיעִי seventh
בֶּ be בְּ in
הַ the
עָשֹׂ֖ור ʕāśˌôr עָשֹׂור a ten
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
חֹ֑דֶשׁ ḥˈōḏeš חֹדֶשׁ month
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יֹום֙ yôm יֹום day
הַ ha הַ the
כִּפֻּרִ֔ים kkippurˈîm כִּפֻּרִים atonement
תַּעֲבִ֥ירוּ taʕᵃvˌîrû עבר pass
שֹׁופָ֖ר šôfˌār שֹׁופָר horn
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
אַרְצְכֶֽם׃ ʔarṣᵊḵˈem אֶרֶץ earth
25:9. et clanges bucina mense septimo decima die mensis propitiationis tempore in universa terra vestra
And thou shalt sound the trumpet in the seventh month, the tenth day of the month, in the time of the expiation in all your land.
25:9. And you shall sound the trumpet in the seventh month, on the tenth day of the month, at the time of the atonement, throughout all your land.
25:9. Then shalt thou cause the trumpet of the jubile to sound on the tenth [day] of the seventh month, in the day of atonement shall ye make the trumpet sound throughout all your land.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
25:9
Cause the trumpet of the jubile to sound - Rather, cause the sound of the cornet to go through (the land). The word jubile does not occur in this verse in the Hebrew. The trumpet is the shofar שׁפר shô phā r, i. e. the cornet (rendered "shawm" in the Prayer-Book version of Psa 98:7), either the horn of some animal or a tube of metal shaped like one. As the sound of the cornet (see Lev 25:10 note) was the signal of the descent of Yahweh when He came down upon Sinai to take Israel into covenant with Himself Exo 19:13, Exo 19:16, Exo 19:19; Exo 20:18, so the same sound announced, at the close of the great day of atonement, after the Evening sacrifice, the year which restored each Israelite to the freedom and the blessings of the covenant.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:9: jubilee: Lev 25:10-12, Lev 27:17, Lev 27:24; Num 36:4
of the jubilee to sound: Heb. loud of sound, Num 10:10; Psa 89:15; Act 13:38, Act 13:39; Rom 10:18, Rom 15:19; Co2 5:19-21; Th1 1:8
the day: Lev 16:20, Lev 16:30, Lev 23:24, Lev 23:27
Geneva 1599
25:9 (e) Then shalt thou cause the trumpet of the jubile to sound on the tenth [day] of the seventh month, in the day of atonement shall ye make the trumpet sound throughout all your land.
(e) In the beginning of the 50 years was the Jubile, so called, because the joyful tidings of liberty were publicly proclaimed by the sound of a cornet.
John Gill
25:9 Then shall thou cause the trumpet of the jubilee to sound,.... At the end of forty nine years, or at the beginning of the fiftieth; or "the trumpet of a loud sound"; for here the word "jubilee" is not, which, according to some, was so called from the peculiar sound of the trumpet on this day, different from all others; though others, as Ben Melech, think, and the Jews commonly, that it had its name from the trumpet itself, which they suppose was made of a ram's horn, "jobel", in the Arabic language, signifying a ram; but the former reason is best; though perhaps it is best of all to derive it from "to bring back, restore, return", because at this time men were returned to their liberty, estates, and families, as hereafter expressed:
on the tenth day of the seventh month; the month Tisri or September, the first day of which was the beginning of the year for "jubilees" (s); for the computation of the jubilee year was made from the first day of the month, though the trumpet was not blown, and the rights of the year did not begin till the tenth, as Maimonides (t) observes:
in the day of atonement shall ye make the trumpet sound throughout all your land; which day of atonement was on the tenth day of the said month, and a very proper time it was to sound the trumpet, that after they had been afflicting themselves, then to have joy and comfort; and when atonement was made for all their sins, then to hear the joyful sound; and when it might be presumed they were in a good disposition to release their servants, and restore the poor to their possessions, when they themselves were favoured with the forgiveness of all their sins. This sounding was made throughout all the land of Israel; throughout all the highways, as Aben Ezra, that all might know the year of jubilee was come; and this was done by the order of the sanhedrim, as Maimonides (u) says, and who, also observes, that from the beginning of the year, to the day of atonement, servants were not released to their own houses, but did not serve their masters, nor were fields returned to their owners; but servants ate, and drank, and rejoiced, and wore garlands on their heads; and when the day of atonement came, the sanhedrim blew the trumpet, and the servants were dismissed to their houses, and fields returned to their owners.
(s) Misn. Roshhashanah, c. 1. sect. 1. (t) In Misn. ib. (u) Hilchot Shemitah Vejobel, c. 10. sect. 10, 14.
John Wesley
25:9 The jubilee - Signified the true liberty from our spiritual debts and slaveries to be purchased by Christ, and to be published to the world by the sound of the gospel. The seventh month - Which was the first month of the year for civil affairs; the jubilee therefore began in that month; and, as it seems, upon this very tenth day, when the trumpet sounded, as other feasts generally began when the trumpet sounded. In the day of atonement - A very fit time, that when they fasted and prayed for God's mercy to them in the pardon of their sins, then they might exercise their charity to men in forgiving their debts; and to teach us, that the foundation of all solid comfort must be laid in repentance and atonement for our sins through Christ.
25:1025:10: Եւ սրբեսջի՛ք զամն յիսներորդ տարւոյն, եւ քարոզեսջի՛ք թողութիւն ՚ի վերայ երկրին՝ ամենայն բնակչաց նորա. զի տարի թողութեա՛ն եղիցի ձեզ այն ազդեցութիւն։ Եւ դարձցի՛ իւրաքանչիւրոք ՚ի ստացուածս իւր, եւ իւրաքանչիւրոք յա՛զգ իւր երթիցէ.
10 Կը սրբագործէք յիսուներորդ տարին եւ ձեր երկրի բոլոր բնակիչների համար ազատագրում կը յայտարարէք: Դա ազատագրման տարի ազդարարելու նշան թող լինի: Իւրաքանչիւր ոք պէտք է վերադառնայ իր կալուածքը, իւրաքանչիւր ոք պէտք է գնայ իր ազգատոհմին,
10 Եւ յիսուներորդ տարին պիտի սրբէք ու երկրի վրայ անոր բոլոր բնակիչներուն համար ազատութիւն պէտք է քարոզէք։ Ասիկա ձեզի Յոբելեան տարի պէտք է ըլլայ։ Ձեզմէ իւրաքանչիւրը իր ստացուածքին թող դառնայ ու ձեզմէ իւրաքանչիւրը իր ազգատոհմին թող դառնայ։
Եւ սրբեսջիք զամն յիսներորդ տարւոյն, եւ քարոզեսջիք թողութիւն ի վերայ երկրին ամենայն բնակչաց նորա. զի [406]տարի թողութեան`` եղիցի ձեզ այն [407]ազդեցութիւն, եւ դարձցի իւրաքանչիւր ոք ի ստացուած իւր, եւ իւրաքանչիւր ոք յազգ իւր երթիցէ. [408]զի թողութեան ազդեցութիւն է այն:

25:10: Եւ սրբեսջի՛ք զամն յիսներորդ տարւոյն, եւ քարոզեսջի՛ք թողութիւն ՚ի վերայ երկրին՝ ամենայն բնակչաց նորա. զի տարի թողութեա՛ն եղիցի ձեզ այն ազդեցութիւն։ Եւ դարձցի՛ իւրաքանչիւրոք ՚ի ստացուածս իւր, եւ իւրաքանչիւրոք յա՛զգ իւր երթիցէ.
10 Կը սրբագործէք յիսուներորդ տարին եւ ձեր երկրի բոլոր բնակիչների համար ազատագրում կը յայտարարէք: Դա ազատագրման տարի ազդարարելու նշան թող լինի: Իւրաքանչիւր ոք պէտք է վերադառնայ իր կալուածքը, իւրաքանչիւր ոք պէտք է գնայ իր ազգատոհմին,
10 Եւ յիսուներորդ տարին պիտի սրբէք ու երկրի վրայ անոր բոլոր բնակիչներուն համար ազատութիւն պէտք է քարոզէք։ Ասիկա ձեզի Յոբելեան տարի պէտք է ըլլայ։ Ձեզմէ իւրաքանչիւրը իր ստացուածքին թող դառնայ ու ձեզմէ իւրաքանչիւրը իր ազգատոհմին թող դառնայ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:1010: и освятите пятидесятый год и объявите свободу на земле всем жителям ее: да будет это у вас юбилей; и возвратитесь каждый во владение свое, и каждый возвратитесь в свое племя.
25:10 καὶ και and; even ἁγιάσετε αγιαζω hallow τὸ ο the ἔτος ετος year τὸ ο the πεντηκοστὸν πεντηκοστος cycle; period καὶ και and; even διαβοήσετε διαβοαω dismissal; forgiveness ἐπὶ επι in; on τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land πᾶσιν πας all; every τοῖς ο the κατοικοῦσιν κατοικεω settle αὐτήν αυτος he; him ἐνιαυτὸς ενιαυτος cycle; period ἀφέσεως αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness σημασία σημασια this; he ἔσται ειμι be ὑμῖν υμιν you καὶ και and; even ἀπελεύσεται απερχομαι go off; go away εἷς εις.1 one; unit ἕκαστος εκαστος each εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the κτῆσιν κτησις he; him καὶ και and; even ἕκαστος εκαστος each εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the πατρίδα πατρις own country αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἀπελεύσεσθε απερχομαι go off; go away
25:10 וְ wᵊ וְ and קִדַּשְׁתֶּ֗ם qiddaštˈem קדשׁ be holy אֵ֣ת ʔˈēṯ אֵת [object marker] שְׁנַ֤ת šᵊnˈaṯ שָׁנָה year הַ ha הַ the חֲמִשִּׁים֙ ḥᵃmiššîm חָמֵשׁ five שָׁנָ֔ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year וּ û וְ and קְרָאתֶ֥ם qᵊrāṯˌem קרא call דְּרֹ֛ור dᵊrˈôr דְּרֹור release בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth לְ lᵊ לְ to כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole יֹשְׁבֶ֑יהָ yōšᵊvˈeʸhā ישׁב sit יֹובֵ֥ל yôvˌēl יֹובֵל ram הִוא֙ hiw הִיא she תִּהְיֶ֣ה tihyˈeh היה be לָכֶ֔ם lāḵˈem לְ to וְ wᵊ וְ and שַׁבְתֶּ֗ם šavtˈem שׁוב return אִ֚ישׁ ˈʔîš אִישׁ man אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to אֲחֻזָּתֹ֔ו ʔᵃḥuzzāṯˈô אֲחֻזָּה land property וְ wᵊ וְ and אִ֥ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to מִשְׁפַּחְתֹּ֖ו mišpaḥtˌô מִשְׁפַּחַת clan תָּשֻֽׁבוּ׃ tāšˈuvû שׁוב return
25:10. sanctificabisque annum quinquagesimum et vocabis remissionem cunctis habitatoribus terrae tuae ipse est enim iobeleus revertetur homo ad possessionem suam et unusquisque rediet ad familiam pristinamAnd thou shalt sanctify the fiftieth year, and shalt proclaim remission to all the inhabitants of thy land: for it is the year of jubilee. Every man shall return to his possession, and every one shall go back to his former family:
10. And ye shall hallow the fiftieth year, and proclaim liberty throughout the land unto all the inhabitants thereof: it shall be a jubile unto you; and ye shall return every man unto his possession, and ye shall return every man unto his family.
25:10. And you shall sanctify the fiftieth year, and you shall proclaim a remission for all the inhabitants of your land: for the same is the Jubilee. A man shall return to his possession, and each one shall go back to his original family,
25:10. And ye shall hallow the fiftieth year, and proclaim liberty throughout [all] the land unto all the inhabitants thereof: it shall be a jubile unto you; and ye shall return every man unto his possession, and ye shall return every man unto his family.
And ye shall hallow the fiftieth year, and proclaim liberty throughout [all] the land unto all the inhabitants thereof: it shall be a jubile unto you; and ye shall return every man unto his possession, and ye shall return every man unto his family:

10: и освятите пятидесятый год и объявите свободу на земле всем жителям ее: да будет это у вас юбилей; и возвратитесь каждый во владение свое, и каждый возвратитесь в свое племя.
25:10
καὶ και and; even
ἁγιάσετε αγιαζω hallow
τὸ ο the
ἔτος ετος year
τὸ ο the
πεντηκοστὸν πεντηκοστος cycle; period
καὶ και and; even
διαβοήσετε διαβοαω dismissal; forgiveness
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
πᾶσιν πας all; every
τοῖς ο the
κατοικοῦσιν κατοικεω settle
αὐτήν αυτος he; him
ἐνιαυτὸς ενιαυτος cycle; period
ἀφέσεως αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness
σημασία σημασια this; he
ἔσται ειμι be
ὑμῖν υμιν you
καὶ και and; even
ἀπελεύσεται απερχομαι go off; go away
εἷς εις.1 one; unit
ἕκαστος εκαστος each
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
κτῆσιν κτησις he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἕκαστος εκαστος each
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
πατρίδα πατρις own country
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἀπελεύσεσθε απερχομαι go off; go away
25:10
וְ wᵊ וְ and
קִדַּשְׁתֶּ֗ם qiddaštˈem קדשׁ be holy
אֵ֣ת ʔˈēṯ אֵת [object marker]
שְׁנַ֤ת šᵊnˈaṯ שָׁנָה year
הַ ha הַ the
חֲמִשִּׁים֙ ḥᵃmiššîm חָמֵשׁ five
שָׁנָ֔ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year
וּ û וְ and
קְרָאתֶ֥ם qᵊrāṯˌem קרא call
דְּרֹ֛ור dᵊrˈôr דְּרֹור release
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
לְ lᵊ לְ to
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
יֹשְׁבֶ֑יהָ yōšᵊvˈeʸhā ישׁב sit
יֹובֵ֥ל yôvˌēl יֹובֵל ram
הִוא֙ hiw הִיא she
תִּהְיֶ֣ה tihyˈeh היה be
לָכֶ֔ם lāḵˈem לְ to
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שַׁבְתֶּ֗ם šavtˈem שׁוב return
אִ֚ישׁ ˈʔîš אִישׁ man
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
אֲחֻזָּתֹ֔ו ʔᵃḥuzzāṯˈô אֲחֻזָּה land property
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אִ֥ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
מִשְׁפַּחְתֹּ֖ו mišpaḥtˌô מִשְׁפַּחַת clan
תָּשֻֽׁבוּ׃ tāšˈuvû שׁוב return
25:10. sanctificabisque annum quinquagesimum et vocabis remissionem cunctis habitatoribus terrae tuae ipse est enim iobeleus revertetur homo ad possessionem suam et unusquisque rediet ad familiam pristinam
And thou shalt sanctify the fiftieth year, and shalt proclaim remission to all the inhabitants of thy land: for it is the year of jubilee. Every man shall return to his possession, and every one shall go back to his former family:
25:10. And you shall sanctify the fiftieth year, and you shall proclaim a remission for all the inhabitants of your land: for the same is the Jubilee. A man shall return to his possession, and each one shall go back to his original family,
25:10. And ye shall hallow the fiftieth year, and proclaim liberty throughout [all] the land unto all the inhabitants thereof: it shall be a jubile unto you; and ye shall return every man unto his possession, and ye shall return every man unto his family.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
25:10
The fiftieth year - The Jubilee probably coincided with each seventh sabbatical year, and was called the fiftieth, as being the last of a series of which the first was the preceding Jubilee.
A jubile - Commonly spelled jubilee. The original word first occurs in Exo 19:13, where it is rendered "trumpet," margin "cornet." It most probably denotes the sound of the cornet, not the cornet itself, and is derived from a root, signifying to flow abundantly, which by a familiar metaphor might be applied to sound.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:10: proclaim: Exo 20:2; Ezr 1:3; Psa 146:7; Isa 49:9, Isa 49:24, Isa 49:25, Isa 61:1-3, Isa 63:4; Jer 34:8, Jer 34:13-17; Zac 9:11, Zac 9:12; Luk 1:74, Luk 4:16-21; Joh 8:32-36; Rom 6:17, Rom 6:18; Co2 3:17; Gal 4:25-31, Gal 5:1, Gal 5:13; Pe1 2:16; Pe2 2:19, Pe2 2:20
every man: Lev 25:13, Lev 25:26-28, Lev 25:33, Lev 25:34, Lev 27:17-24
ye shall return: Num 36:2-9
Geneva 1599
25:10 And ye shall hallow the fiftieth year, and proclaim liberty throughout [all] the land unto all the (f) inhabitants thereof: it shall be a jubile unto you; and ye shall return every man unto his (g) possession, and ye shall return every man unto his family.
(f) Which were in bondage.
(g) Because the tribes should neither have their possessions diminished nor confounded.
John Gill
25:10 And ye shall hallow the fiftieth year,.... The year following the seven sabbaths of years, or forty nine years; and which they were to sanctify by separating it from all others, and devoting it to the uses it was to be put to, and the services done on it, and by abstaining from the tillage of the land, sowing or reaping, and from the cultivation of vines, olives, &c.
and proclaim liberty throughout all the land; to servants, both to those whose ears were bored, and were to serve for ever, even unto the year of jubilee, and then be released; and to those whose six years were not ended, from the time that they were bought; for the jubilee year put an end to their servitude, let the time they had served be what it would; for this year was a general release of servants, excepting bondmen and bondmaids, who were never discharged; hence called the "year of liberty", Ezek 46:17; and Josephus (w) says, the word "jobel" or "jubilee" signifies "liberty":
unto all the inhabitants thereof; that were in servitude or poverty, excepting the above mentioned; from hence the Jews gather, than when the tribes of Reuben and Gad, and the half tribe of Manasseh, went into captivity, the jubilees ceased (x), since all the inhabitants were not then in it; but that is a mistake, for the jubilees were continued unto the coming of the Messiah, and perhaps never omitted but once, in the time of the Babylonish captivity:
Tit shall be a jubilee unto you; to the Israelites, and to them only, as Aben Ezra observes; it was a time of joy and gladness to them, especially to servants, who were now free, and to the poor, who enjoyed their estates again:
and ye shall return every man unto his possession; which had been sold or mortgaged to another, but now reverted to its original owner:
and ye shall return every man unto his family; who through poverty had sold himself for a servant, and had lived in another family. The general design of this law was to preserve the rights of freeborn Israelites, as to person and property, to prevent perpetual servitude, and perpetual alienation of their estates; to continue families and estates as they were originally, that some might not become too rich, and others too poor; nor be blended, but the tribes and families might be kept distinct until the coming of the Messiah, to whom the jubilee had a particular respect, and in whom it ceased. The liberty proclaimed on this day was typical of that liberty from the bondage of sin, Satan, and the law, which Christ is the author of, and is proclaimed by him in the Gospel, Gal 5:1; a liberty of grace and glory, or the glorious liberty of the children of God: returning to possessions and inheritances may be an emblem of the enjoyment of the heavenly inheritance by the saints; though man by sin lost an earthly paradise, and came short of the glory of God, yet through Christ his people are restored to a better inheritance, an incorruptible one; to which they are begotten by his Spirit, have a right to it through his righteousness, and a meetness for it by his grace, and of which the Holy Spirit is the earnest and pledge, and into which Christ himself will introduce them. And the returning of them to their families may signify the return of God's elect through Christ to the family that is named of him; these were secretly of the family of God from all eternity, being taken into it in the covenant of grace, as well as predestinated to the adoption of children: but by the fall, and through a state of nature by it, they became children of wrath, even as others; yet through redemption by Christ, and faith in him, they receive the adoption of children, and openly appear to be of the family of God, 2Cor 6:18; and all this is proclaimed by the sound of the Gospel trumpet, which being a sound of liberty, peace, pardon, righteousness, salvation, and eternal life by Christ, is a joyful one, Ps 89:15; where the allusion seems to be to the jubilee trumpet.
(w) Antiqu. l. 3. c. 12. sect. 3. (x) Maimon. & Bartenora in Misn. Eracin, c. 8. sect. 1.
John Wesley
25:10 The fiftieth year - The year of jubilee was not the forty and ninth year, as some learned men think, but precisely the fiftieth. The old weekly sabbath is called the seventh day, because it truly was so, being next after the six days of the week and distinct from them all: and the year of release is called the seventh year, Lev 25:4, as immediately following the six years, Lev 25:3, and distinct from them all. And in like manner the jubilee is called the fiftieth year, because it comes next after seven tines seven or forty - nine years, Lev 25:8, and is distinct from them all. Unto all the inhabitants - Understand such as were Israelites; principally to all servants, even to such as would not and did not go out at the seventh year, and to the poor, who now were acquitted from all their debts, and restored to their possessions. Jubilee - So called either from the Hebrew word Jobel which signifies first a ram, and then a ram's horn, by the sound whereof it was proclaimed; or from Jubal the inventor of musical instruments, Gen 4:21, because it was celebrated with music and all expressions of joy. Unto his possession - Which had been sold or otherwise alienated from him. This law was not at all unjust, because all buyers and sellers had an eye to this condition in their bargains; but it was expedient in many regards, as To mind them that God alone was the Lord and proprietor both of them and of their lands, and they only his tenants; a point which they were very apt to forget. That hereby inheritances, families, and tribes, might be kept entire and clear until the coming of the Messiah, who was to be known as by other things, so by the tribe and family out of which he was to come. And this accordingly was done by the singular providence of God until the Lord Jesus did come. Since which time those characters are miserably confounded: which is no small argument that the Messiah is come. To set bounds both to the insatiable avarice of some, and the foolish prodigality of others, that the former might not wholly and finally swallow up the inheritances of their brethren, and the latter might not be able to undo themselves and their posterity for ever, which was a singular privilege of this law and people. His family - From whom he was gone, being sold to some other family either by himself or by his father.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
25:10 ye shall hallow the fiftieth year--Much difference of opinion exists as to whether the jubilee was observed on the forty-ninth, or, in round numbers, it is called the fiftieth. The prevailing opinion, both in ancient and modern times, has been in favor of the latter.
25:1125:11: զի թողութեան ազդեցութիւն է այն։ Ամն յիսներորդ՝ եղիցի ձեզ տարեկա՛ն. մի՛ սերմանիցէք, եւ մի՛ հնձիցէք զինքնեակս նորա՝ որ ելանիցեն. եւ մի՛ կթիցէք զսրբեցեալս նորա.
11 որովհետեւ դա ազատագրման ազդարարն է: Յիսուներորդ տարին թող ձեզ համար յոբելեանական տարի լինի: Չպէտք է ցանէք, չպէտք է հնձէք ինքն իրեն աճած բոյսը, Տիրոջն ընծայուած խաղողը չպէտք է քաղէք,
11 Այս յիսուներորդ տարին Յոբելեան տարի թող ըլլայ ձեզի։ Ո՛չ պիտի ցանէք ո՛չ ալ ինքնիրմէ բուսածը պիտի հնձէք եւ ձեր չյօտած այգիէն պիտի չհաւաքէք.
Ամն յիսներորդ` եղիցի ձեզ [409]տարեկան. մի՛ սերմանիցէք, եւ մի՛ հնձիցէք զինքնեակս նորա որ ելանիցեն, եւ մի՛ կթիցէք զսրբեցեալս նորա:

25:11: զի թողութեան ազդեցութիւն է այն։ Ամն յիսներորդ՝ եղիցի ձեզ տարեկա՛ն. մի՛ սերմանիցէք, եւ մի՛ հնձիցէք զինքնեակս նորա՝ որ ելանիցեն. եւ մի՛ կթիցէք զսրբեցեալս նորա.
11 որովհետեւ դա ազատագրման ազդարարն է: Յիսուներորդ տարին թող ձեզ համար յոբելեանական տարի լինի: Չպէտք է ցանէք, չպէտք է հնձէք ինքն իրեն աճած բոյսը, Տիրոջն ընծայուած խաղողը չպէտք է քաղէք,
11 Այս յիսուներորդ տարին Յոբելեան տարի թող ըլլայ ձեզի։ Ո՛չ պիտի ցանէք ո՛չ ալ ինքնիրմէ բուսածը պիտի հնձէք եւ ձեր չյօտած այգիէն պիտի չհաւաքէք.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:1111: Пятидесятый год да будет у вас юбилей: не сейте и не жните, что само вырастет на земле, и не снимайте ягод с необрезанных [лоз] ее,
25:11 ἀφέσεως αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness σημασία σημασια this; he τὸ ο the ἔτος ετος year τὸ ο the πεντηκοστὸν πεντηκοστος cycle; period ἔσται ειμι be ὑμῖν υμιν you οὐ ου not σπερεῖτε σπειρω sow οὐδὲ ουδε not even; neither ἀμήσετε αμαω mow τὰ ο the αὐτόματα αυτοματος automatically ἀναβαίνοντα αναβαινω step up; ascend αὐτῆς αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even οὐ ου not τρυγήσετε τρυγαω pick τὰ ο the ἡγιασμένα αγιαζω hallow αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
25:11 יֹובֵ֣ל yôvˈēl יֹובֵל ram הִ֗וא hˈiw הִיא she שְׁנַ֛ת šᵊnˈaṯ שָׁנָה year הַ ha הַ the חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים ḥᵃmiššˌîm חָמֵשׁ five שָׁנָ֖ה šānˌā שָׁנָה year תִּהְיֶ֣ה tihyˈeh היה be לָכֶ֑ם lāḵˈem לְ to לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not תִזְרָ֔עוּ ṯizrˈāʕû זרע sow וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not תִקְצְרוּ֙ ṯiqṣᵊrˌû קצר harvest אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] סְפִיחֶ֔יהָ sᵊfîḥˈeʸhā סָפִיחַ growth וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not תִבְצְר֖וּ ṯivṣᵊrˌû בצר gather grapes אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] נְזִרֶֽיהָ׃ nᵊzirˈeʸhā נָזִיר singled out
25:11. quia iobeleus est et quinquagesimus annus non seretis neque metetis sponte in agro nascentia et primitias vindemiae non colligetisBecause it is the jubilee and the fiftieth year. You shall not sow, nor reap the things that grow in the field of their own accord, neither shall you gather the firstfruits of the vines,
11. A jubile shall that fiftieth year be unto you: ye shall not sow, neither reap that which groweth of itself in it, nor gather in it of the undressed vines.
25:11. for it is the Jubilee and the fiftieth year. You shall not sow, and you shall not reap what grows in the field of its own accord, and you shall not gather the first-fruits of the crop,
25:11. A jubile shall that fiftieth year be unto you: ye shall not sow, neither reap that which groweth of itself in it, nor gather [the grapes] in it of thy vine undressed.
A jubile shall that fiftieth year be unto you: ye shall not sow, neither reap that which groweth of itself in it, nor gather [the grapes] in it of thy vine undressed:

11: Пятидесятый год да будет у вас юбилей: не сейте и не жните, что само вырастет на земле, и не снимайте ягод с необрезанных [лоз] ее,
25:11
ἀφέσεως αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness
σημασία σημασια this; he
τὸ ο the
ἔτος ετος year
τὸ ο the
πεντηκοστὸν πεντηκοστος cycle; period
ἔσται ειμι be
ὑμῖν υμιν you
οὐ ου not
σπερεῖτε σπειρω sow
οὐδὲ ουδε not even; neither
ἀμήσετε αμαω mow
τὰ ο the
αὐτόματα αυτοματος automatically
ἀναβαίνοντα αναβαινω step up; ascend
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
οὐ ου not
τρυγήσετε τρυγαω pick
τὰ ο the
ἡγιασμένα αγιαζω hallow
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
25:11
יֹובֵ֣ל yôvˈēl יֹובֵל ram
הִ֗וא hˈiw הִיא she
שְׁנַ֛ת šᵊnˈaṯ שָׁנָה year
הַ ha הַ the
חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים ḥᵃmiššˌîm חָמֵשׁ five
שָׁנָ֖ה šānˌā שָׁנָה year
תִּהְיֶ֣ה tihyˈeh היה be
לָכֶ֑ם lāḵˈem לְ to
לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not
תִזְרָ֔עוּ ṯizrˈāʕû זרע sow
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not
תִקְצְרוּ֙ ṯiqṣᵊrˌû קצר harvest
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
סְפִיחֶ֔יהָ sᵊfîḥˈeʸhā סָפִיחַ growth
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
תִבְצְר֖וּ ṯivṣᵊrˌû בצר gather grapes
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
נְזִרֶֽיהָ׃ nᵊzirˈeʸhā נָזִיר singled out
25:11. quia iobeleus est et quinquagesimus annus non seretis neque metetis sponte in agro nascentia et primitias vindemiae non colligetis
Because it is the jubilee and the fiftieth year. You shall not sow, nor reap the things that grow in the field of their own accord, neither shall you gather the firstfruits of the vines,
25:11. for it is the Jubilee and the fiftieth year. You shall not sow, and you shall not reap what grows in the field of its own accord, and you shall not gather the first-fruits of the crop,
25:11. A jubile shall that fiftieth year be unto you: ye shall not sow, neither reap that which groweth of itself in it, nor gather [the grapes] in it of thy vine undressed.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
11-13: Празднование юбилея состояло прежде всего в субботнем покое земли; земля и фруктовые деревья («необрезанные», с евр. nezer — назорейские, посвященные Богу) должны оставаться без обработки, как в состоянии первобытной девственности, а выросшее помимо условий человеческих должно быть, подобно манне пустыни, общим достоянием. Конечно, для верующего экзегета нет надобности в предположении Baentsch'a (в Handkommentar z. А. Т. Exod. — Levitic., hrgsgb. v. Nowack, 1900, S. 425) и др. рационалистических ученых, будто эта черта перенесена на юбилейный год искусственно с года субботнего.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
25:11: A jubilee shall that fiftieth year be - The literal meaning of the word jubilee, יובל yobel in Hebrew, and יוביל yobil in the Samaritan, has not been well ascertained. Josephus and the rabbins have caused many to err; the former says the word signifies liberty; Ελευθεριαν δε σημαινει τουνομα, Antiq., l. 3, cap. 12, edit. Haverc., vol. 1, p. 184; but the word liberty signifies rather the intention of the institution, than the meaning of the Hebrew term. The rabbins say it signifies a ram's horn, because the trumpets which were used in proclaiming this solemnity were made out of ram's horns. This meaning is adopted in a few places in our translation, but none of the ancient versions acknowledge this sense of the term, the Chaldee excepted. Some derive it from יבל yabal, to bring, carry away, because the Israelites at this time carried away the right of repossessing their inheritances which had been forfeited or alienated. The most natural derivation is from הוביל hobil, to cause to bring back, or recall, because estates, etc., which had been alienated, were then brought back to their primitive owners. This was a wise and excellent institution, but appears to have been little regarded by the Jews after the Babylonish captivity. Indeed, it is not mentioned under the second temple, and the observance must have ceased among the Jews when they were brought under a foreign yoke. The jubilee seems to have been typical,
1. Of the great time of release, the Gospel dispensation, when all who believe in Christ Jesus are redeemed from the bondage of sin - repossess the favor and image of God, the only inheritance of the human soul, having all debts cancelled, and the right of inheritance restored. To this the prophet Isaiah seems to allude, Isa 26:13, and particularly Isa 61:1-3.
2. Of the general resurrection. "It is," says Mr. Parkhurst, "a lively prefiguration of the grand consummation of time, which will be introduced in like manner by the trump of God, Co1 15:52, when the children and heirs of God shall be delivered from all their forfeitures, and restored to the eternal inheritance allotted to them by their Father; and thenceforth rest from their labors, and be supported in life and happiness by what the field of God shall supply."
It is worthy of remark that the jubilee was not proclaimed till the tenth day of the seventh month, on the very day when the great annual atonement was made for the sins of the people; and does not this prove that the great liberty or redemption from thraldom, published under the Gospel, could not take place till the great Atonement, the sacrifice of the Lord Jesus, had been offered up? See Lev 25:9.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:11: A jubilee: Respecting the literal meaning of the word יובל, yobel, or yovel, critics are not agreed. The most natural derivation of the word seems to be from הוביל, hovil, the Hiphil form of יבל, yaval, to recall, restore, or bring back, because this year restored all slaves to their liberty, and brought back all alienated estates to their primitive owners. Accordingly the LXX render it here αφεσις, a "remission"; and Josephus says it signifies ελευθεριαν, liberty. Lev 27:17
ye shall: Lev 25:5-7
John Gill
25:11 A jubilee shall that fiftieth year be unto you,.... Which, clearly shows, that not the forty ninth year was the year of jubilee, as many learned men have asserted, chiefly induced by this reason, because two years would come together in which were no sowing reaping; but that God, that could cause the earth to forth fruit for three years, Lev 25:21; could make it bring forth enough for four years; and in order to make their sentiment agree with this passage, they are obliged to make the foregoing jubilee one of the fifty, and begin their account from thence; but this could not be done in the first account of the jubilee; of the name; see Gill on Lev 25:9,
ye shall not sow; in the year of jubilee, which shows also that this could not be the forty ninth year, which of course being a sabbatical year, there would be no sowing, reaping, &c. and so this law or instruction would be quite needless:
neither reap that which groweth of itself in it, nor gather the grapes in it of thy vine undressed; as in the sabbatical year; see Gill on Lev 25:5; the same with respect to these things being to be observed in the year of jubilee, as in that; and so Jarchi observes that the same that is said of the sabbatical year is said of the jubilee, two holy years being found next to one another, the forty ninth year the sabbatical year, and the fiftieth year the jubilee.
25:1225:12: զի թողութեան ազատութիւն է, սո՛ւրբ լինիցի ձեզ. ՚ի դաշտա՛ց կերիջիք զարմտիսն նորա[1140]։ [1140] Այլք. Զի թողութեան ազդեցութիւն է սուրբ լիցի ձեզ։
12 քանզի այդ տարին ազատագրում ազդարարող յոբելեանական տարի է: Այն թող սուրբ լինի ձեզ համար: Արտում ինքն իրեն բուսած եւ աճած բերքը կերէ՛ք:
12 Վասն զի Յոբելեան տարի է։ Այն սուրբ պիտի ըլլայ։ Արտէն՝ անոր արդիւնքը կրնաք ուտել։
զի [410]թողութեան ազդեցութիւն`` է, սուրբ լիցի ձեզ. ի դաշտաց կերիջիք զարմտիս նորա:

25:12: զի թողութեան ազատութիւն է, սո՛ւրբ լինիցի ձեզ. ՚ի դաշտա՛ց կերիջիք զարմտիսն նորա[1140]։
[1140] Այլք. Զի թողութեան ազդեցութիւն է սուրբ լիցի ձեզ։
12 քանզի այդ տարին ազատագրում ազդարարող յոբելեանական տարի է: Այն թող սուրբ լինի ձեզ համար: Արտում ինքն իրեն բուսած եւ աճած բերքը կերէ՛ք:
12 Վասն զի Յոբելեան տարի է։ Այն սուրբ պիտի ըլլայ։ Արտէն՝ անոր արդիւնքը կրնաք ուտել։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:1212: ибо это юбилей: священным да будет он для вас; с поля ешьте произведения ее.
25:12 ὅτι οτι since; that ἀφέσεως αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness σημασία σημασια be ἅγιον αγιος holy ἔσται ειμι be ὑμῖν υμιν you ἀπὸ απο from; away τῶν ο the πεδίων πεδιον eat; consume τὰ ο the γενήματα γεννημα spawn; product αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
25:12 כִּ֚י ˈkî כִּי that יֹובֵ֣ל yôvˈēl יֹובֵל ram הִ֔וא hˈiw הִיא she קֹ֖דֶשׁ qˌōḏeš קֹדֶשׁ holiness תִּהְיֶ֣ה tihyˈeh היה be לָכֶ֑ם lāḵˈem לְ to מִן־ min- מִן from הַ֨ hˌa הַ the שָּׂדֶ֔ה śśāḏˈeh שָׂדֶה open field תֹּאכְל֖וּ tōḵᵊlˌû אכל eat אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] תְּבוּאָתָֽהּ׃ tᵊvûʔāṯˈāh תְּבוּאָה yield
25:12. ob sanctificationem iobelei sed statim ablata comedetisBecause of the sanctification of the jubilee. But as they grow you shall presently eat them.
12. For it is a jubile; it shall be holy unto you: ye shall eat the increase thereof out of the field.
25:12. due to the sanctification of the Jubilee. But you shall eat them as they present themselves.
25:12. For it [is] the jubile; it shall be holy unto you: ye shall eat the increase thereof out of the field.
For it [is] the jubile; it shall be holy unto you: ye shall eat the increase thereof out of the field:

12: ибо это юбилей: священным да будет он для вас; с поля ешьте произведения ее.
25:12
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἀφέσεως αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness
σημασία σημασια be
ἅγιον αγιος holy
ἔσται ειμι be
ὑμῖν υμιν you
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῶν ο the
πεδίων πεδιον eat; consume
τὰ ο the
γενήματα γεννημα spawn; product
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
25:12
כִּ֚י ˈkî כִּי that
יֹובֵ֣ל yôvˈēl יֹובֵל ram
הִ֔וא hˈiw הִיא she
קֹ֖דֶשׁ qˌōḏeš קֹדֶשׁ holiness
תִּהְיֶ֣ה tihyˈeh היה be
לָכֶ֑ם lāḵˈem לְ to
מִן־ min- מִן from
הַ֨ hˌa הַ the
שָּׂדֶ֔ה śśāḏˈeh שָׂדֶה open field
תֹּאכְל֖וּ tōḵᵊlˌû אכל eat
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
תְּבוּאָתָֽהּ׃ tᵊvûʔāṯˈāh תְּבוּאָה yield
25:12. ob sanctificationem iobelei sed statim ablata comedetis
Because of the sanctification of the jubilee. But as they grow you shall presently eat them.
25:12. due to the sanctification of the Jubilee. But you shall eat them as they present themselves.
25:12. For it [is] the jubile; it shall be holy unto you: ye shall eat the increase thereof out of the field.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:12: Lev 25:6, Lev 25:7
John Gill
25:12 For it is the jubilee, it shall be holy,.... Men being restored to their liberty, possessions, and families, it must be matter of joy to them, and therefore this year was to be separated from all others, and devoted to the ends and uses before mentioned; and men were to live upon the spontaneous productions of the earth, without any tillage of land, or cultivation of vines, &c.
ye shall eat the increase thereof out of the field; they were not to reap corn, and gather grapes and olives, and bring them into their barns and storehouses, as in other years; but were to go out every day into their fields, and gather for present use, and all were common to all sorts of men, and to cattle, as in the sabbatical year; See Gill on Lev 25:7.
John Wesley
25:12 It shall be holy - So it was, because it was sequestered in great part from worldly employments and dedicated to God, and to the exercise of holy joy and thankfulness; and because it was a type of that holy and happy jubilee which they were to expect and enjoy under the Messiah. The increase thereof - Such things as it produced of itself. Out of the field - Whence they in common with others might take it as they needed it; but must not put it into barns, See Lev 25:5, and Ex 23:11.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
25:12 ye shall eat the increase thereof out of the field, &c.--All that the ground yielded spontaneously during that period might be eaten for their necessary subsistence, but no persons were at liberty to hoard or form a private stock in reserve.
25:1325:13: Յամին ազդեցութեան թողութեան նորա՝ դարձցի՛ իւրաքանչիւրոք ՚ի ստացուա՛ծ իւր։
13 Ազատագրում հռչակուած յոբելեանական տարում իւրաքանչիւր ոք թող վերադառնայ իր կալուածքը:
13 Այս Յոբելեան տարին իւրաքանչիւրը իր ստացուածքին թող դառնայ։
[411]Յամին ազդեցութեան թողութեան նորա`` դարձցի իւրաքանչիւր ոք ի ստացուած իւր:

25:13: Յամին ազդեցութեան թողութեան նորա՝ դարձցի՛ իւրաքանչիւրոք ՚ի ստացուա՛ծ իւր։
13 Ազատագրում հռչակուած յոբելեանական տարում իւրաքանչիւր ոք թող վերադառնայ իր կալուածքը:
13 Այս Յոբելեան տարին իւրաքանչիւրը իր ստացուածքին թող դառնայ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:1313: В юбилейный год возвратитесь каждый во владение свое.
25:13 ἐν εν in τῷ ο the ἔτει ετος year τῆς ο the ἀφέσεως αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness σημασίᾳ σημασια he; him ἐπανελεύσεται επανερχομαι come on up; come back ἕκαστος εκαστος each εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the κτῆσιν κτησις he; him
25:13 בִּ bi בְּ in שְׁנַ֥ת šᵊnˌaṯ שָׁנָה year הַ ha הַ the יֹּובֵ֖ל yyôvˌēl יֹובֵל ram הַ ha הַ the זֹּ֑את zzˈōṯ זֹאת this תָּשֻׁ֕בוּ tāšˈuvû שׁוב return אִ֖ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to אֲחֻזָּתֹֽו׃ ʔᵃḥuzzāṯˈô אֲחֻזָּה land property
25:13. anno iobelei redient omnes ad possessiones suasIn the year of the jubilee all shall return to their possessions.
13. In this year of jubile ye shall return every man unto his possession.
25:13. In the year of the Jubilee, all shall return to their possessions.
25:13. In the year of this jubile ye shall return every man unto his possession.
In the year of this jubile ye shall return every man unto his possession:

13: В юбилейный год возвратитесь каждый во владение свое.
25:13
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
ἔτει ετος year
τῆς ο the
ἀφέσεως αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness
σημασίᾳ σημασια he; him
ἐπανελεύσεται επανερχομαι come on up; come back
ἕκαστος εκαστος each
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
κτῆσιν κτησις he; him
25:13
בִּ bi בְּ in
שְׁנַ֥ת šᵊnˌaṯ שָׁנָה year
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּובֵ֖ל yyôvˌēl יֹובֵל ram
הַ ha הַ the
זֹּ֑את zzˈōṯ זֹאת this
תָּשֻׁ֕בוּ tāšˈuvû שׁוב return
אִ֖ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
אֲחֻזָּתֹֽו׃ ʔᵃḥuzzāṯˈô אֲחֻזָּה land property
25:13. anno iobelei redient omnes ad possessiones suas
In the year of the jubilee all shall return to their possessions.
25:13. In the year of the Jubilee, all shall return to their possessions.
25:13. In the year of this jubile ye shall return every man unto his possession.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:13: Lev 25:10, Lev 27:17-24; Num 36:4
John Gill
25:13 In the year of this jubilee,.... In the beginning of it, as Aben Ezra, though not on the first day of Tisri, but the tenth day, the day of atonement, when the trumpet was blown:
ye shall return every man unto his possession; which is repeated from Lev 25:10; the reason of which, the Jews say, is to include gifts, and which, according to them, are like sales, and returned in the year of "jubilee"; that is, if a man gave his estate in possession to another, he returned to it, in the year of jubilee, equally as if he had sold it; and therefore they observe the same phrase is twice used by Moses, to include gifts (y): but perhaps the truer reason is, because this was a special business done at this time, and of great importance; the word "return" being so often used, may serve to confirm the sense of the word "jubilee", given previously; see Gill on Lev 25:9.
(y) Misn. Becorot, c. 8. sect. 10. & Bartenora in ib.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
25:13 ye shall return every man unto his possession, &c.--Inheritances, from whatever cause, and how frequently soever they had been alienated, came back into the hands of the original proprietors. This law of entail, by which the right heir could never be excluded, was a provision of great wisdom for preserving families and tribes perfectly distinct, and their genealogies faithfully recorded, in order that all might have evidence to establish their right to the ancestral property. Hence the tribe and family of Christ were readily discovered at his birth.
25:1425:14: Ապա թէ վաճառեսցէ ոք վաճառ ընկերի իւրում, եւ ստասցի՛ յընկերէ իւրմէ, մի՛ նեղեսցէ այր զընկեր իւր։
14 Եթէ որեւէ մէկը իր մերձաւորին որեւէ բան է վաճառում կամ իր մերձաւորից որեւէ բան է գնում, թող նրան չխաբի:
14 Եւ եթէ քու դրացիիդ բան մը ծախելու ըլլաս, կամ քու դրացիիդ ձեռքէն ծախու առնելու ըլլաս, անիրաւութիւն մի՛ ընէք։
Ապա թէ վաճառեսցէ ոք վաճառ ընկերի իւրում, եւ ստասցի յընկերէ իւրմէ, մի՛ նեղեսցէ այր զընկեր իւր:

25:14: Ապա թէ վաճառեսցէ ոք վաճառ ընկերի իւրում, եւ ստասցի՛ յընկերէ իւրմէ, մի՛ նեղեսցէ այր զընկեր իւր։
14 Եթէ որեւէ մէկը իր մերձաւորին որեւէ բան է վաճառում կամ իր մերձաւորից որեւէ բան է գնում, թող նրան չխաբի:
14 Եւ եթէ քու դրացիիդ բան մը ծախելու ըլլաս, կամ քու դրացիիդ ձեռքէն ծախու առնելու ըլլաս, անիրաւութիւն մի՛ ընէք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:1414: Если будешь продавать что ближнему твоему, или будешь покупать что у ближнего твоего, не обижайте друг друга;
25:14 ἐὰν εαν and if; unless δὲ δε though; while ἀποδῷ αποδιδωμι render; surrender πρᾶσιν πρασις the πλησίον πλησιον near; neighbor σου σου of you; your ἐὰν εαν and if; unless καὶ και and; even κτήσῃ κταομαι acquire παρὰ παρα from; by τοῦ ο the πλησίον πλησιον near; neighbor σου σου of you; your μὴ μη not θλιβέτω θλιβω pressure; press against ἄνθρωπος ανθρωπος person; human τὸν ο the πλησίον πλησιον near; neighbor
25:14 וְ wᵊ וְ and כִֽי־ ḵˈî- כִּי that תִמְכְּר֤וּ ṯimkᵊrˈû מכר sell מִמְכָּר֙ mimkˌār מִמְכָּר what is sold לַ la לְ to עֲמִיתֶ֔ךָ ʕᵃmîṯˈeḵā עָמִית fellow אֹ֥ו ʔˌô אֹו or קָנֹ֖ה qānˌō קנה buy מִ mi מִן from יַּ֣ד yyˈaḏ יָד hand עֲמִיתֶ֑ךָ ʕᵃmîṯˈeḵā עָמִית fellow אַל־ ʔal- אַל not תֹּונ֖וּ tônˌû ינה oppress אִ֥ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אָחִֽיו׃ ʔāḥˈiʸw אָח brother
25:14. quando vendes quippiam civi tuo vel emes ab eo ne contristes fratrem tuum sed iuxta numerum annorum iobelei emes ab eoWhen thou shalt sell any thing to thy neighbour, or shalt buy of him: grieve not thy brother. But thou shalt buy of him according to the number of years from the jubilee.
14. And if thou sell aught unto thy neighbour, or buy of thy neighbour’s hand, ye shall not wrong one another:
25:14. When you will sell anything to your fellow citizen, or buy anything from him, do not cause your brother grief, but buy from him according to the number of years from the Jubilee,
25:14. And if thou sell ought unto thy neighbour, or buyest [ought] of thy neighbour’s hand, ye shall not oppress one another:
And if thou sell ought unto thy neighbour, or buyest [ought] of thy neighbour' s hand, ye shall not oppress one another:

14: Если будешь продавать что ближнему твоему, или будешь покупать что у ближнего твоего, не обижайте друг друга;
25:14
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
δὲ δε though; while
ἀποδῷ αποδιδωμι render; surrender
πρᾶσιν πρασις the
πλησίον πλησιον near; neighbor
σου σου of you; your
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
καὶ και and; even
κτήσῃ κταομαι acquire
παρὰ παρα from; by
τοῦ ο the
πλησίον πλησιον near; neighbor
σου σου of you; your
μὴ μη not
θλιβέτω θλιβω pressure; press against
ἄνθρωπος ανθρωπος person; human
τὸν ο the
πλησίον πλησιον near; neighbor
25:14
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כִֽי־ ḵˈî- כִּי that
תִמְכְּר֤וּ ṯimkᵊrˈû מכר sell
מִמְכָּר֙ mimkˌār מִמְכָּר what is sold
לַ la לְ to
עֲמִיתֶ֔ךָ ʕᵃmîṯˈeḵā עָמִית fellow
אֹ֥ו ʔˌô אֹו or
קָנֹ֖ה qānˌō קנה buy
מִ mi מִן from
יַּ֣ד yyˈaḏ יָד hand
עֲמִיתֶ֑ךָ ʕᵃmîṯˈeḵā עָמִית fellow
אַל־ ʔal- אַל not
תֹּונ֖וּ tônˌû ינה oppress
אִ֥ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אָחִֽיו׃ ʔāḥˈiʸw אָח brother
25:14. quando vendes quippiam civi tuo vel emes ab eo ne contristes fratrem tuum sed iuxta numerum annorum iobelei emes ab eo
When thou shalt sell any thing to thy neighbour, or shalt buy of him: grieve not thy brother. But thou shalt buy of him according to the number of years from the jubilee.
25:14. When you will sell anything to your fellow citizen, or buy anything from him, do not cause your brother grief, but buy from him according to the number of years from the Jubilee,
25:14. And if thou sell ought unto thy neighbour, or buyest [ought] of thy neighbour’s hand, ye shall not oppress one another:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
14-17: (и д.). Своеобразную сущность законов юбилейного года составляет полное restitutio in integrum — требование восстановления того порядка вещей, который установлен при разделе земли обетованной израильтянам, т. е. равномерного распределения недвижимой собственности и личной свободы каждого члена теократического общества — порядка, постепенно нарушавшегося под влиянием естественных, общежитейских и др. условий. В предотвращение полного отчуждения земельных участков от обедневших владельцев их продажа земли в Израиле дозволяется лишь как продажа известного числа жатв (ст. 16), именно остающихся до следующего юбилейного года; соответственно числу лет до юбилея (ст. 15) увеличивалась или уменьшалась и цена продаваемого участка (ср. XXVII:17). Всякая продажа и купля земли ставится под нравственную точку зрения — требований любви и справедливости в отношении к ближнему (ст. 17), равно и все вообще обязанности в отношении субботнего и юбилейного года, а также и соблюдение всех вообще постановлений и законов Иеговы закрепляются авторитетом законодателя — Иеговы (ст. 17–18) и обещаемым от Него благословением на исполнителей (ст. 19–22).
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
25:14: Ye shall not oppress one another - Ye shall take no advantage of each other's ignorance either in buying or selling; for he that buys an article at less than it is worth, or sells one for more than it is worth, taking advantage in both cases of the ignorance of the vender or buyer, is no better than a thief, as he actually robs his neighbor of as much property as he has bought the article at below or sold it above its current value.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
25:14: Sell ought - i. e., any piece of ground.
Oppress one another - Rather, overreach one another. (Compare Sa1 12:3-4).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:14: Lev 25:17, Lev 19:13; Deu 16:19, Deu 16:20; Jdg 4:3; Sa1 12:3, Sa1 12:4; Ch2 16:10; Neh 9:36, Neh 9:37; Job 20:19, Job 20:20; Psa 10:18; Pro 14:31, Pro 21:13, Pro 22:16, Pro 28:3, Pro 28:8, Pro 28:16; Ecc 5:8; Isa 1:17, Isa 3:12-15, Isa 5:7, Isa 33:15, Isa 58:6; Jer 22:17; Eze 22:7, Eze 22:12, Eze 22:13; Amo 5:11, Amo 5:12, Amo 8:4-7; Mic 2:2, Mic 2:3, Mic 6:10-12, Mic 7:3; Luk 3:14; Co1 6:8; Jam 5:1-5
Geneva 1599
25:14 And if thou sell ought unto thy neighbour, or buyest [ought] of thy neighbour's hand, ye shall (h) not oppress one another:
(h) By deceit, or otherwise.
John Gill
25:14 And if thou sell ought unto thy neighbour,.... Any estate or possession, house or land, at any time before the year of jubilee:
or buyest ought of thy neighbour's hand; of movable goods, as the Targum of Jonathan interprets it; and so other Jewish writers (z) restrain this to goods which are bought by hand, and delivered from hand to hand; and so they think that fields, and servants, which they say are like to fields, are excluded hereby; but it seems to refer to anything saleable, and chiefly to fields and vineyards, as the following verses show; wherefore Diodorus Siculus, as quoted by Grotius, must be mistaken, when he says, it was not counted lawful by the Jews to sell their inheritance, unless he means for ever, so indeed they could not:
ye shall not oppress one another; the buyer giving too little, or the seller requiring too much; no advantage was to be taken, either of the necessity of the one, or the ignorance of the other, but a fair bargain was to be made, and the full value given, neither too much nor too little. The Jews by "neighbour" understand an Israelite, and not a Gentile (a); not that there might be no buying and selling at all between Jews and Gentiles, or that the former might oppress and defraud the latter, though not an Israelite; but lands and inheritances might not be sold at all to Gentiles, only to Israelites.
(z) Maimon. & Bartenora in Misn. Bava Metziah, c. 4. sect. 9. (a) Jarchi in loc.
John Wesley
25:14 Ye shall not oppress - Neither the seller by requiring more, nor the buyer by taking the advantage from his brother's necessities to give him less than the worth of it.
25:1525:15: Ըստ թուոյ ամացն յետ ազդեցութեանն. ստասցի յընկերէ իւրմէ ըստ թուոյ ամաց արմտեացն վաճառեսցի քեզ.
15 Յոբելեանական տարուց յետոյ եղած տարիների հաշուով պիտի գնես քո մերձաւորից, եւ նա էլ հնձի տարիների հաշուով պիտի վաճառի քեզ:
15 Յոբելեան տարիէն ետքը եղած տարիներուն հաշիւովը ծախու առնես քու դրացիէդ, անիկա ալ հունձքին տարիներուն հաշիւովը պէտք է ծախէ քեզի։
ըստ թուոյ ամացն յետ [412]ազդեցութեանն ստասցի յընկերէ իւրմէ, ըստ թուոյ ամաց արմտեացն վաճառեսցի քեզ:

25:15: Ըստ թուոյ ամացն յետ ազդեցութեանն. ստասցի յընկերէ իւրմէ ըստ թուոյ ամաց արմտեացն վաճառեսցի քեզ.
15 Յոբելեանական տարուց յետոյ եղած տարիների հաշուով պիտի գնես քո մերձաւորից, եւ նա էլ հնձի տարիների հաշուով պիտի վաճառի քեզ:
15 Յոբելեան տարիէն ետքը եղած տարիներուն հաշիւովը ծախու առնես քու դրացիէդ, անիկա ալ հունձքին տարիներուն հաշիւովը պէտք է ծախէ քեզի։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:1515: по расчислению лет после юбилея ты должен покупать у ближнего твоего, и по расчислению лет дохода он должен продавать тебе;
25:15 κατὰ κατα down; by ἀριθμὸν αριθμος number ἐτῶν ετος year μετὰ μετα with; amid τὴν ο the σημασίαν σημασια acquire παρὰ παρα from; by τοῦ ο the πλησίον πλησιον near; neighbor κατὰ κατα down; by ἀριθμὸν αριθμος number ἐνιαυτῶν ενιαυτος cycle; period γενημάτων γεννημα spawn; product ἀποδώσεταί αποδιδωμι render; surrender σοι σοι you
25:15 בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מִסְפַּ֤ר mispˈar מִסְפָּר number שָׁנִים֙ šānîm שָׁנָה year אַחַ֣ר ʔaḥˈar אַחַר after הַ ha הַ the יֹּובֵ֔ל yyôvˈēl יֹובֵל ram תִּקְנֶ֖ה tiqnˌeh קנה buy מֵ mē מִן from אֵ֣ת ʔˈēṯ אֵת together with עֲמִיתֶ֑ךָ ʕᵃmîṯˈeḵā עָמִית fellow בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מִסְפַּ֥ר mispˌar מִסְפָּר number שְׁנֵֽי־ šᵊnˈê- שָׁנָה year תְבוּאֹ֖ת ṯᵊvûʔˌōṯ תְּבוּאָה yield יִמְכָּר־ yimkor- מכר sell לָֽךְ׃ lˈāḵ לְ to
25:15. et iuxta supputationem frugum vendet tibiAnd he shall sell to thee according to the computation of the fruits.
15. according to the number of years after the jubile thou shalt buy of thy neighbour, according unto the number of years of the crops he shall sell unto thee.
25:15. and he shall sell to you according to the computation of the produce.
25:15. According to the number of years after the jubile thou shalt buy of thy neighbour, [and] according unto the number of years of the fruits he shall sell unto thee:
According to the number of years after the jubile thou shalt buy of thy neighbour, [and] according unto the number of years of the fruits he shall sell unto thee:

15: по расчислению лет после юбилея ты должен покупать у ближнего твоего, и по расчислению лет дохода он должен продавать тебе;
25:15
κατὰ κατα down; by
ἀριθμὸν αριθμος number
ἐτῶν ετος year
μετὰ μετα with; amid
τὴν ο the
σημασίαν σημασια acquire
παρὰ παρα from; by
τοῦ ο the
πλησίον πλησιον near; neighbor
κατὰ κατα down; by
ἀριθμὸν αριθμος number
ἐνιαυτῶν ενιαυτος cycle; period
γενημάτων γεννημα spawn; product
ἀποδώσεταί αποδιδωμι render; surrender
σοι σοι you
25:15
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מִסְפַּ֤ר mispˈar מִסְפָּר number
שָׁנִים֙ šānîm שָׁנָה year
אַחַ֣ר ʔaḥˈar אַחַר after
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּובֵ֔ל yyôvˈēl יֹובֵל ram
תִּקְנֶ֖ה tiqnˌeh קנה buy
מֵ מִן from
אֵ֣ת ʔˈēṯ אֵת together with
עֲמִיתֶ֑ךָ ʕᵃmîṯˈeḵā עָמִית fellow
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מִסְפַּ֥ר mispˌar מִסְפָּר number
שְׁנֵֽי־ šᵊnˈê- שָׁנָה year
תְבוּאֹ֖ת ṯᵊvûʔˌōṯ תְּבוּאָה yield
יִמְכָּר־ yimkor- מכר sell
לָֽךְ׃ lˈāḵ לְ to
25:15. et iuxta supputationem frugum vendet tibi
And he shall sell to thee according to the computation of the fruits.
25:15. and he shall sell to you according to the computation of the produce.
25:15. According to the number of years after the jubile thou shalt buy of thy neighbour, [and] according unto the number of years of the fruits he shall sell unto thee:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
25:15: According to the number of years - The purchases that were to be made of lands were to be regulated by the number of years unelapsed of the current jubilee. This was something like buying the unexpired term of a lease among us; the purchase is always regulated by the number of years between the time of purchase and the expiration of the term.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
25:15: The number of years of the fruits - i. e. according to the number of harvests. The average value of a yearly crop might of course be estimated, and the sabbatical years were to be deducted from the series.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:15: Lev 27:18-23; Phi 4:5
Geneva 1599
25:15 According to the number of (i) years after the jubile thou shalt buy of thy neighbour, [and] according unto the number of years of the fruits he shall sell unto thee:
(i) If the Jubile to come is near, you would be better to sell cheaply. If it is far off, sell at a higher price.
John Gill
25:15 According to the number of years after the jubilee thou shalt buy of thy neighbour,.... That is, reckoning how many years had past since the last jubilee, and how many there were to come to the next, and so give as many years' purchase as were yet to come:
and according to the number of years of the fruits he shall sell unto thee; only care was to be taken, that as many years as were sabbatical ones, which were not years of fruit, should be deducted out of the account by the seller; since these were years the buyer could have no profit by the estate, and therefore it was not reasonable that such years should be reckoned into the purchase; and hence the Jewish writers gather, that when a man had sold his field, he could not redeem it in less than two years, because a number of years cannot be less than two, and that if even the buyer agreed to it, it might not be done (b).
(b) Misn. Eracin, c. 9. sect. 1. Maimon. & Bartenora in. ib.
John Wesley
25:15 Years of fruits - Or, fruitful years; for there were some unfruitful years; those wherein they were not allowed to sow or reap.
25:1625:16: ըստ յաճախելոյ արմտեացն յաճախեսցէ զստացուածս իւր. եւ ըստ պակասելոյ ամա՛ցն պակասեցուսցէ զստացուածսն իւր. զի ըստ թուոյ արդեանցն վաճառեսցէ զնա քեզ[1141]։ [1141] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Ըստ յաճախելոյ ամացն. համաձայն այլոց ՚ի բնաբ՛՛։ ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Պակասելոյ արմտեացն պակա՛՛։ Այլք. Վաճառեսցէ նա քեզ։
16 Ինչքան շատ են լինում մինչեւ ազատագրման տարին ընկած տարիները, այդքան թանկ պիտի գնես, եւ ինչքան քիչ լինեն տարիները՝ այդքան էժան, որովհետեւ արդիւնքի քանակով է, որ նա վաճառելու է քեզ:
16 Տարիներուն շատութեանը նայելով պէտք է աւելցնես անոր գինը եւ տարիներուն նուազութեանը նայելով պէտք է պակսեցնես անոր գինը. վասն զի անիկա հունձքին հաշիւովը կը ծախէ քեզի։
Ըստ յաճախելոյ ամացն [413]յաճախեսցէ զստացուածս իւր`` եւ ըստ պակասելոյ ամացն [414]պակասեցուսցէ զստացուածսն իւր``. զի ըստ թուոյ արդեանցն վաճառեսցէ նա քեզ:

25:16: ըստ յաճախելոյ արմտեացն յաճախեսցէ զստացուածս իւր. եւ ըստ պակասելոյ ամա՛ցն պակասեցուսցէ զստացուածսն իւր. զի ըստ թուոյ արդեանցն վաճառեսցէ զնա քեզ[1141]։
[1141] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Ըստ յաճախելոյ ամացն. համաձայն այլոց ՚ի բնաբ՛՛։ ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Պակասելոյ արմտեացն պակա՛՛։ Այլք. Վաճառեսցէ նա քեզ։
16 Ինչքան շատ են լինում մինչեւ ազատագրման տարին ընկած տարիները, այդքան թանկ պիտի գնես, եւ ինչքան քիչ լինեն տարիները՝ այդքան էժան, որովհետեւ արդիւնքի քանակով է, որ նա վաճառելու է քեզ:
16 Տարիներուն շատութեանը նայելով պէտք է աւելցնես անոր գինը եւ տարիներուն նուազութեանը նայելով պէտք է պակսեցնես անոր գինը. վասն զի անիկա հունձքին հաշիւովը կը ծախէ քեզի։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:1616: если много [остается] лет, умножь цену; а если мало лет [остается], уменьши цену, ибо известное число [лет] жатв он продает тебе.
25:16 καθότι καθοτι in that ἂν αν perhaps; ever πλεῖον πλειων more; majority τῶν ο the ἐτῶν ετος year πληθύνῃ πληθυνω multiply τὴν ο the ἔγκτησιν εγκτησις he; him καὶ και and; even καθότι καθοτι in that ἂν αν perhaps; ever ἔλαττον ελασσων inferior; less τῶν ο the ἐτῶν ετος year ἐλαττονώσῃ ελαττονοω the κτῆσιν κτησις he; him ὅτι οτι since; that ἀριθμὸν αριθμος number γενημάτων γεννημα spawn; product αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him οὕτως ουτως so; this way ἀποδώσεταί αποδιδωμι render; surrender σοι σοι you
25:16 לְ lᵊ לְ to פִ֣י׀ fˈî פֶּה mouth רֹ֣ב rˈōv רֹב multitude הַ ha הַ the שָּׁנִ֗ים ššānˈîm שָׁנָה year תַּרְבֶּה֙ tarbˌeh רבה be many מִקְנָתֹ֔ו miqnāṯˈô מִקְנָה purchase וּ û וְ and לְ lᵊ לְ to פִי֙ fˌî פֶּה mouth מְעֹ֣ט mᵊʕˈōṭ מעט be little הַ ha הַ the שָּׁנִ֔ים ššānˈîm שָׁנָה year תַּמְעִ֖יט tamʕˌîṭ מעט be little מִקְנָתֹ֑ו miqnāṯˈô מִקְנָה purchase כִּ֚י ˈkî כִּי that מִסְפַּ֣ר mispˈar מִסְפָּר number תְּבוּאֹ֔ת tᵊvûʔˈōṯ תְּבוּאָה yield ה֥וּא hˌû הוּא he מֹכֵ֖ר mōḵˌēr מכר sell לָֽךְ׃ lˈāḵ לְ to
25:16. quanto plus anni remanserint post iobeleum tanto crescet et pretium et quanto minus temporis numeraveris tanto minoris et emptio constabit tempus enim frugum vendet tibiThe more years remain after the jubilee, the more shall the price increase: and the less time is counted, so much the less shall the purchase cost. For he shall sell to thee the time of the fruits.
16. According to the multitude of the years thou shalt increase the price thereof, and according to the fewness of the years thou shalt diminish the price of it; for the number of the crops doth he sell unto thee.
25:16. The more years that will remain after the Jubilee, the more the price shall increase, and the less the time is numbered, so much less shall the purchase price be. For he will sell to you the time for the produce.
25:16. According to the multitude of years thou shalt increase the price thereof, and according to the fewness of years thou shalt diminish the price of it: for [according] to the number [of the years] of the fruits doth he sell unto thee.
According to the multitude of years thou shalt increase the price thereof, and according to the fewness of years thou shalt diminish the price of it: for [according] to the number [of the years] of the fruits doth he sell unto thee:

16: если много [остается] лет, умножь цену; а если мало лет [остается], уменьши цену, ибо известное число [лет] жатв он продает тебе.
25:16
καθότι καθοτι in that
ἂν αν perhaps; ever
πλεῖον πλειων more; majority
τῶν ο the
ἐτῶν ετος year
πληθύνῃ πληθυνω multiply
τὴν ο the
ἔγκτησιν εγκτησις he; him
καὶ και and; even
καθότι καθοτι in that
ἂν αν perhaps; ever
ἔλαττον ελασσων inferior; less
τῶν ο the
ἐτῶν ετος year
ἐλαττονώσῃ ελαττονοω the
κτῆσιν κτησις he; him
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἀριθμὸν αριθμος number
γενημάτων γεννημα spawn; product
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
οὕτως ουτως so; this way
ἀποδώσεταί αποδιδωμι render; surrender
σοι σοι you
25:16
לְ lᵊ לְ to
פִ֣י׀ fˈî פֶּה mouth
רֹ֣ב rˈōv רֹב multitude
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׁנִ֗ים ššānˈîm שָׁנָה year
תַּרְבֶּה֙ tarbˌeh רבה be many
מִקְנָתֹ֔ו miqnāṯˈô מִקְנָה purchase
וּ û וְ and
לְ lᵊ לְ to
פִי֙ fˌî פֶּה mouth
מְעֹ֣ט mᵊʕˈōṭ מעט be little
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׁנִ֔ים ššānˈîm שָׁנָה year
תַּמְעִ֖יט tamʕˌîṭ מעט be little
מִקְנָתֹ֑ו miqnāṯˈô מִקְנָה purchase
כִּ֚י ˈkî כִּי that
מִסְפַּ֣ר mispˈar מִסְפָּר number
תְּבוּאֹ֔ת tᵊvûʔˈōṯ תְּבוּאָה yield
ה֥וּא hˌû הוּא he
מֹכֵ֖ר mōḵˌēr מכר sell
לָֽךְ׃ lˈāḵ לְ to
25:16. quanto plus anni remanserint post iobeleum tanto crescet et pretium et quanto minus temporis numeraveris tanto minoris et emptio constabit tempus enim frugum vendet tibi
The more years remain after the jubilee, the more shall the price increase: and the less time is counted, so much the less shall the purchase cost. For he shall sell to thee the time of the fruits.
25:16. The more years that will remain after the Jubilee, the more the price shall increase, and the less the time is numbered, so much less shall the purchase price be. For he will sell to you the time for the produce.
25:16. According to the multitude of years thou shalt increase the price thereof, and according to the fewness of years thou shalt diminish the price of it: for [according] to the number [of the years] of the fruits doth he sell unto thee.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ all ▾
Geneva 1599
25:16 According to the multitude of years thou shalt increase the price thereof, and according to the fewness of years thou shalt diminish the price of it: for [according] to the number [of the years] of the (k) fruits doth he sell unto thee.
(k) And not the full possession of the land.
John Gill
25:16 According to the multitude of years thou shalt increase the price thereof,.... More was to be asked and required, and should be given for an estate, when, for instance, there were thirty years to the year of jubilee, than when there were but twenty:
and according to the fewness of years thou shalt diminish the price of it; if it wanted but five, or six, or ten years unto it, then, in proportion, less was to be insisted upon and given:
for according to the number of the years of the fruits doth he sell unto thee; which also must be considered, how many years of tillage of land, and cultivation of vineyards, &c. there were in the account, and how many sabbatical years to be deducted; for only according to the number of fruit years was the estate to be valued and sold.
John Wesley
25:16 Years of fruits - Or, For the number of the fruits. The meaning is, he selleth not the land, but only the fruits thereof, and that for a certain time.
25:1725:17: Մի՛ նեղեսցէ այր զընկեր իւր։ Եւ երկնչիցի՛ս ՚ի Տեառնէ Աստուծոյ քումմէ. ե՛ս եմ Տէր Աստուած ձեր։
17 Եւ ոչ ոք իր մերձաւորին չպէտք է խաբի: Երկնչի՛ր քո Տէր Աստծուց. ես եմ ձեր Տէր Աստուածը:
17 Իրարու անիրաւութիւն մի՛ ընէք, այլ Աստուծմէ վախցէք. քանզի ես եմ Տէրը՝ ձեր Աստուածը։
Մի՛ նեղեսցէ այր զընկեր իւր, եւ երկնչիցիս [415]ի Տեառնէ Աստուծոյ`` քումմէ. ես եմ Տէր Աստուած ձեր:

25:17: Մի՛ նեղեսցէ այր զընկեր իւր։ Եւ երկնչիցի՛ս ՚ի Տեառնէ Աստուծոյ քումմէ. ե՛ս եմ Տէր Աստուած ձեր։
17 Եւ ոչ ոք իր մերձաւորին չպէտք է խաբի: Երկնչի՛ր քո Տէր Աստծուց. ես եմ ձեր Տէր Աստուածը:
17 Իրարու անիրաւութիւն մի՛ ընէք, այլ Աստուծմէ վախցէք. քանզի ես եմ Տէրը՝ ձեր Աստուածը։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:1717: Не обижайте один другого; бойся Бога твоего, ибо Я Господь, Бог ваш.
25:17 μὴ μη not θλιβέτω θλιβω pressure; press against ἄνθρωπος ανθρωπος person; human τὸν ο the πλησίον πλησιον near; neighbor καὶ και and; even φοβηθήσῃ φοβεω afraid; fear κύριον κυριος lord; master τὸν ο the θεόν θεος God σου σου of you; your ἐγώ εγω I εἰμι ειμι be κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God ὑμῶν υμων your
25:17 וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not תֹונוּ֙ ṯônˌû ינה oppress אִ֣ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] עֲמִיתֹ֔ו ʕᵃmîṯˈô עָמִית fellow וְ wᵊ וְ and יָרֵ֖אתָ yārˌēṯā ירא fear מֵֽ mˈē מִן from אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s) כִּ֛י kˈî כִּי that אֲנִ֥י ʔᵃnˌî אֲנִי i יְהֹוָ֖ה [yᵊhôˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֵיכֶֽם׃ ʔᵉlōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s)
25:17. nolite adfligere contribules vestros sed timeat unusquisque Deum suum quia ego Dominus Deus vesterDo not afflict your countrymen: but let every one fear his God. Because I am the Lord your God.
17. And ye shall not wrong one another; but thou shalt fear thy God: for I am the LORD your God.
25:17. Do be willing to afflict your countrymen, but let each one fear his God. For I am the Lord your God.
25:17. Ye shall not therefore oppress one another; but thou shalt fear thy God: for I [am] the LORD your God.
Ye shall not therefore oppress one another; but thou shalt fear thy God: for I [am] the LORD your God:

17: Не обижайте один другого; бойся Бога твоего, ибо Я Господь, Бог ваш.
25:17
μὴ μη not
θλιβέτω θλιβω pressure; press against
ἄνθρωπος ανθρωπος person; human
τὸν ο the
πλησίον πλησιον near; neighbor
καὶ και and; even
φοβηθήσῃ φοβεω afraid; fear
κύριον κυριος lord; master
τὸν ο the
θεόν θεος God
σου σου of you; your
ἐγώ εγω I
εἰμι ειμι be
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
ὑμῶν υμων your
25:17
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not
תֹונוּ֙ ṯônˌû ינה oppress
אִ֣ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
עֲמִיתֹ֔ו ʕᵃmîṯˈô עָמִית fellow
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָרֵ֖אתָ yārˌēṯā ירא fear
מֵֽ mˈē מִן from
אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s)
כִּ֛י kˈî כִּי that
אֲנִ֥י ʔᵃnˌî אֲנִי i
יְהֹוָ֖ה [yᵊhôˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֵיכֶֽם׃ ʔᵉlōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s)
25:17. nolite adfligere contribules vestros sed timeat unusquisque Deum suum quia ego Dominus Deus vester
Do not afflict your countrymen: but let every one fear his God. Because I am the Lord your God.
25:17. Do be willing to afflict your countrymen, but let each one fear his God. For I am the Lord your God.
25:17. Ye shall not therefore oppress one another; but thou shalt fear thy God: for I [am] the LORD your God.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:17: shall not: Lev 25:14
fear: Lev 25:43, Lev 19:14, Lev 19:32; Gen 20:11, Gen 22:12, Gen 39:9, Gen 42:18; Exo 20:20; Deu 25:18; Sa1 12:24; Ch2 19:7; Neh 5:9, Neh 5:15; Psa 19:9; Pro 1:7; Jer 22:16; Mal 3:5; Luk 12:5; Act 9:31, Act 10:2, Act 10:35; Rom 3:18, Rom 11:20
John Gill
25:17 Ye shall not therefore oppress one another,.... By over or underrating estates:
but thou shalt fear thy God; and the fear of God being before their eyes, and on their hearts, would preserve both buyer and seller from doing an ill thing, when it was in the power of either, through the necessity of the one, or the ignorance of the other, see Neh 5:15,
for I am the Lord your God; omniscient, and knows all that is done in the most private and artful manner; and omnipotent and able to punish both, which of them either should oppress or defraud, see Th1 4:6.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
25:17 Ye shall not oppress one another, but thou shalt fear thy God--This, which is the same as Lev 25:14, related to the sale or purchase of possessions and the duty of paying an honest and equitable regard, on both sides, to the limited period during which the bargain could stand. The object of the legislator was, as far as possible, to maintain the original order of families, and an equality of condition among the people.
25:1825:18: Եւ արասջի՛ք զամենայն իրաւունս իմ, եւ զամենայն դատաստանս իմ. եւ պահեսջի՛ք եւ արասջիք զնոսա. եւ բնակեսջի՛ք յերկրին յուսով։
18 Կը կատարէք իմ բոլոր պատգամներն ու վճիռները: Կը պահպանէք ու կը կատարէք դրանք եւ երկրում կ’ապրէք ապահով.
18 Ուստի իմ կանոններս պէտք է կատարէք եւ կարգադրութիւններս պահէք ու գործադրէք զանոնք. այն ատեն այն երկրին մէջ ապահովութեամբ պիտի բնակիք։
Եւ արասջիք զամենայն իրաւունս իմ եւ զամենայն դատաստանս իմ, եւ պահեսջիք եւ արասջիք զնոսա, եւ բնակեսջիք յերկրին [416]յուսով:

25:18: Եւ արասջի՛ք զամենայն իրաւունս իմ, եւ զամենայն դատաստանս իմ. եւ պահեսջի՛ք եւ արասջիք զնոսա. եւ բնակեսջի՛ք յերկրին յուսով։
18 Կը կատարէք իմ բոլոր պատգամներն ու վճիռները: Կը պահպանէք ու կը կատարէք դրանք եւ երկրում կ’ապրէք ապահով.
18 Ուստի իմ կանոններս պէտք է կատարէք եւ կարգադրութիւններս պահէք ու գործադրէք զանոնք. այն ատեն այն երկրին մէջ ապահովութեամբ պիտի բնակիք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:1818: Исполняйте постановления Мои, и храните законы Мои и исполняйте их, и будете жить спокойно на земле;
25:18 καὶ και and; even ποιήσετε ποιεω do; make πάντα πας all; every τὰ ο the δικαιώματά δικαιωμα justification μου μου of me; mine καὶ και and; even πάσας πας all; every τὰς ο the κρίσεις κρισις decision; judgment μου μου of me; mine καὶ και and; even φυλάξασθε φυλασσω guard; keep καὶ και and; even ποιήσετε ποιεω do; make αὐτὰ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even κατοικήσετε κατοικεω settle ἐπὶ επι in; on τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land πεποιθότες πειθω persuade
25:18 וַ wa וְ and עֲשִׂיתֶם֙ ʕᵃśîṯˌem עשׂה make אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] חֻקֹּתַ֔י ḥuqqōṯˈay חֻקָּה regulation וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] מִשְׁפָּטַ֥י mišpāṭˌay מִשְׁפָּט justice תִּשְׁמְר֖וּ tišmᵊrˌû שׁמר keep וַ wa וְ and עֲשִׂיתֶ֣ם ʕᵃśîṯˈem עשׂה make אֹתָ֑ם ʔōṯˈām אֵת [object marker] וִֽ wˈi וְ and ישַׁבְתֶּ֥ם yšavtˌem ישׁב sit עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הָ hā הַ the אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth לָ lā לְ to בֶֽטַח׃ vˈeṭaḥ בֶּטַח trust
25:18. facite praecepta mea et iudicia custodite et implete ea ut habitare possitis in terra absque ullo pavoreDo my precepts, and keep my judgments, and fulfil them: that you may dwell in the land without any fear.
18. Wherefore ye shall do my statutes, and keep my judgments and do them; and ye shall dwell in the land in safety.
25:18. Accomplish my precepts, and observe my judgments, and complete them, so that you may be able to live in the land without any fear,
25:18. Wherefore ye shall do my statutes, and keep my judgments, and do them; and ye shall dwell in the land in safety.
Wherefore ye shall do my statutes, and keep my judgments, and do them; and ye shall dwell in the land in safety:

18: Исполняйте постановления Мои, и храните законы Мои и исполняйте их, и будете жить спокойно на земле;
25:18
καὶ και and; even
ποιήσετε ποιεω do; make
πάντα πας all; every
τὰ ο the
δικαιώματά δικαιωμα justification
μου μου of me; mine
καὶ και and; even
πάσας πας all; every
τὰς ο the
κρίσεις κρισις decision; judgment
μου μου of me; mine
καὶ και and; even
φυλάξασθε φυλασσω guard; keep
καὶ και and; even
ποιήσετε ποιεω do; make
αὐτὰ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
κατοικήσετε κατοικεω settle
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
πεποιθότες πειθω persuade
25:18
וַ wa וְ and
עֲשִׂיתֶם֙ ʕᵃśîṯˌem עשׂה make
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
חֻקֹּתַ֔י ḥuqqōṯˈay חֻקָּה regulation
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
מִשְׁפָּטַ֥י mišpāṭˌay מִשְׁפָּט justice
תִּשְׁמְר֖וּ tišmᵊrˌû שׁמר keep
וַ wa וְ and
עֲשִׂיתֶ֣ם ʕᵃśîṯˈem עשׂה make
אֹתָ֑ם ʔōṯˈām אֵת [object marker]
וִֽ wˈi וְ and
ישַׁבְתֶּ֥ם yšavtˌem ישׁב sit
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הָ הַ the
אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
לָ לְ to
בֶֽטַח׃ vˈeṭaḥ בֶּטַח trust
25:18. facite praecepta mea et iudicia custodite et implete ea ut habitare possitis in terra absque ullo pavore
Do my precepts, and keep my judgments, and fulfil them: that you may dwell in the land without any fear.
25:18. Accomplish my precepts, and observe my judgments, and complete them, so that you may be able to live in the land without any fear,
25:18. Wherefore ye shall do my statutes, and keep my judgments, and do them; and ye shall dwell in the land in safety.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
25:18: In safety - i. e., secure from famine, Lev 26:5; Deu 12:10.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:18: Wherefore: Lev 19:37; Psa 103:18
and ye: Lev 26:3-12; Deu 12:10, Deu 28:1-14, Deu 33:12, Deu 33:28; Psa 4:8; Pro 1:33; Jer 7:3-7; Jer 23:6, Jer 25:5, Jer 33:16; Eze 33:24-26, Eze 33:29, Eze 34:25-28, Eze 36:24-28
John Gill
25:18 Wherefore ye shall do my statutes, and keep my judgments, and do them,.... These and all others he enjoined; by which tenure, even obedience to all his commands, moral, ritual, and judicial, they were to hold the land of Canaan, and their possessions in it, which is intended in the next clause:
and ye shall dwell in the land in safety; without any fear of enemies, or of the neighbouring nations about them seizing upon them, and distressing them; and Jarchi observes, that it was for transgressing the sabbatical year that Israel was carried captive, which he thinks is intimated in 2Chron 36:21; and that the seventy years' captivity in Babylon were for the seventy sabbatical years that had been neglected.
25:1925:19: Եւ տացէ՛ երկիրն զբերս իւր, եւ կերիջիք ցյա՛գ. եւ բնակեսջի՛ք ՚ի նմա վստահութեամբ։
19 հողը կը տայ իր բերքը, դուք կուշտ կ’ուտէք եւ երկրում կ’ապրէք ապահով:
19 Երկիրը իր պտուղը պիտի տայ ու մինչեւ յագենաք պիտի ուտէք եւ անոր մէջ ապահովութեամբ պիտի բնակիք։
Եւ տացէ երկիրն զբերս իւր, եւ կերիջիք ցյագ. եւ բնակեսջիք ի նմա վստահութեամբ:

25:19: Եւ տացէ՛ երկիրն զբերս իւր, եւ կերիջիք ցյա՛գ. եւ բնակեսջի՛ք ՚ի նմա վստահութեամբ։
19 հողը կը տայ իր բերքը, դուք կուշտ կ’ուտէք եւ երկրում կ’ապրէք ապահով:
19 Երկիրը իր պտուղը պիտի տայ ու մինչեւ յագենաք պիտի ուտէք եւ անոր մէջ ապահովութեամբ պիտի բնակիք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:1919: и будет земля давать плод свой, и будете есть досыта, и будете жить спокойно на ней.
25:19 καὶ και and; even δώσει διδωμι give; deposit ἡ ο the γῆ γη earth; land τὰ ο the ἐκφόρια εκφοριον he; him καὶ και and; even φάγεσθε εσθιω eat; consume εἰς εις into; for πλησμονὴν πλησμονη repletion; satisfaction καὶ και and; even κατοικήσετε κατοικεω settle πεποιθότες πειθω persuade ἐπ᾿ επι in; on αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
25:19 וְ wᵊ וְ and נָתְנָ֤ה nāṯᵊnˈā נתן give הָ hā הַ the אָ֨רֶץ֙ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth פִּרְיָ֔הּ piryˈāh פְּרִי fruit וַ wa וְ and אֲכַלְתֶּ֖ם ʔᵃḵaltˌem אכל eat לָ lā לְ to שֹׂ֑בַע śˈōvaʕ שֹׂבַע satiety וִֽ wˈi וְ and ישַׁבְתֶּ֥ם yšavtˌem ישׁב sit לָ lā לְ to בֶ֖טַח vˌeṭaḥ בֶּטַח trust עָלֶֽיהָ׃ ʕālˈeʸhā עַל upon
25:19. et gignat vobis humus fructus suos quibus vescamini usque ad saturitatem nullius impetum formidantesAnd the ground may yield you its fruits, of which you may eat your fill, fearing no man's invasion.
19. And the land shall yield her fruit, and ye shall eat your fill, and dwell therein in safety.
25:19. and so that the soil may produce its fruits for you, from which you may eat, even to fullness, dreading violence by no one.
25:19. And the land shall yield her fruit, and ye shall eat your fill, and dwell therein in safety.
And the land shall yield her fruit, and ye shall eat your fill, and dwell therein in safety:

19: и будет земля давать плод свой, и будете есть досыта, и будете жить спокойно на ней.
25:19
καὶ και and; even
δώσει διδωμι give; deposit
ο the
γῆ γη earth; land
τὰ ο the
ἐκφόρια εκφοριον he; him
καὶ και and; even
φάγεσθε εσθιω eat; consume
εἰς εις into; for
πλησμονὴν πλησμονη repletion; satisfaction
καὶ και and; even
κατοικήσετε κατοικεω settle
πεποιθότες πειθω persuade
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
25:19
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נָתְנָ֤ה nāṯᵊnˈā נתן give
הָ הַ the
אָ֨רֶץ֙ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
פִּרְיָ֔הּ piryˈāh פְּרִי fruit
וַ wa וְ and
אֲכַלְתֶּ֖ם ʔᵃḵaltˌem אכל eat
לָ לְ to
שֹׂ֑בַע śˈōvaʕ שֹׂבַע satiety
וִֽ wˈi וְ and
ישַׁבְתֶּ֥ם yšavtˌem ישׁב sit
לָ לְ to
בֶ֖טַח vˌeṭaḥ בֶּטַח trust
עָלֶֽיהָ׃ ʕālˈeʸhā עַל upon
25:19. et gignat vobis humus fructus suos quibus vescamini usque ad saturitatem nullius impetum formidantes
And the ground may yield you its fruits, of which you may eat your fill, fearing no man's invasion.
25:19. and so that the soil may produce its fruits for you, from which you may eat, even to fullness, dreading violence by no one.
25:19. And the land shall yield her fruit, and ye shall eat your fill, and dwell therein in safety.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:19: Lev 26:5; Psa 67:6, Psa 85:12; Isa 30:23, Isa 65:21, Isa 65:22; Eze 34:25-28, Eze 36:30; Joe 2:24, Joe 2:26
John Gill
25:19 And the land shall yield her fruit,.... That is, continually, and even in the seventh year, the sabbath of rest; for the land, though not manured, ploughed, and sowed, nor the vines, olives, and fig trees pruned, yet shall yield fruit as in other years, the Israelites observing the statutes and judgments of God:
and ye shall eat your fill; feel no want of provisions, but have fulness of everything as at other times, and never make a scanty meal, having sufficiency and plenty of all things:
and dwell therein in safety; not fearing enemies, nor being disturbed by them, nor carried captive.
25:2025:20: Ապա թէ ասիցէք՝ զի՞նչ կերիցուք յամին եւթներորդի յայնմիկ, եթէ ո՛չ սերմանիցեմք՝ եւ ո՛չ ժողովիցեմք զարմտիս մեր։
20 Իսկ եթէ ասէք, թէ՝ ի՞նչ պիտի ուտենք այդ եօթներորդ տարում, եթէ չցանենք եւ մեր բերքը չհաւաքենք,
20 Եւ եթէ ըսէք՝ ‘Եօթներորդ տարին ի՞նչ պիտի ուտենք եթէ չցանենք ու մեր հունձքը չհաւաքենք’։
Ապա թէ ասիցէք. Զի՞նչ կերիցուք յամին եւթներորդի յայնմիկ, եթէ ոչ սերմանիցեմք եւ ոչ ժողովիցեմք զարմտիս մեր:

25:20: Ապա թէ ասիցէք՝ զի՞նչ կերիցուք յամին եւթներորդի յայնմիկ, եթէ ո՛չ սերմանիցեմք՝ եւ ո՛չ ժողովիցեմք զարմտիս մեր։
20 Իսկ եթէ ասէք, թէ՝ ի՞նչ պիտի ուտենք այդ եօթներորդ տարում, եթէ չցանենք եւ մեր բերքը չհաւաքենք,
20 Եւ եթէ ըսէք՝ ‘Եօթներորդ տարին ի՞նչ պիտի ուտենք եթէ չցանենք ու մեր հունձքը չհաւաքենք’։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:2020: Если скажете: что же нам есть в седьмой год, когда мы не будем ни сеять, ни собирать произведений наших?
25:20 ἐὰν εαν and if; unless δὲ δε though; while λέγητε λεγω tell; declare τί τις.1 who?; what? φαγόμεθα εσθιω eat; consume ἐν εν in τῷ ο the ἔτει ετος year τῷ ο the ἑβδόμῳ εβδομος seventh τούτῳ ουτος this; he ἐὰν εαν and if; unless μὴ μη not σπείρωμεν σπειρω sow μηδὲ μηδε while not; nor συναγάγωμεν συναγω gather τὰ ο the γενήματα γεννημα spawn; product ἡμῶν ημων our
25:20 וְ wᵊ וְ and כִ֣י ḵˈî כִּי that תֹאמְר֔וּ ṯōmᵊrˈû אמר say מַה־ mah- מָה what נֹּאכַ֤ל nnōḵˈal אכל eat בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the שָּׁנָ֣ה ššānˈā שָׁנָה year הַ ha הַ the שְּׁבִיעִ֑ת ššᵊvîʕˈiṯ שְׁבִיעִי seventh הֵ֚ן ˈhēn הֵן behold לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not נִזְרָ֔ע nizrˈāʕ זרע sow וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not נֶאֱסֹ֖ף neʔᵉsˌōf אסף gather אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] תְּבוּאָתֵֽנוּ׃ tᵊvûʔāṯˈēnû תְּבוּאָה yield
25:20. quod si dixeritis quid comedemus anno septimo si non seruerimus neque collegerimus fruges nostrasBut if you say: What shall we eat the seventh year, if we sow not, nor gather our fruits?
20. And if ye shall say, What shall we eat the seventh year? behold, we shall not sow, nor gather in our increase:
25:20. But if you will say: What shall we eat in the seventh year, if we do not sow and do not gather our produce?
25:20. And if ye shall say, What shall we eat the seventh year? behold, we shall not sow, nor gather in our increase:
And if ye shall say, What shall we eat the seventh year? behold, we shall not sow, nor gather in our increase:

20: Если скажете: что же нам есть в седьмой год, когда мы не будем ни сеять, ни собирать произведений наших?
25:20
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
δὲ δε though; while
λέγητε λεγω tell; declare
τί τις.1 who?; what?
φαγόμεθα εσθιω eat; consume
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
ἔτει ετος year
τῷ ο the
ἑβδόμῳ εβδομος seventh
τούτῳ ουτος this; he
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
μὴ μη not
σπείρωμεν σπειρω sow
μηδὲ μηδε while not; nor
συναγάγωμεν συναγω gather
τὰ ο the
γενήματα γεννημα spawn; product
ἡμῶν ημων our
25:20
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כִ֣י ḵˈî כִּי that
תֹאמְר֔וּ ṯōmᵊrˈû אמר say
מַה־ mah- מָה what
נֹּאכַ֤ל nnōḵˈal אכל eat
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
שָּׁנָ֣ה ššānˈā שָׁנָה year
הַ ha הַ the
שְּׁבִיעִ֑ת ššᵊvîʕˈiṯ שְׁבִיעִי seventh
הֵ֚ן ˈhēn הֵן behold
לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not
נִזְרָ֔ע nizrˈāʕ זרע sow
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
נֶאֱסֹ֖ף neʔᵉsˌōf אסף gather
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
תְּבוּאָתֵֽנוּ׃ tᵊvûʔāṯˈēnû תְּבוּאָה yield
25:20. quod si dixeritis quid comedemus anno septimo si non seruerimus neque collegerimus fruges nostras
But if you say: What shall we eat the seventh year, if we sow not, nor gather our fruits?
25:20. But if you will say: What shall we eat in the seventh year, if we do not sow and do not gather our produce?
25:20. And if ye shall say, What shall we eat the seventh year? behold, we shall not sow, nor gather in our increase:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
25:20: What shall we eat the seventh year? - A very natural question, which could only be laid at rest by the sovereign promise in the next verse:
I will Command my Blessing upon you in the sixth year, and it shall bring forth fruit for Three Years. See on Lev 25:2 (note).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:20: Num 11:4, Num 11:13; Kg2 6:15-17, Kg2 7:2; Ch2 25:9; Psa 78:19, Psa 78:20; Isa 1:2; Mat 6:25-34, Mat 8:26; Luk 12:29; Phi 4:6; Heb 13:5, Heb 13:6
John Gill
25:20 And ye shall say, what shall ye eat the seventh year?.... Such as are of little faith, disbelieve the promise, and distrust the providence of God, and take thought for tomorrow, and indulge an anxiety of mind how they shall be provided with food in the sabbatical year ordered to be observed, in which there were to be no tillage of land, nor pruning of trees:
behold, we shall not sow; that being forbidden:
nor gather in our increase; neither the barley, nor the wheat, nor the grapes, nor olives, nor figs, into their houses and barns, to lay up for stores, as in other years; though they might go out and gather in for present use in common with others: now if any should put the above question, as it was very likely some would, in such a view of things, the answer to it follows.
25:2125:21: Առաքեցի՛ց զօրհնութիւն իմ ՚ի ձե՛զ յամին վեցերորդի. եւ արասցէ զարդիւնս իւր երի՛ց ամաց.
21 ապա իմացէ՛ք, որ վեցերորդ տարում ես ձեզ կ’ուղարկեմ իմ օրհնութիւնը, եւ հողը երեք տարուայ չափ բերք կը տայ:
21 Վեցերորդ տարին ձեր վրայ պիտի ղրկեմ* իմ օրհնութիւնս, այնպէս որ երեք տարուան արդիւնք պիտի տայ։
առաքեցից զօրհնութիւն իմ ի ձեզ յամին վեցերորդի. եւ արասցէ զարդիւնս իւր երից ամաց:

25:21: Առաքեցի՛ց զօրհնութիւն իմ ՚ի ձե՛զ յամին վեցերորդի. եւ արասցէ զարդիւնս իւր երի՛ց ամաց.
21 ապա իմացէ՛ք, որ վեցերորդ տարում ես ձեզ կ’ուղարկեմ իմ օրհնութիւնը, եւ հողը երեք տարուայ չափ բերք կը տայ:
21 Վեցերորդ տարին ձեր վրայ պիտի ղրկեմ* իմ օրհնութիւնս, այնպէս որ երեք տարուան արդիւնք պիտի տայ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:2121: Я пошлю благословение Мое на вас в шестой год, и он принесет произведений на три года;
25:21 καὶ και and; even ἀποστελῶ αποστελλω send off / away τὴν ο the εὐλογίαν ευλογια commendation; acclamation μου μου of me; mine ὑμῖν υμιν you ἐν εν in τῷ ο the ἔτει ετος year τῷ ο the ἕκτῳ εκτος.1 sixth καὶ και and; even ποιήσει ποιεω do; make τὰ ο the γενήματα γεννημα spawn; product αὐτῆς αυτος he; him εἰς εις into; for τὰ ο the τρία τρεις three ἔτη ετος year
25:21 וְ wᵊ וְ and צִוִּ֤יתִי ṣiwwˈîṯî צוה command אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] בִּרְכָתִי֙ birᵊḵāṯˌî בְּרָכָה blessing לָכֶ֔ם lāḵˈem לְ to בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the שָּׁנָ֖ה ššānˌā שָׁנָה year הַ ha הַ the שִּׁשִּׁ֑ית ššiššˈîṯ שִׁשִּׁי sixth וְ wᵊ וְ and עָשָׂת֙ ʕāśˌāṯ עשׂה make אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the תְּבוּאָ֔ה ttᵊvûʔˈā תְּבוּאָה yield לִ li לְ to שְׁלֹ֖שׁ šᵊlˌōš שָׁלֹשׁ three הַ ha הַ the שָּׁנִֽים׃ ššānˈîm שָׁנָה year
25:21. dabo benedictionem meam vobis anno sexto et faciet fructus trium annorumI will give you my blessing the sixth year: and it shall yield the fruits of three years.
21. then I will command my blessing upon you in the sixth year, and it shall bring forth fruit for the three years.
25:21. I will give my blessing to you in the sixth year, and it shall yield the produce of three years.
25:21. Then I will command my blessing upon you in the sixth year, and it shall bring forth fruit for three years.
Then I will command my blessing upon you in the sixth year, and it shall bring forth fruit for three years:

21: Я пошлю благословение Мое на вас в шестой год, и он принесет произведений на три года;
25:21
καὶ και and; even
ἀποστελῶ αποστελλω send off / away
τὴν ο the
εὐλογίαν ευλογια commendation; acclamation
μου μου of me; mine
ὑμῖν υμιν you
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
ἔτει ετος year
τῷ ο the
ἕκτῳ εκτος.1 sixth
καὶ και and; even
ποιήσει ποιεω do; make
τὰ ο the
γενήματα γεννημα spawn; product
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
εἰς εις into; for
τὰ ο the
τρία τρεις three
ἔτη ετος year
25:21
וְ wᵊ וְ and
צִוִּ֤יתִי ṣiwwˈîṯî צוה command
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
בִּרְכָתִי֙ birᵊḵāṯˌî בְּרָכָה blessing
לָכֶ֔ם lāḵˈem לְ to
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
שָּׁנָ֖ה ššānˌā שָׁנָה year
הַ ha הַ the
שִּׁשִּׁ֑ית ššiššˈîṯ שִׁשִּׁי sixth
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עָשָׂת֙ ʕāśˌāṯ עשׂה make
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
תְּבוּאָ֔ה ttᵊvûʔˈā תְּבוּאָה yield
לִ li לְ to
שְׁלֹ֖שׁ šᵊlˌōš שָׁלֹשׁ three
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׁנִֽים׃ ššānˈîm שָׁנָה year
25:21. dabo benedictionem meam vobis anno sexto et faciet fructus trium annorum
I will give you my blessing the sixth year: and it shall yield the fruits of three years.
25:21. I will give my blessing to you in the sixth year, and it shall yield the produce of three years.
25:21. Then I will command my blessing upon you in the sixth year, and it shall bring forth fruit for three years.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:21: I will: As it is here graciously promised, that the sixth year was to bring forth fruits for three years, not merely for two, it is evident that both the sabbatical year and the year of jubilee were distinctly provided for. They were not to sow from the sixth to the eighth year, omitting two seed times; nor reap from the sixth to the ninth, omitting two harvests. No legislator, unless conscious of being divinely commissioned, would have committed himself by enacting such a law as this; nor would any people have submitted to receive it, except in consequence of the fullest conviction that a divine authority had dictated it. It therefore stands as a proof that Moses acted by the express direction of the Almighty, and that the people were fully persuaded of the reality of his divine mission by the miracles he wrought. Gen 26:12, Gen 41:47; Exo 16:29; Deu 28:3, Deu 28:8; Psa 133:3; Pro 10:22; Co2 9:10
three years: Lev 25:4, Lev 25:8-11
John Gill
25:21 Then I will command my blessing upon you in the sixth year,.... Upon their fields, vineyards, and oliveyards, and make them exceeding fruitful, more than in other years; all fruitfulness at any time depends upon the blessing of God, and follows upon it, but is more visible and observable when there is an exceeding great plenty:
and it shall bring forth fruit for three years; and thus God blessed the sixth year with such a plentiful increase as was sufficient for time to come, until a new crop was gathered in; as he had blessed the sixth day with a double portion of manna, for the supply of the seventh.
John Wesley
25:21 For three years - Not compleatly, but in great part, namely, for that part of the 6th year which was between the beginning of harvest and the beginning of the 7th year, for the whole 7th year, and for that part of the 8th year which was before the harvest, which reached almost until the beginning of the ninth year. This is added to shew the equity of this command. As God would hereby try their faith and obedience, so he gave them an eminent proof of his own exact providence and tender care over them in making provisions suitable to their necessities.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
25:21 I will command my blessing upon you in the sixth year, and it shall bring forth fruit for three years, &c.--A provision was made, by the special interposition of God, to supply the deficiency of food which would otherwise have resulted from the suspension of all labor during the sabbatic year. The sixth year was to yield a miraculous supply for three continuous years. And the remark is applicable to the year of Jubilee as well as the sabbatic year. (See allusions to this extraordinary provision in 4Kings 19:29; Is 37:30). None but a legislator who was conscious of acting under divine authority would have staked his character on so singular an enactment as that of the sabbatic year; and none but a people who had witnessed the fulfilment of the divine promise would have been induced to suspend their agricultural preparations on a recurrence of a periodical Jubilee.
25:2225:22: եւ սերմանեսջի՛ք յամին ութերորդի. եւ կերիջիք զհին արդեանցն մինչեւ ցամն իններորդ. մինչեւ գայցեն արմտիք նորա, կերիջիք հին ՚ի հնոյ։
22 Ութերորդ տարում կը ցանէք, իսկ հին բերքը կ’ուտէք մինչեւ իններորդ տարին: Մինչեւ իններորդ տարուայ բերքը հասնելը կ’ուտէք հին բերքը:
22 Եւ մինչեւ որ ութերորդ տարին ցանէք, հին հունձքէն պիտի ուտէք մինչեւ իններորդ տարին։ Մինչեւ նոր հունձքին հասնիլը հինէն պիտի ուտէք։
Եւ սերմանեսջիք յամին ութերորդի, եւ կերիջիք զհին արդեանցն մինչեւ ցամն իններորդ. մինչեւ գայցեն արմտիք նորա, կերիջիք հին ի հնոյ:

25:22: եւ սերմանեսջի՛ք յամին ութերորդի. եւ կերիջիք զհին արդեանցն մինչեւ ցամն իններորդ. մինչեւ գայցեն արմտիք նորա, կերիջիք հին ՚ի հնոյ։
22 Ութերորդ տարում կը ցանէք, իսկ հին բերքը կ’ուտէք մինչեւ իններորդ տարին: Մինչեւ իններորդ տարուայ բերքը հասնելը կ’ուտէք հին բերքը:
22 Եւ մինչեւ որ ութերորդ տարին ցանէք, հին հունձքէն պիտի ուտէք մինչեւ իններորդ տարին։ Մինչեւ նոր հունձքին հասնիլը հինէն պիտի ուտէք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:2222: и будете сеять в восьмой год, но есть будете произведения старые до девятого года; доколе не поспеют произведения его, будете есть старое.
25:22 καὶ και and; even σπερεῖτε σπειρω sow τὸ ο the ἔτος ετος year τὸ ο the ὄγδοον ογδοος eighth καὶ και and; even φάγεσθε εσθιω eat; consume ἀπὸ απο from; away τῶν ο the γενημάτων γεννημα spawn; product παλαιά παλαιος old ἕως εως till; until τοῦ ο the ἔτους ετος year τοῦ ο the ἐνάτου ενατος ninth ἕως εως till; until ἂν αν perhaps; ever ἔλθῃ ερχομαι come; go τὸ ο the γένημα γεννημα spawn; product αὐτῆς αυτος he; him φάγεσθε εσθιω eat; consume παλαιὰ παλαιος old παλαιῶν παλαιος old
25:22 וּ û וְ and זְרַעְתֶּ֗ם zᵊraʕtˈem זרע sow אֵ֚ת ˈʔēṯ אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the שָּׁנָ֣ה ššānˈā שָׁנָה year הַ ha הַ the שְּׁמִינִ֔ת ššᵊmînˈiṯ שְׁמִינִי eighth וַ wa וְ and אֲכַלְתֶּ֖ם ʔᵃḵaltˌem אכל eat מִן־ min- מִן from הַ ha הַ the תְּבוּאָ֣ה ttᵊvûʔˈā תְּבוּאָה yield יָשָׁ֑ן yāšˈān יָשָׁן old עַ֣ד׀ ʕˈaḏ עַד unto הַ ha הַ the שָּׁנָ֣ה ššānˈā שָׁנָה year הַ ha הַ the תְּשִׁיעִ֗ת ttᵊšîʕˈiṯ תְּשִׁיעִי ninth עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto בֹּוא֙ bô בוא come תְּב֣וּאָתָ֔הּ tᵊvˈûʔāṯˈāh תְּבוּאָה yield תֹּאכְל֖וּ tōḵᵊlˌû אכל eat יָשָֽׁן׃ yāšˈān יָשָׁן old
25:22. seretisque anno octavo et comedetis veteres fruges usque ad nonum annum donec nova nascantur edetis veteraAnd the eighth year you shall sow, and shall eat of the old fruits, until the ninth year: till new grow up, you shall eat the old store.
22. And ye shall sow the eighth year, and eat of the fruits, the old store; until the ninth year, until her fruits come in, ye shall eat the old store.
25:22. And in the eighth year you shall sow, but you shall eat from the old produce, until the ninth year, until what is new matures, you shall eat what is old.
25:22. And ye shall sow the eighth year, and eat [yet] of old fruit until the ninth year; until her fruits come in ye shall eat [of] the old [store].
And ye shall sow the eighth year, and eat [yet] of old fruit until the ninth year; until her fruits come in ye shall eat [of] the old:

22: и будете сеять в восьмой год, но есть будете произведения старые до девятого года; доколе не поспеют произведения его, будете есть старое.
25:22
καὶ και and; even
σπερεῖτε σπειρω sow
τὸ ο the
ἔτος ετος year
τὸ ο the
ὄγδοον ογδοος eighth
καὶ και and; even
φάγεσθε εσθιω eat; consume
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῶν ο the
γενημάτων γεννημα spawn; product
παλαιά παλαιος old
ἕως εως till; until
τοῦ ο the
ἔτους ετος year
τοῦ ο the
ἐνάτου ενατος ninth
ἕως εως till; until
ἂν αν perhaps; ever
ἔλθῃ ερχομαι come; go
τὸ ο the
γένημα γεννημα spawn; product
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
φάγεσθε εσθιω eat; consume
παλαιὰ παλαιος old
παλαιῶν παλαιος old
25:22
וּ û וְ and
זְרַעְתֶּ֗ם zᵊraʕtˈem זרע sow
אֵ֚ת ˈʔēṯ אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׁנָ֣ה ššānˈā שָׁנָה year
הַ ha הַ the
שְּׁמִינִ֔ת ššᵊmînˈiṯ שְׁמִינִי eighth
וַ wa וְ and
אֲכַלְתֶּ֖ם ʔᵃḵaltˌem אכל eat
מִן־ min- מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
תְּבוּאָ֣ה ttᵊvûʔˈā תְּבוּאָה yield
יָשָׁ֑ן yāšˈān יָשָׁן old
עַ֣ד׀ ʕˈaḏ עַד unto
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׁנָ֣ה ššānˈā שָׁנָה year
הַ ha הַ the
תְּשִׁיעִ֗ת ttᵊšîʕˈiṯ תְּשִׁיעִי ninth
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
בֹּוא֙ בוא come
תְּב֣וּאָתָ֔הּ tᵊvˈûʔāṯˈāh תְּבוּאָה yield
תֹּאכְל֖וּ tōḵᵊlˌû אכל eat
יָשָֽׁן׃ yāšˈān יָשָׁן old
25:22. seretisque anno octavo et comedetis veteres fruges usque ad nonum annum donec nova nascantur edetis vetera
And the eighth year you shall sow, and shall eat of the old fruits, until the ninth year: till new grow up, you shall eat the old store.
25:22. And in the eighth year you shall sow, but you shall eat from the old produce, until the ninth year, until what is new matures, you shall eat what is old.
25:22. And ye shall sow the eighth year, and eat [yet] of old fruit until the ninth year; until her fruits come in ye shall eat [of] the old [store].
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:22: eighth: Kg2 19:29; Isa 37:30
old fruit: Jos 5:11, Jos 5:12
John Gill
25:22 And ye shall sow the eighth year,.... Sow the land in the eighth year, and likewise dress their vines, olives, &c.
and eat yet of the old fruit; even in the eighth year, of the old fruit of the sixth year, as the Targum of Jonathan adds:
until the ninth year; that is, as Jarchi explains it, until the feast of tabernacles of the ninth, which was the time that the increase of the eighth came into the house; for all summer it was in the field, and in Tisri or September was the time of gathering it into the house; and sometimes it was necessary to provide for four years on the sixth, which was before the sabbatical year, the seventh, for they ceased from tilling the ground two years running, the seventh and the jubilee year; but this Scripture is said concerning all the rest of the sabbatical years: these encouraging promises, one would have thought, would have been placed more naturally after the account of the sabbatical year that followed, Lev 25:7; but the reason of their being inserted here seems to be, because in the year of jubilee they were neither to sow nor reap, nor gather in the grapes of the undressed vine, as in the sabbatical year, Lev 25:11; wherefore those things are said for encouragement at the one time as at the other; since it might easily be concluded, that he that could provide for them every sixth year for three years to come, could once in fifty years provide for four:
until her fruits come in, ye shall eat of the old store; some of which came in in March, as barley, others in May, as the wheat, and others in August and September, as the grapes, olives, &c. which was the time of ingathering several fruits of the earth, and of finishing the whole.
John Wesley
25:22 Old fruit - Of the sixth year principally, if not solely.
25:2325:23: Եւ երկիրն ո՛չ վաճառեսցի ՚ի հաստատութիւն. զի ի՛մ է երկիրն. քանզի պանդուխտք եւ նժդե՛հ էք դուք առաջի իմ։
23 Հողը վերջնականապէս չպէտք է վաճառուի, քանզի հողը իմն է, իսկ դուք ինձ մօտ պանդուխտ ու նժդեհ էք:
23 Երկիրը պէտք չէ մշտնջենապէս ծախուի, վասն զի երկիրը իմս է ու դուք իմ քովս պանդուխտներ եւ հիւրեր էք։
Եւ երկիրն ոչ վաճառեսցի [417]ի հաստատութիւն. զի իմ է երկիրն. քանզի պանդուխտք եւ նժդեհք էք դուք առաջի իմ:

25:23: Եւ երկիրն ո՛չ վաճառեսցի ՚ի հաստատութիւն. զի ի՛մ է երկիրն. քանզի պանդուխտք եւ նժդե՛հ էք դուք առաջի իմ։
23 Հողը վերջնականապէս չպէտք է վաճառուի, քանզի հողը իմն է, իսկ դուք ինձ մօտ պանդուխտ ու նժդեհ էք:
23 Երկիրը պէտք չէ մշտնջենապէս ծախուի, վասն զի երկիրը իմս է ու դուք իմ քովս պանդուխտներ եւ հիւրեր էք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:2323: Землю не должно продавать навсегда, ибо Моя земля: вы пришельцы и поселенцы у Меня;
25:23 καὶ και and; even ἡ ο the γῆ γη earth; land οὐ ου not πραθήσεται πιπρασκω sell εἰς εις into; for βεβαίωσιν βεβαιωσις confirmation ἐμὴ εμος mine; my own γάρ γαρ for ἐστιν ειμι be ἡ ο the γῆ γη earth; land διότι διοτι because; that προσήλυτοι προσηλυτος proselyte καὶ και and; even πάροικοι παροικος resident; foreigner ὑμεῖς υμεις you ἐστε ειμι be ἐναντίον εναντιον next to; before μου μου of me; mine
25:23 וְ wᵊ וְ and הָ hā הַ the אָ֗רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not תִמָּכֵר֙ ṯimmāḵˌēr מכר sell לִ li לְ to צְמִתֻ֔ת ṣᵊmiṯˈuṯ צְמִתֻת forfeiture כִּי־ kî- כִּי that לִ֖י lˌî לְ to הָ hā הַ the אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that גֵרִ֧ים ḡērˈîm גֵּר sojourner וְ wᵊ וְ and תֹושָׁבִ֛ים ṯôšāvˈîm תֹּושָׁב sojourner אַתֶּ֖ם ʔattˌem אַתֶּם you עִמָּדִֽי׃ ʕimmāḏˈî עִמָּד company
25:23. terra quoque non veniet in perpetuum quia mea est et vos advenae et coloni mei estisThe land also shall not be sold for ever: because it is mine, and you are strangers and sojourners with me.
23. And the land shall not be sold in perpetuity; for the land is mine: for ye are strangers and sojourners with me.
25:23. Also, the land shall not be sold in perpetuity, for it is mine, and you are newcomers and settlers to me.
25:23. The land shall not be sold for ever: for the land [is] mine; for ye [are] strangers and sojourners with me.
The land shall not be sold for ever: for the land [is] mine; for ye [are] strangers and sojourners with me:

23: Землю не должно продавать навсегда, ибо Моя земля: вы пришельцы и поселенцы у Меня;
25:23
καὶ και and; even
ο the
γῆ γη earth; land
οὐ ου not
πραθήσεται πιπρασκω sell
εἰς εις into; for
βεβαίωσιν βεβαιωσις confirmation
ἐμὴ εμος mine; my own
γάρ γαρ for
ἐστιν ειμι be
ο the
γῆ γη earth; land
διότι διοτι because; that
προσήλυτοι προσηλυτος proselyte
καὶ και and; even
πάροικοι παροικος resident; foreigner
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
ἐστε ειμι be
ἐναντίον εναντιον next to; before
μου μου of me; mine
25:23
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָ הַ the
אָ֗רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not
תִמָּכֵר֙ ṯimmāḵˌēr מכר sell
לִ li לְ to
צְמִתֻ֔ת ṣᵊmiṯˈuṯ צְמִתֻת forfeiture
כִּי־ kî- כִּי that
לִ֖י lˌî לְ to
הָ הַ the
אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
גֵרִ֧ים ḡērˈîm גֵּר sojourner
וְ wᵊ וְ and
תֹושָׁבִ֛ים ṯôšāvˈîm תֹּושָׁב sojourner
אַתֶּ֖ם ʔattˌem אַתֶּם you
עִמָּדִֽי׃ ʕimmāḏˈî עִמָּד company
25:23. terra quoque non veniet in perpetuum quia mea est et vos advenae et coloni mei estis
The land also shall not be sold for ever: because it is mine, and you are strangers and sojourners with me.
25:23. Also, the land shall not be sold in perpetuity, for it is mine, and you are newcomers and settlers to me.
25:23. The land shall not be sold for ever: for the land [is] mine; for ye [are] strangers and sojourners with me.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
23: В основание указанного порядка неотчуждаемости земельной собственности в Израиле полагается теократический принцип об едином собственнике земли Иегове, в отношении к Которому все евреи являются лишь временными собственниками — пришельцами, и поселенцами, и произвольного распоряжения землею им не предоставлено.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
23 The land shall not be sold for ever: for the land is mine; for ye are strangers and sojourners with me. 24 And in all the land of your possession ye shall grant a redemption for the land. 25 If thy brother be waxen poor, and hath sold away some of his possession, and if any of his kin come to redeem it, then shall he redeem that which his brother sold. 26 And if the man have none to redeem it, and himself be able to redeem it; 27 Then let him count the years of the sale thereof, and restore the overplus unto the man to whom he sold it; that he may return unto his possession. 28 But if he be not able to restore it to him, then that which is sold shall remain in the hand of him that hath bought it until the year of jubilee: and in the jubilee it shall go out, and he shall return unto his possession. 29 And if a man sell a dwelling house in a walled city, then he may redeem it within a whole year after it is sold; within a full year may he redeem it. 30 And if it be not redeemed within the space of a full year, then the house that is in the walled city shall be established for ever to him that bought it throughout his generations: it shall not go out in the jubilee. 31 But the houses of the villages which have no wall round about them shall be counted as the fields of the country: they may be redeemed, and they shall go out in the jubilee. 32 Notwithstanding the cities of the Levites, and the houses of the cities of their possession, may the Levites redeem at any time. 33 And if a man purchase of the Levites, then the house that was sold, and the city of his possession, shall go out in the year of jubilee: for the houses of the cities of the Levites are their possession among the children of Israel. 34 But the field of the suburbs of their cities may not be sold; for it is their perpetual possession. 35 And if thy brother be waxen poor, and fallen in decay with thee; then thou shalt relieve him: yea, though he be a stranger, or a sojourner; that he may live with thee. 36 Take thou no usury of him, or increase: but fear thy God; that thy brother may live with thee. 37 Thou shalt not give him thy money upon usury, nor lend him thy victuals for increase. 38 I am the LORD your God, which brought you forth out of the land of Egypt, to give you the land of Canaan, and to be your God.
Here is, I. A law concerning the real estates of the Israelites in the land of Canaan, and the transferring of them. 1. No land should be sold for ever from the family to whose lot it fell in the division of the land. And the reason given is, The land is mine, and you are strangers and sojourners with me, v. 23. (1.) God having a particular propriety in this land, he would by this restraint keep them sensible of it. The possessions of good people, who, having given up themselves to God, have therewith given up all they have to him, are in a particular manner at his disposal, and his disposal of them must be submitted to. (2.) They being strangers and sojourners with him in that land, and having his tabernacle among them, to alienate their part of that land would be in effect to cut themselves off from their fellowship and communion with God, of which that was a token and symbol, for which reason Naboth would rather incur the wrath of a king than part with the inheritance of his fathers, 1 Kings xxi. 3. 2. If a man was constrained through poverty to sell his land for the subsistence of his family, yet, if afterwards he was able, he might redeem it before the year of jubilee (v. 24, 26, 27), and the price must be settled according to the number of years since the sale and before the jubilee. 3. If the person himself was not able to redeem it, his next kinsman might (v. 25): The redeemer thereof, he that is near unto him, shall come and shall redeem, so it might be read. The kinsman is called Goel, the redeemer (Num. v. 8; Ruth iii. 9), to whom belonged the right of redeeming the land. And this typified Christ, who assumed our nature, that he might be our kinsman, bone of our bone and flesh of our flesh, and, being the only kinsman we have that is able to do it, to him belonged the right of redemption. As for all our other kinsmen, their shoe must be plucked off (Ruth iv. 6, 7); they cannot redeem. But Christ can and hath redeemed the inheritance which we by sin had forfeited and alienated, and made a new settlement of it upon all that by faith become allied to him. We know that this Redeemer liveth, Job xix. 25. And some make this duty of the kinsman to signify the brotherly love that should be among Christians, inclining them to recover those that are fallen, and to restore them with the spirit of meekness. 4. If the land was not redeemed before the year of jubilee, then it should return of course to him that had sold or mortgaged it: In the jubilee it shall go out, v. 28. This was a figure of the free grace of God towards us in Christ, by which, and not by any price or merit of our own, we are restored to the favour of God, and become entitled to paradise, from which our first parents, and we in them, were expelled for disobedience. 5. A difference was made between houses in walled cities, and lands in the country, or houses in country villages. Houses in walled cities were more the fruits of their own industry than land in the country, which was the immediate gift of God's bounty; and therefore, if a man sold a house in a city, he might redeem it any time within a year after the sale, but otherwise it was confirmed to the purchaser for ever, and should not return, no, not at the year of the jubilee, v. 29, 30. This provision was made to encourage strangers and proselytes to come and settle among them. Though they could not purchase land in Canaan to them and their heirs, yet they might purchase houses in walled cities, which would be most convenient for those who were supposed to live by trade. But country houses could be disposed of no otherwise than as lands might. 6. A clause is added in favour of the Levites, by way of exception from these rules. (1.) Dwelling houses in the cities of the Levites might be redeemed at any time, and, if not redeemed, should revert in the year of jubilee (v. 32, 33), because the Levites had no other possessions than cities and their suburbs, and God would show that the Levites were his peculiar care; and it was for the interest of the public that they should not be impoverished, or wormed out of their inheritances. (2.) The fields adjoining to their cities (Num. xxxv. 4, 5) might not be sold at any time, for they belonged, not to particular Levites, but to the city of the Levites, as a corporation, who could not alienate without a wrong to their tribe; therefore, if any of those fields were sold, the bargain was void, v. 34. Even the Egyptians took care to preserve the land of the priests, Gen. xlvii. 22. And there is no less reason for the taking of the maintenance of the gospel ministry under the special protection of Christian governments.
II. A law for the relief of the poor, and the tender usage of poor debtors, and these are of more general and perpetual obligation than the former.
1. The poor must be relieved, v. 35. Here is, (1.) Our brother's poverty and distress supposed: If thy brother be waxen poor; not only thy brother by nation as a Jew, but thy brother by nature as a man, for it follows, though he be a stranger or a sojourner. All men are to be looked upon and treated as brethren, for we have all one Father, Mal. ii. 10. Though he is poor, yet still he is thy brother, and is to be loved and owned as a brother. Poverty does not destroy the relation. Though a son of Abraham, yet he may wax poor and fall into decay. Note, Poverty and decay are great grievances, and very common: The poor you have always with you. (2.) Our duty enjoined: Thou shalt relieve him. By sympathy, pitying the poor; by service, doing for them; and by supply, giving to them according to their necessity and thy ability.
2. Poor debtors must not be oppressed: If thy brother be waxen poor, and have occasion to borrow money of thee for the necessary support of his family, take thou no usury of him, either for money or victuals, v. 36, 37. And thus far this law binds still, but could never be thought binding where money is borrowed for purchase of lands, trade, or other improvements; for there it is reasonable that the lender share with the borrower in the profit. The law here is plainly intended for the relief of the poor, to whom it is sometimes as great a charity to lend freely as to give. Observe the arguments here used against extortion. (1.) God patronizes the poor: "Fear thy God, who will reckon with thee for all injuries done to the poor: thou fearest not them, but fear him." (2.) Relieve the poor, that they may live with thee, and some way or other they may be serviceable to thee. The rich can as ill spare the hands of the poor as the poor can the purses of the rich. (3.) The same argument is used to enforce this precept that prefaces all the ten commandments: I am the Lord your God which brought you out of Egypt, v. 38. Note, It becomes those that have received mercy to show mercy. If God has been gracious to us, we ought not to be rigorous with our brethren.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
25:23: The land shall not be sold for ever - the land is mine - As God in a miraculous manner gave them possession of this land, they were therefore to consider themselves merely as tenants to him; and on this ground he, as the great landholder or lord of the soil, prescribes to them all the conditions on which they shall hold it. This one circumstance was peculiarly favorable to their advancement in religion, in righteousness, and true holiness; for feeling that they had nothing which they could call their own upon earth, they must frequently, by this, be put in mind of the necessity of having a permanent dwelling in the heavenly inheritance, and of that preparation without which it could not be possessed.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
25:23: These verses express the principle on which the law of Jubilee, as it regards the land, was based. The land belonged to Yahweh, and it was He who allotted it among the families of Israel for their use. No estate could therefore be alienated in perpetuity, by any human authority, from the family to whose lot it might fall.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:23: The land: Lev 25:10; Kg1 21:3; Eze 48:14
for ever: or, to be quite cut off, Heb. for cutting off, for the land. Deu 32:43; Ch2 7:20; Psa 24:1, Psa 85:1; Isa 8:8; Hos 9:3; Joe 2:18, Joe 3:2
for ye are: Gen 47:9; Ch1 29:15; Psa 39:12, Psa 119:19; Heb 11:9-13; Pe1 2:11
Geneva 1599
25:23 The land shall not be sold (l) for ever: for the land [is] mine; for ye [are] strangers and sojourners with me.
(l) It could not be sold for ever, but must return to the family in the Jubile.
John Gill
25:23 The land shall not be sold for ever,.... That is, the land of Israel; the meaning is, any part of it, for that the whole might be sold or disposed of at once is not to be supposed, but anyone part of it, which was the property of a single man, or belonged to a family; though it might be sold in case of necessity, yet not for ever, so as never to return to the owner, or his heirs; for if it was sold for ever it returned in the year of the jubilee: the Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan render the word "absolutely", simply, properly; a proper absolute sale was not to be made, but a conditional one, or for so many years, or with a view to its reversion in the year of jubilee, and so the agreement to be made according to the number of years, as before directed: the word, as Aben Ezra observes, signifies "cutting off", and the sense is, that no land should be sold entirely, so as that the proprietor or his heirs should be wholly cut off from it, or that the entail of it upon the family should be cut off:
for the land is mine; as indeed the whole earth is, but the land of Canaan was peculiarly his, which he had chosen above all other lands for the inheritance of his people; out of which he drove the old inhabitants of it for their sins, and put in his own people to possess it under him; where he himself had his dwelling place, and where he was served and worshipped, and where the Messiah was to be born, and was born, and therefore called Immanuel's land; and which was a figure of the better country, or the heavenly glory and happiness, which is of God's preparing and giving, and will never be alienated from those whose right it is:
for ye are strangers and sojourners with me; as the Gentiles that lived among them were strangers and sojourners with them, so they were with the Lord; he was the original proprietor, they were but tenants at will; though it was both an honour and happiness to be with him, under any character, to board, and lodge, and dwell with him; and they might well be content to be reckoned not proprietors but strangers and sojourners, and especially such as had faith and hope in a better inheritance, of which this was only a figure; however, this being their present case, it was a reason good, why they could not for ever dispose of their lands and possessions, any more than a sojourner or inmate can of a house of which he has only a part.
John Wesley
25:23 For ever - So as to be for ever alienated from the family of him that sells it. Or, absolutely and properly, so as to become the property of the buyer: Or, to the extermination or utter cutting off, namely, of the seller, from all hopes and possibility of redemption. The land is mine - Procured for you by my power, given to you by my grace and bounty, and the right of propriety reserved by me. With me - That is, in my land or houses: thus he is said to sojourn with another that dwells in his house. Howsoever in your own or other mens opinions you pass for lords and proprietors, yet in truth, ye are but strangers and sojourners, not to possess the land for ever, but only for a season, and to leave it to such as I have appointed for it.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
25:23 The land shall not be sold for ever--or, "be quite cut off," as the Margin better renders it. The land was God's, and, in prosecution of an important design, He gave it to the people of His choice, dividing it among their tribes and families--who, however, held it of Him merely as tenants-at-will and had no right or power of disposing of it to strangers. In necessitous circumstances, individuals might effect a temporary sale. But they possessed the right of redeeming it, at any time, on payment of an adequate compensation to the present holder; and by the enactments of the Jubilee they recovered it free--so that the land was rendered inalienable. (See an exception to this law, Lev 27:20).
25:2425:24: Եւ ըստ ամենայն երկրին կալուածոյ ձերոյ՝ փրկա՛նս տաջիք երկրին։
24 Ձեր կալուածքը եղող ամբողջ հողի համար փրկագին պիտի տաք:
24 Եւ ձեզի պատկանած բոլոր երկրին մէջ փրկագին պիտի տաք երկրին համար։
Եւ ըստ ամենայն երկրին կալուածոյ ձերոյ` փրկանս տաջիք [418]երկրին:

25:24: Եւ ըստ ամենայն երկրին կալուածոյ ձերոյ՝ փրկա՛նս տաջիք երկրին։
24 Ձեր կալուածքը եղող ամբողջ հողի համար փրկագին պիտի տաք:
24 Եւ ձեզի պատկանած բոլոր երկրին մէջ փրկագին պիտի տաք երկրին համար։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:2424: по всей земле владения вашего дозволяйте выкуп земли.
25:24 καὶ και and; even κατὰ κατα down; by πᾶσαν πας all; every γῆν γη earth; land κατασχέσεως κατασχεσις holding ὑμῶν υμων your λύτρα λυτρον ransom δώσετε διδωμι give; deposit τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land
25:24 וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in כֹ֖ל ḵˌōl כֹּל whole אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲחֻזַּתְכֶ֑ם ʔᵃḥuzzaṯᵊḵˈem אֲחֻזָּה land property גְּאֻלָּ֖ה gᵊʔullˌā גְּאֻלָּה right of buying back תִּתְּנ֥וּ tittᵊnˌû נתן give לָ lā לְ to † הַ the אָֽרֶץ׃ ס ʔˈāreṣ . s אֶרֶץ earth
25:24. unde cuncta regio possessionis vestrae sub redemptionis condicione vendeturFor which cause all the country of your possession shall be under the condition of redemption.
24. And in all the land of your possession ye shall grant a redemption for the land.
25:24. Therefore, every region of your possession shall be sold under the condition of redemption.
25:24. And in all the land of your possession ye shall grant a redemption for the land.
And in all the land of your possession ye shall grant a redemption for the land:

24: по всей земле владения вашего дозволяйте выкуп земли.
25:24
καὶ και and; even
κατὰ κατα down; by
πᾶσαν πας all; every
γῆν γη earth; land
κατασχέσεως κατασχεσις holding
ὑμῶν υμων your
λύτρα λυτρον ransom
δώσετε διδωμι give; deposit
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
25:24
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
כֹ֖ל ḵˌōl כֹּל whole
אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲחֻזַּתְכֶ֑ם ʔᵃḥuzzaṯᵊḵˈem אֲחֻזָּה land property
גְּאֻלָּ֖ה gᵊʔullˌā גְּאֻלָּה right of buying back
תִּתְּנ֥וּ tittᵊnˌû נתן give
לָ לְ to
הַ the
אָֽרֶץ׃ ס ʔˈāreṣ . s אֶרֶץ earth
25:24. unde cuncta regio possessionis vestrae sub redemptionis condicione vendetur
For which cause all the country of your possession shall be under the condition of redemption.
25:24. Therefore, every region of your possession shall be sold under the condition of redemption.
25:24. And in all the land of your possession ye shall grant a redemption for the land.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
24-28: Отсюда — всеобщее право выкупа (geullah, ст. 24): всякая продажа земли имеет форму отдачи ее в аренду до юбилейного года. Притом, обусловленная единственно бедностью, продажа всегда предполагает право выкупа — родственником ли (goёl) бедняка, или им самим, если он приобретал достаток, — конечно, по расчету лет продажи (ст. 26–27). Если бы выкуп до юбилейного года оказался для бывшего владельца земли невозможным, то в юбилейный год земля во всяком случав возвращалась ему и уже без всякого выкупа. По И. Флав. (Древн. III:12, 3), при наступлении юбилея продавший поле и купивший его сходились и вычисляли прибыль, полученную последним во время владения участком первого, и издержки, сделанные им на участок, и если последние превышали первые, то купивший брал с продавшего соответствующую цену в вознаграждение. Вероятно, впрочем, это было лишь теоретическое требование книжников, не осуществлявшееся на практике, равно как и то книжническое правило, что выкуп проданной земли может быть совершен не ранее 3-го года после продажи.

В Лев ХХVII:17–24, содержится специальное дополнение к общему юбилейному закону о выкупе земель, именно: определение о земельных владениях, посвящаемых святилищу; о сохранением принципа не отчуждаемости земли здесь соединяется и охранение прав святилища (выкуп у святилища совершается с прибавкою 1/5: сверх стоимости, ст. 19). Другое дополнение к закону о возвращении земельных участков в юбилейный год, именно изъятие из этого закона представляет постановление Чис ХXXVI:4, о невозвращении земельных участков от дочерей — наследниц (за неимением сыновей) к случаю выхода их замуж в другое колено.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
25:24
Grant a redemption for the land - i. e. grant power to recover the land to the original holder who had parted with it.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:24: redemption: Lev 25:27, Lev 25:31, Lev 25:51-53; Rom 8:23; Co1 1:30; Eph 1:7, Eph 1:14, Eph 4:30
Geneva 1599
25:24 And in all the land of your possession ye shall (m) grant a redemption for the land.
(m) You shall sell it on the condition that it may be redeemed.
John Gill
25:24 And in all the land of your possession,.... Which they should possess in the land of Canaan, whatever part of it any of them should enjoy:
ye shall grant a redemption for the land; that is, whenever any estate in it was sold through necessity, the buyer was obliged to grant a liberty to the seller to redeem it, when it was in his power to do it, or any or his relations, especially after two years; so Jarchi observes, he that sells his possession may redeem it after two years, either he himself or he that is near akin to him, nor can the buyer hinder it; See Gill on Lev 25:15.
John Wesley
25:24 A redemption - A right of redemption in the time and manner following.
25:2525:25: Եւ եթէ աղքատասցի եղբայր քո որ ընդ քե՛զ իցէ, եւ վաճառեսցէ՛ ՚ի կալուածոց իւրոց. եւ եկեսցէ մերձաւորիչն՝ որ մերձաւո՛ր իցէ նորա, եւ փրկեսցէ՛ զվաճառ եղբօր իւրոյ։
25 Եթէ աղքատանայ քեզ մօտ ապրող եղբայրդ եւ վաճառի իր կալուածքի մի մասը, ապա իր մօտիկ ազգականը կարող է գալ ու վերստին գնելով փրկել իր եղբօր վաճառած արտը:
25 Եթէ քու եղբայրդ աղքատանայ եւ իր ստացուածքին մէկ մասը ծախէ ու յետոյ եթէ անոր մէկ ազգականը ուզէ, կրնայ եղբօրդ ծախածը փրկել։
Եւ եթէ աղքատասցի եղբայր քո որ ընդ քեզ իցէ, եւ վաճառեսցէ ի կալուածոց իւրոց, եւ եկեսցէ մերձաւորիչն որ մերձաւոր իցէ նորա, եւ փրկեսցէ զվաճառ եղբօր իւրոյ:

25:25: Եւ եթէ աղքատասցի եղբայր քո որ ընդ քե՛զ իցէ, եւ վաճառեսցէ՛ ՚ի կալուածոց իւրոց. եւ եկեսցէ մերձաւորիչն՝ որ մերձաւո՛ր իցէ նորա, եւ փրկեսցէ՛ զվաճառ եղբօր իւրոյ։
25 Եթէ աղքատանայ քեզ մօտ ապրող եղբայրդ եւ վաճառի իր կալուածքի մի մասը, ապա իր մօտիկ ազգականը կարող է գալ ու վերստին գնելով փրկել իր եղբօր վաճառած արտը:
25 Եթէ քու եղբայրդ աղքատանայ եւ իր ստացուածքին մէկ մասը ծախէ ու յետոյ եթէ անոր մէկ ազգականը ուզէ, կրնայ եղբօրդ ծախածը փրկել։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:2525: Если брат твой обеднеет и продаст от владения своего, то придет близкий его родственник и выкупит проданное братом его;
25:25 ἐὰν εαν and if; unless δὲ δε though; while πένηται πενομαι the ἀδελφός αδελφος brother σου σου of you; your ὁ ο the μετὰ μετα with; amid σοῦ σου of you; your καὶ και and; even ἀποδῶται αποδιδωμι render; surrender ἀπὸ απο from; away τῆς ο the κατασχέσεως κατασχεσις holding αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἔλθῃ ερχομαι come; go ὁ ο the ἀγχιστεύων αγχιστευω get close; near ἔγγιστα εγγυς close αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even λυτρώσεται λυτροω ransom τὴν ο the πρᾶσιν πρασις the ἀδελφοῦ αδελφος brother αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
25:25 כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that יָמ֣וּךְ yāmˈûḵ מוך grow poor אָחִ֔יךָ ʔāḥˈîḵā אָח brother וּ û וְ and מָכַ֖ר māḵˌar מכר sell מֵ mē מִן from אֲחֻזָּתֹ֑ו ʔᵃḥuzzāṯˈô אֲחֻזָּה land property וּ û וְ and בָ֤א vˈā בוא come גֹֽאֲלֹו֙ ḡˈōʔᵃlô גאל redeem הַ ha הַ the קָּרֹ֣ב qqārˈōv קָרֹוב near אֵלָ֔יו ʔēlˈāʸw אֶל to וְ wᵊ וְ and גָאַ֕ל ḡāʔˈal גאל redeem אֵ֖ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker] מִמְכַּ֥ר mimkˌar מִמְכָּר what is sold אָחִֽיו׃ ʔāḥˈiʸw אָח brother
25:25. si adtenuatus frater tuus vendiderit possessiunculam suam et voluerit propinquus eius potest redimere quod ille vendideratIf thy brother being impoverished sell his little possession, and his kinsman will: he may redeem what he had sold.
25. If thy brother be waxen poor, and sell some of his possession, then shall his kinsman that is next unto him come, and shall redeem that which his brother hath sold.
25:25. If your brother, being in need, will have sold his little possession and his close relative is willing, he is able to redeem what he had sold.
25:25. If thy brother be waxen poor, and hath sold away [some] of his possession, and if any of his kin come to redeem it, then shall he redeem that which his brother sold.
If thy brother be waxen poor, and hath sold away [some] of his possession, and if any of his kin come to redeem it, then shall he redeem that which his brother sold:

25: Если брат твой обеднеет и продаст от владения своего, то придет близкий его родственник и выкупит проданное братом его;
25:25
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
δὲ δε though; while
πένηται πενομαι the
ἀδελφός αδελφος brother
σου σου of you; your
ο the
μετὰ μετα with; amid
σοῦ σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
ἀποδῶται αποδιδωμι render; surrender
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῆς ο the
κατασχέσεως κατασχεσις holding
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἔλθῃ ερχομαι come; go
ο the
ἀγχιστεύων αγχιστευω get close; near
ἔγγιστα εγγυς close
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
λυτρώσεται λυτροω ransom
τὴν ο the
πρᾶσιν πρασις the
ἀδελφοῦ αδελφος brother
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
25:25
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
יָמ֣וּךְ yāmˈûḵ מוך grow poor
אָחִ֔יךָ ʔāḥˈîḵā אָח brother
וּ û וְ and
מָכַ֖ר māḵˌar מכר sell
מֵ מִן from
אֲחֻזָּתֹ֑ו ʔᵃḥuzzāṯˈô אֲחֻזָּה land property
וּ û וְ and
בָ֤א vˈā בוא come
גֹֽאֲלֹו֙ ḡˈōʔᵃlô גאל redeem
הַ ha הַ the
קָּרֹ֣ב qqārˈōv קָרֹוב near
אֵלָ֔יו ʔēlˈāʸw אֶל to
וְ wᵊ וְ and
גָאַ֕ל ḡāʔˈal גאל redeem
אֵ֖ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker]
מִמְכַּ֥ר mimkˌar מִמְכָּר what is sold
אָחִֽיו׃ ʔāḥˈiʸw אָח brother
25:25. si adtenuatus frater tuus vendiderit possessiunculam suam et voluerit propinquus eius potest redimere quod ille vendiderat
If thy brother being impoverished sell his little possession, and his kinsman will: he may redeem what he had sold.
25:25. If your brother, being in need, will have sold his little possession and his close relative is willing, he is able to redeem what he had sold.
25:25. If thy brother be waxen poor, and hath sold away [some] of his possession, and if any of his kin come to redeem it, then shall he redeem that which his brother sold.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
25:25: Any of his kin come to redeem it - The land that was sold might be redeemed, in the interim between jubilee and jubilee, by the former owner or by one of his kinsmen or relatives. This kinsman is called in the text גאל goel or redeemer; and was not this a lively emblem of the redemption of man by Christ Jesus? That he might have a right to redeem man, he took upon him human nature, and thus became a kinsman of the great family of the human race, and thereby possessed the right of redeeming that fallen nature of which he took part, and of buying back to man that inheritance which had been forfeited by transgression.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
25:25: If thy brother be waxen poor - The Israelites never parted with their land except under the pressure of poverty. Compare the answer of Naboth, Kg1 21:3.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:25: Rut 2:20, Rut 3:2, Rut 3:9, Rut 3:12, Rut 4:4-6; Jer 32:7, Jer 32:8; Co2 8:9; Heb 2:13, Heb 2:14; Rev 5:9
John Gill
25:25 If thy brother be waxen poor,.... Is brought very low, greatly reduced, and is in mean circumstances; hence Jarchi says, we learn, that no man may sell his field, unless his distress presses him and forces him to it; for, as Maimonides (c) observes, a man might not sell his estate to put money into his purse, or to trade with, or to purchase goods, servants, and cattle, only food:
and hath sold away some of his possession; not all of it, as Jarchi remarks; for the way of the earth or custom of the world teaches, that a man should reserve a field (or a part) for himself:
and if any of his kin come to redeem it; come to the buyer and propose to redeem it, by giving what it was sold for, or in proportion to the time he had enjoyed it:
then shall he redeem that which his brother sold; nor was it in the power of the purchaser to hinder him, or at his option whether he would suffer him to redeem it or not: such an one was an emblem of our "goel", our near kinsman and Redeemer the Lord Jesus Christ, who came in our nature into this world to redeem us, and put us into the possession of the heavenly inheritance; nor was it in the power of any to hinder his performance of it, for he is the mighty God, the Lord of Hosts is his name.
(c) Hilchot Shemittah Vejobel, c. 11. sect. 3.
John Wesley
25:25 If any of his kin come - Or, If the redeemer come, being near akin to him, who in this was an eminent type of Christ, who was made near akin to us by taking our flesh, that he might perform the work of redemption for us.
25:2625:26: Ապա թէ չիցէ՛ ուրուք մերձաւորիչ, եւ ձեռնհա՛ս իցէ. եւ գտանիցի նմա բաւական փրկանացն իւրոց.
26 Իսկ եթէ արտ վաճառողը ունեւոր ազգական չունենայ, ու ինքը յետոյ ի վիճակի լինելու գնելու, ապա կարող է իր արտը յետ գնելով փրկել:
26 Եթէ մէկը փրկող մը չունենայ, բայց ինք անձամբ* կարողանայ փրկել
Ապա թէ չիցէ ուրուք մերձաւորիչ, եւ ձեռնհաս իցէ, եւ գտանիցի նմա բաւական փրկանացն իւրոց:

25:26: Ապա թէ չիցէ՛ ուրուք մերձաւորիչ, եւ ձեռնհա՛ս իցէ. եւ գտանիցի նմա բաւական փրկանացն իւրոց.
26 Իսկ եթէ արտ վաճառողը ունեւոր ազգական չունենայ, ու ինքը յետոյ ի վիճակի լինելու գնելու, ապա կարող է իր արտը յետ գնելով փրկել:
26 Եթէ մէկը փրկող մը չունենայ, բայց ինք անձամբ* կարողանայ փրկել
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:2626: если же некому за него выкупить, но сам он будет иметь достаток и найдет, сколько нужно на выкуп,
25:26 ἐὰν εαν and if; unless δὲ δε though; while μὴ μη not ᾖ ειμι be τινι τις anyone; someone ὁ ο the ἀγχιστεύων αγχιστευω and; even εὐπορηθῇ ευπορεω prosper τῇ ο the χειρὶ χειρ hand καὶ και and; even εὑρεθῇ ευρισκω find αὐτῷ αυτος he; him τὸ ο the ἱκανὸν ικανος adequate; sufficient λύτρα λυτρον ransom αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
25:26 וְ wᵊ וְ and אִ֕ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man כִּ֛י kˈî כִּי that לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not יִֽהְיֶה־ yˈihyeh- היה be לֹּ֖ו llˌô לְ to גֹּאֵ֑ל gōʔˈēl גאל redeem וְ wᵊ וְ and הִשִּׂ֣יגָה hiśśˈîḡā נשׂג overtake יָדֹ֔ו yāḏˈô יָד hand וּ û וְ and מָצָ֖א māṣˌā מצא find כְּ kᵊ כְּ as דֵ֥י ḏˌê דַּי sufficiency גְאֻלָּתֹֽו׃ ḡᵊʔullāṯˈô גְּאֻלָּה right of buying back
25:26. sin autem non habuerit proximum et ipse pretium ad redimendum potuerit invenireBut if he have no kinsman, and he himself can find the price to redeem it:
26. And if a man have no one to redeem it, and he be waxen rich and find sufficient to redeem it;
25:26. But if he has no near relative, and he himself is able to find the price to redeem it,
25:26. And if the man have none to redeem it, and himself be able to redeem it;
And if the man have none to redeem it, and himself be able to redeem it:

26: если же некому за него выкупить, но сам он будет иметь достаток и найдет, сколько нужно на выкуп,
25:26
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
δὲ δε though; while
μὴ μη not
ειμι be
τινι τις anyone; someone
ο the
ἀγχιστεύων αγχιστευω and; even
εὐπορηθῇ ευπορεω prosper
τῇ ο the
χειρὶ χειρ hand
καὶ και and; even
εὑρεθῇ ευρισκω find
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
τὸ ο the
ἱκανὸν ικανος adequate; sufficient
λύτρα λυτρον ransom
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
25:26
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אִ֕ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
כִּ֛י kˈî כִּי that
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
יִֽהְיֶה־ yˈihyeh- היה be
לֹּ֖ו llˌô לְ to
גֹּאֵ֑ל gōʔˈēl גאל redeem
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִשִּׂ֣יגָה hiśśˈîḡā נשׂג overtake
יָדֹ֔ו yāḏˈô יָד hand
וּ û וְ and
מָצָ֖א māṣˌā מצא find
כְּ kᵊ כְּ as
דֵ֥י ḏˌê דַּי sufficiency
גְאֻלָּתֹֽו׃ ḡᵊʔullāṯˈô גְּאֻלָּה right of buying back
25:26. sin autem non habuerit proximum et ipse pretium ad redimendum potuerit invenire
But if he have no kinsman, and he himself can find the price to redeem it:
25:26. But if he has no near relative, and he himself is able to find the price to redeem it,
25:26. And if the man have none to redeem it, and himself be able to redeem it;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:26: himself be able to redeem it: Heb. his hand hath attained, and found sufficiency, Lev 5:7 *marg.
John Gill
25:26 And if the man have none to redeem it,.... That is, none of kin that was able or willing to redeem it; otherwise no doubt there were persons in the land able to do it at any time, but none he was in connection with, or from whom he could expect such a favour:
and himself be able to redeem it; or if his hand has got, and he has found a sufficiency for his redemption, as the Targum of Jonathan; not that he has found anything that was lost, as Chaskuni glosses it, but by one providence or another, by the blessing of God on his trade and business, is become rich, and it is in the power of his hand to redeem the possession he had sold, he might do it; but, as the same writer observes, he might not borrow and redeem, but must do it with what he had got of his own since the time of sale, and which is also the sense of others (d).
(d) Misn. Eracin, c. 9. 1. Maimon. & Bartenora in ib.
25:2725:27: եւ համարիցի զամս վաճառին իւրոյ, եւ հատուսցէ կարողն ա՛ռնն որում վաճառեա՛ց նմա, եւ դարձցի՛ ՚ի կալուածս իւր։
27 Նա պէտք է հաշուի եւ հանի վաճառքից յետոյ անցած տարիները եւ մնացածը վճարի նրան, ով գնել էր այն, որից յետոյ արտը նորից կը պատկանի իրեն:
27 Այն ատեն ծախուած օրէն թող հաշուէ տարիները եւ աւելցածը ետ տայ այն մարդուն, որուն ծախած էր եւ իր ստացուածքը առնէ։
Եւ համարիցի զամս վաճառին իւրոյ, եւ հատուսցէ [419]կարողն առնն որում վաճառեաց նմա, եւ դարձցի ի կալուածս իւր:

25:27: եւ համարիցի զամս վաճառին իւրոյ, եւ հատուսցէ կարողն ա՛ռնն որում վաճառեա՛ց նմա, եւ դարձցի՛ ՚ի կալուածս իւր։
27 Նա պէտք է հաշուի եւ հանի վաճառքից յետոյ անցած տարիները եւ մնացածը վճարի նրան, ով գնել էր այն, որից յետոյ արտը նորից կը պատկանի իրեն:
27 Այն ատեն ծախուած օրէն թող հաշուէ տարիները եւ աւելցածը ետ տայ այն մարդուն, որուն ծախած էր եւ իր ստացուածքը առնէ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:2727: то пусть он расчислит годы продажи своей и возвратит остальное тому, кому он продал, и вступит опять во владение свое;
25:27 καὶ και and; even συλλογιεῖται συλλογιζομαι take account together; infer τὰ ο the ἔτη ετος year τῆς ο the πράσεως πρασις he; him καὶ και and; even ἀποδώσει αποδιδωμι render; surrender ὃ ος who; what ὑπερέχει υπερεχω excel; prevail τῷ ο the ἀνθρώπῳ ανθρωπος person; human ᾧ ος who; what ἀπέδοτο αποδιδωμι render; surrender ἑαυτὸν εαυτου of himself; his own αὐτῷ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἀπελεύσεται απερχομαι go off; go away εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the κατάσχεσιν κατασχεσις holding αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
25:27 וְ wᵊ וְ and חִשַּׁב֙ ḥiššˌav חשׁב account אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] שְׁנֵ֣י šᵊnˈê שָׁנָה year מִמְכָּרֹ֔ו mimkārˈô מִמְכָּר what is sold וְ wᵊ וְ and הֵשִׁיב֙ hēšîv שׁוב return אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ֣ hˈā הַ the עֹדֵ֔ף ʕōḏˈēf עדף remain לָ lā לְ to † הַ the אִ֖ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] מָֽכַר־ mˈāḵar- מכר sell לֹ֑ו lˈô לְ to וְ wᵊ וְ and שָׁ֖ב šˌāv שׁוב return לַ la לְ to אֲחֻזָּתֹֽו׃ ʔᵃḥuzzāṯˈô אֲחֻזָּה land property
25:27. conputabuntur fructus ex eo tempore quo vendidit et quod reliquum est reddet emptori sicque recipiet possessionem suamThe value of the fruits shall be counted from that time when he sold it. And the overplus he shall restore to the buyer, and so shall receive his possession again.
27. then let him count the years of the sale thereof, and restore the overplus unto the man to whom he sold it; and he shall return unto his possession.
25:27. the produce shall be calculated from that time when he sold it. And what is lacking, he shall repay to the buyer, and so he shall receive his possession.
25:27. Then let him count the years of the sale thereof, and restore the overplus unto the man to whom he sold it; that he may return unto his possession.
Then let him count the years of the sale thereof, and restore the overplus unto the man to whom he sold it; that he may return unto his possession:

27: то пусть он расчислит годы продажи своей и возвратит остальное тому, кому он продал, и вступит опять во владение свое;
25:27
καὶ και and; even
συλλογιεῖται συλλογιζομαι take account together; infer
τὰ ο the
ἔτη ετος year
τῆς ο the
πράσεως πρασις he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἀποδώσει αποδιδωμι render; surrender
ος who; what
ὑπερέχει υπερεχω excel; prevail
τῷ ο the
ἀνθρώπῳ ανθρωπος person; human
ος who; what
ἀπέδοτο αποδιδωμι render; surrender
ἑαυτὸν εαυτου of himself; his own
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἀπελεύσεται απερχομαι go off; go away
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
κατάσχεσιν κατασχεσις holding
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
25:27
וְ wᵊ וְ and
חִשַּׁב֙ ḥiššˌav חשׁב account
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
שְׁנֵ֣י šᵊnˈê שָׁנָה year
מִמְכָּרֹ֔ו mimkārˈô מִמְכָּר what is sold
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הֵשִׁיב֙ hēšîv שׁוב return
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ֣ hˈā הַ the
עֹדֵ֔ף ʕōḏˈēf עדף remain
לָ לְ to
הַ the
אִ֖ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
מָֽכַר־ mˈāḵar- מכר sell
לֹ֑ו lˈô לְ to
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָׁ֖ב šˌāv שׁוב return
לַ la לְ to
אֲחֻזָּתֹֽו׃ ʔᵃḥuzzāṯˈô אֲחֻזָּה land property
25:27. conputabuntur fructus ex eo tempore quo vendidit et quod reliquum est reddet emptori sicque recipiet possessionem suam
The value of the fruits shall be counted from that time when he sold it. And the overplus he shall restore to the buyer, and so shall receive his possession again.
25:27. the produce shall be calculated from that time when he sold it. And what is lacking, he shall repay to the buyer, and so he shall receive his possession.
25:27. Then let him count the years of the sale thereof, and restore the overplus unto the man to whom he sold it; that he may return unto his possession.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:27: Lev 25:50-53
Geneva 1599
25:27 Then let him (n) count the years of the sale thereof, and restore the overplus unto the man to whom he sold it; that he may return unto his possession.
(n) Deducting money for the years past, and paying for the rest of the years to come.
John Gill
25:27 Then let him count the years of the sale thereof,.... How many years had passed since it was sold, how many it had been in the hands of the purchaser, and how many were yet to come to the year of the jubilee, by which means the price of redemption might easily be settled; thus, for instance, if the years were alike and there was just half the time gone, then half of the price it was sold at was repaid to the purchaser; and if not alike, then in proportion to what had passed and were to come:
and restore the overplus unto the man to whom he sold it; for the years that were yet to come; if, as Jarchi says, he has eaten of or enjoyed the fruit of the field three or four years, deduct the price of them from the account, and take the rest; this is the meaning, "and restore the overplus", out of the price of the sale, according to what is eaten, and give it to the buyer: Maimonides (e) explains it thus; that if there were ten years to the year of the jubilee, and the field was sold for an hundred pieces, if he that bought it has eaten of it three years, then the seller that redeems it must give him seventy pieces, and he must restore his field; if he has eaten of it six years, he is to give forty pieces, and the other restores him the field: in the Misnah it is put thus; if he sell it (his field) to the first for an hundred pence, and the first sells it to a second for two hundred, he must not reckon but with the first, as it is said, "unto the man to whom he sold it"; if he sold it to the first for two hundred, and the first sells it to a second for an hundred, he shall not count but with the last, as it is said, "to a man", i.e. to the man which is in the midst of it, or is possessed of it; nor may he sell it for a distant time, that he may redeem it near, nor when in a bad condition, that he may redeem it when in a good one; nor may he borrow to redeem it, nor redeem it by halves (f):
that he may return to his possession; and enjoy it again.
(e) Hilchot Shemittah Vejobel, ut supra, (c. 11.) sect. 5. (f) Misn. Eracin, ut supra. (c. 9. 1.)
John Wesley
25:27 The years of the sale - That is, from the time of the sale to the jubilee. See above, Lev 25:15-16. The overplus - That is, a convenient price for the years from this redemption to the jubilee.
25:2825:28: Ապա թէ ո՛չ գտցի ՚ի ձեռին նորա բաւականն՝ առ ՚ի հատուցանելոյ նմա. եղիցի վաճառ նորա ա՛յնմ որ ստացաւն զնա մինչեւ յամն թողութեան. եւ ելցէ՛ յամին թողութեան, եւ դարձցի՛ անդրէն ՚ի կալուածս իւր։
28 Իսկ եթէ նա այդքան կարողութիւն չունենայ, որ կարողանայ հողի տիրոջը հատուցել փոխարժէքը, ապա վաճառուածը մինչեւ ազատագրման տարին թող պատկանի նրան, ով այն գնել էր: Ազատագրման տարում արտը պէտք է վերադարձուի նախկին տիրոջը:
28 Բայց եթէ անոր ետ տալու կարող չէ, այն ատեն իր ծախած բանը ծախու առնողին ձեռքը պէտք է մնայ մինչեւ Յոբելեան տարին։ Յոբելեան տարին գնողը պիտի ելլէ ու ծախողը իր ստացուածքին պէտք է տիրանայ։
Ապա թէ ոչ գտցի ի ձեռին նորա բաւականն առ ի հատուցանելոյ նմա, եղիցի վաճառ նորա այնմ որ ստացաւն զնա մինչեւ յամն [420]թողութեան. եւ ելցէ յամին [421]թողութեան եւ դարձցի անդրէն ի կալուածս իւր:

25:28: Ապա թէ ո՛չ գտցի ՚ի ձեռին նորա բաւականն՝ առ ՚ի հատուցանելոյ նմա. եղիցի վաճառ նորա ա՛յնմ որ ստացաւն զնա մինչեւ յամն թողութեան. եւ ելցէ՛ յամին թողութեան, եւ դարձցի՛ անդրէն ՚ի կալուածս իւր։
28 Իսկ եթէ նա այդքան կարողութիւն չունենայ, որ կարողանայ հողի տիրոջը հատուցել փոխարժէքը, ապա վաճառուածը մինչեւ ազատագրման տարին թող պատկանի նրան, ով այն գնել էր: Ազատագրման տարում արտը պէտք է վերադարձուի նախկին տիրոջը:
28 Բայց եթէ անոր ետ տալու կարող չէ, այն ատեն իր ծախած բանը ծախու առնողին ձեռքը պէտք է մնայ մինչեւ Յոբելեան տարին։ Յոբելեան տարին գնողը պիտի ելլէ ու ծախողը իր ստացուածքին պէտք է տիրանայ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:2828: если же не найдет рука его, сколько нужно возвратить ему, то проданное им останется в руках покупщика до юбилейного года, а в юбилейный год отойдет оно, и он опять вступит во владение свое.
25:28 ἐὰν εαν and if; unless δὲ δε though; while μὴ μη not εὐπορηθῇ ευπορεω prosper ἡ ο the χεὶρ χειρ hand αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him τὸ ο the ἱκανὸν ικανος adequate; sufficient ὥστε ωστε as such; that ἀποδοῦναι αποδιδωμι render; surrender αὐτῷ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἔσται ειμι be ἡ ο the πρᾶσις πρασις the κτησαμένῳ κταομαι acquire αὐτὰ αυτος he; him ἕως εως till; until τοῦ ο the ἕκτου εκτος.1 sixth ἔτους ετος year τῆς ο the ἀφέσεως αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness καὶ και and; even ἐξελεύσεται εξερχομαι come out; go out τῇ ο the ἀφέσει αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness καὶ και and; even ἀπελεύσεται απερχομαι go off; go away εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the κατάσχεσιν κατασχεσις holding αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
25:28 וְ wᵊ וְ and אִ֨ם ʔˌim אִם if לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not מָֽצְאָ֜ה mˈāṣᵊʔˈā מצא find יָדֹ֗ו yāḏˈô יָד hand דֵּי֮ dˈê דַּי sufficiency הָשִׁ֣יב hāšˈîv שׁוב return לֹו֒ lˌô לְ to וְ wᵊ וְ and הָיָ֣ה hāyˈā היה be מִמְכָּרֹ֗ו mimkārˈô מִמְכָּר what is sold בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יַד֙ yˌaḏ יָד hand הַ ha הַ the קֹּנֶ֣ה qqōnˈeh קנה buy אֹתֹ֔ו ʔōṯˈô אֵת [object marker] עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto שְׁנַ֣ת šᵊnˈaṯ שָׁנָה year הַ ha הַ the יֹּובֵ֑ל yyôvˈēl יֹובֵל ram וְ wᵊ וְ and יָצָא֙ yāṣˌā יצא go out בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the יֹּבֵ֔ל yyōvˈēl יֹובֵל ram וְ wᵊ וְ and שָׁ֖ב šˌāv שׁוב return לַ la לְ to אֲחֻזָּתֹֽו׃ ʔᵃḥuzzāṯˈô אֲחֻזָּה land property
25:28. quod si non invenerit manus eius ut reddat pretium habebit emptor quod emerat usque ad annum iobeleum in ipso enim omnis venditio redit ad dominum et ad possessorem pristinumBut if his hands find not the means to repay the price, the buyer shall have what he bought, until the year of the jubilee. For in that year all that is sold shall return to the owner, and to the ancient possessor.
28. But if he be not able to get it back for himself, then that which he hath sold shall remain in the hand of him that hath bought it until the year of jubile: and in the jubile it shall go out, and he shall return unto his possession.
25:28. But if his hand will not have discovered a way to repay the price, the buyer shall have what he bought, until the year of the Jubilee. For in that year all that has been sold shall return to the owner, and to the original possessor.
25:28. But if he be not able to restore [it] to him, then that which is sold shall remain in the hand of him that hath bought it until the year of jubile: and in the jubile it shall go out, and he shall return unto his possession.
But if he be not able to restore [it] to him, then that which is sold shall remain in the hand of him that hath bought it until the year of jubile: and in the jubile it shall go out, and he shall return unto his possession:

28: если же не найдет рука его, сколько нужно возвратить ему, то проданное им останется в руках покупщика до юбилейного года, а в юбилейный год отойдет оно, и он опять вступит во владение свое.
25:28
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
δὲ δε though; while
μὴ μη not
εὐπορηθῇ ευπορεω prosper
ο the
χεὶρ χειρ hand
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
τὸ ο the
ἱκανὸν ικανος adequate; sufficient
ὥστε ωστε as such; that
ἀποδοῦναι αποδιδωμι render; surrender
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἔσται ειμι be
ο the
πρᾶσις πρασις the
κτησαμένῳ κταομαι acquire
αὐτὰ αυτος he; him
ἕως εως till; until
τοῦ ο the
ἕκτου εκτος.1 sixth
ἔτους ετος year
τῆς ο the
ἀφέσεως αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness
καὶ και and; even
ἐξελεύσεται εξερχομαι come out; go out
τῇ ο the
ἀφέσει αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness
καὶ και and; even
ἀπελεύσεται απερχομαι go off; go away
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
κατάσχεσιν κατασχεσις holding
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
25:28
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אִ֨ם ʔˌim אִם if
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
מָֽצְאָ֜ה mˈāṣᵊʔˈā מצא find
יָדֹ֗ו yāḏˈô יָד hand
דֵּי֮ dˈê דַּי sufficiency
הָשִׁ֣יב hāšˈîv שׁוב return
לֹו֒ lˌô לְ to
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָיָ֣ה hāyˈā היה be
מִמְכָּרֹ֗ו mimkārˈô מִמְכָּר what is sold
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יַד֙ yˌaḏ יָד hand
הַ ha הַ the
קֹּנֶ֣ה qqōnˈeh קנה buy
אֹתֹ֔ו ʔōṯˈô אֵת [object marker]
עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto
שְׁנַ֣ת šᵊnˈaṯ שָׁנָה year
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּובֵ֑ל yyôvˈēl יֹובֵל ram
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָצָא֙ yāṣˌā יצא go out
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
יֹּבֵ֔ל yyōvˈēl יֹובֵל ram
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָׁ֖ב šˌāv שׁוב return
לַ la לְ to
אֲחֻזָּתֹֽו׃ ʔᵃḥuzzāṯˈô אֲחֻזָּה land property
25:28. quod si non invenerit manus eius ut reddat pretium habebit emptor quod emerat usque ad annum iobeleum in ipso enim omnis venditio redit ad dominum et ad possessorem pristinum
But if his hands find not the means to repay the price, the buyer shall have what he bought, until the year of the jubilee. For in that year all that is sold shall return to the owner, and to the ancient possessor.
25:28. But if his hand will not have discovered a way to repay the price, the buyer shall have what he bought, until the year of the Jubilee. For in that year all that has been sold shall return to the owner, and to the original possessor.
25:28. But if he be not able to restore [it] to him, then that which is sold shall remain in the hand of him that hath bought it until the year of jubile: and in the jubile it shall go out, and he shall return unto his possession.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
25:28: It shall go out - i. e. it shall be set free.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:28: and in the: Lev 25:13
he shall: Isa 35:9, Isa 35:10; Jer 32:15; Co1 15:52-54; Th1 4:13-18; Pe1 1:4, Pe1 1:5
Geneva 1599
25:28 But if he be not able to restore [it] to him, then that which is sold shall remain in the hand of him that hath bought it until the year of jubile: and in the jubile it shall go (o) out, and he shall return unto his possession.
(o) From his hand that bought it.
John Gill
25:28 But if he be not able to restore it to him,.... The overplus, or give him what is in proportion to the time he has had it, and yet to come:
then that which is sold shall remain in the hand of him that bought it until the year of the jubilee; continue in his possession, and he shall enjoy all the benefit of it till that year comes:
and in the jubilee it shall go out: out of his hands or possession; or "he shall go out" (g), the purchaser shall go out of what he has bought, and shall have no more possession of it, but it shall come into the hands of the seller, and that without money, as the Targum of Jonathan adds:
and he shall return unto his possession; the seller, and enter upon it and enjoy it as his own property, as before he sold it.
(g) "discedet emptor", Junius & Tremellius.
John Wesley
25:28 Go out - That is, out of the buyer's hand, without any redemption money.
25:2925:29: Եւ եթէ վաճեռեսցէ ոք տո՛ւն բնակութեան ՚ի պարսպաւո՛ր քաղաքի. եղիցին փրկանք նորա մինչեւ ՚ի կատարել տարւոյն աւուրցն վաճառի նորա. օրաթուի՛ լինիցին փրկանք նորա։
29 Եթէ որեւէ մէկը վաճառի պարսպապատ քաղաքում գտնուող մի բնակելի տուն, ապա նա կարող է այն յետ գնել վաճառքի օրուանից յետոյ մէկ տարուայ ընթացքում: Մէկ տարուայ ընթացքում պէտք է լինի յետգնումը:
29 Եթէ մէկը պարսպապատ քաղաքի մը մէջ բնակարան մը ծախէ, ծախելէն վերջ տարուան մը ընթացքին գինը վճարելով կրնայ ետ առնել։
Եւ եթէ վաճառեսցէ ոք տուն բնակութեան ի պարսպաւոր քաղաքի, եղիցին փրկանք նորա մինչեւ ի կատարել տարւոյն աւուրցն վաճառի նորա. օրաթուի լինիցին փրկանք նորա:

25:29: Եւ եթէ վաճեռեսցէ ոք տո՛ւն բնակութեան ՚ի պարսպաւո՛ր քաղաքի. եղիցին փրկանք նորա մինչեւ ՚ի կատարել տարւոյն աւուրցն վաճառի նորա. օրաթուի՛ լինիցին փրկանք նորա։
29 Եթէ որեւէ մէկը վաճառի պարսպապատ քաղաքում գտնուող մի բնակելի տուն, ապա նա կարող է այն յետ գնել վաճառքի օրուանից յետոյ մէկ տարուայ ընթացքում: Մէկ տարուայ ընթացքում պէտք է լինի յետգնումը:
29 Եթէ մէկը պարսպապատ քաղաքի մը մէջ բնակարան մը ծախէ, ծախելէն վերջ տարուան մը ընթացքին գինը վճարելով կրնայ ետ առնել։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:2929: Если кто продаст жилой дом в городе, [огражденном] стеною, то выкупить его можно до истечения года от продажи его: в течение года выкупить его можно;
25:29 ἐὰν εαν and if; unless δέ δε though; while τις τις anyone; someone ἀποδῶται αποδιδωμι render; surrender οἰκίαν οικια house; household οἰκητὴν οικητος in πόλει πολις city τετειχισμένῃ τειχιζω and; even ἔσται ειμι be ἡ ο the λύτρωσις λυτρωσις ransoming; redemption αὐτῆς αυτος he; him ἕως εως till; until πληρωθῇ πληροω fulfill; fill ἐνιαυτὸς ενιαυτος cycle; period ἡμερῶν ημερα day ἔσται ειμι be ἡ ο the λύτρωσις λυτρωσις ransoming; redemption αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
25:29 וְ wᵊ וְ and אִ֗ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that יִמְכֹּ֤ר yimkˈōr מכר sell בֵּית־ bêṯ- בַּיִת house מֹושַׁב֙ môšˌav מֹושָׁב seat עִ֣יר ʕˈîr עִיר town חֹומָ֔ה ḥômˈā חֹומָה wall וְ wᵊ וְ and הָיְתָה֙ hāyᵊṯˌā היה be גְּאֻלָּתֹ֔ו gᵊʔullāṯˈô גְּאֻלָּה right of buying back עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto תֹּ֖ם tˌōm תמם be complete שְׁנַ֣ת šᵊnˈaṯ שָׁנָה year מִמְכָּרֹ֑ו mimkārˈô מִמְכָּר what is sold יָמִ֖ים yāmˌîm יֹום day תִּהְיֶ֥ה tihyˌeh היה be גְאֻלָּתֹֽו׃ ḡᵊʔullāṯˈô גְּאֻלָּה right of buying back
25:29. qui vendiderit domum intra urbis muros habebit licentiam redimendi donec unus impleatur annusHe that selleth a house within the walls of a city, shall have the liberty to redeem it, until one year be expired.
29. And if a man sell a dwelling house in a walled city, then he may redeem it within a whole year after it is sold; for a full year shall he have the right of redemption.
25:29. Whoever will have sold a house within the walls of a city shall have the freedom to redeem it, until one year has been completed.
25:29. And if a man sell a dwelling house in a walled city, then he may redeem it within a whole year after it is sold; [within] a full year may he redeem it.
And if a man sell a dwelling house in a walled city, then he may redeem it within a whole year after it is sold; [within] a full year may he redeem it:

29: Если кто продаст жилой дом в городе, [огражденном] стеною, то выкупить его можно до истечения года от продажи его: в течение года выкупить его можно;
25:29
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
δέ δε though; while
τις τις anyone; someone
ἀποδῶται αποδιδωμι render; surrender
οἰκίαν οικια house; household
οἰκητὴν οικητος in
πόλει πολις city
τετειχισμένῃ τειχιζω and; even
ἔσται ειμι be
ο the
λύτρωσις λυτρωσις ransoming; redemption
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
ἕως εως till; until
πληρωθῇ πληροω fulfill; fill
ἐνιαυτὸς ενιαυτος cycle; period
ἡμερῶν ημερα day
ἔσται ειμι be
ο the
λύτρωσις λυτρωσις ransoming; redemption
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
25:29
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אִ֗ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
יִמְכֹּ֤ר yimkˈōr מכר sell
בֵּית־ bêṯ- בַּיִת house
מֹושַׁב֙ môšˌav מֹושָׁב seat
עִ֣יר ʕˈîr עִיר town
חֹומָ֔ה ḥômˈā חֹומָה wall
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָיְתָה֙ hāyᵊṯˌā היה be
גְּאֻלָּתֹ֔ו gᵊʔullāṯˈô גְּאֻלָּה right of buying back
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
תֹּ֖ם tˌōm תמם be complete
שְׁנַ֣ת šᵊnˈaṯ שָׁנָה year
מִמְכָּרֹ֑ו mimkārˈô מִמְכָּר what is sold
יָמִ֖ים yāmˌîm יֹום day
תִּהְיֶ֥ה tihyˌeh היה be
גְאֻלָּתֹֽו׃ ḡᵊʔullāṯˈô גְּאֻלָּה right of buying back
25:29. qui vendiderit domum intra urbis muros habebit licentiam redimendi donec unus impleatur annus
He that selleth a house within the walls of a city, shall have the liberty to redeem it, until one year be expired.
25:29. Whoever will have sold a house within the walls of a city shall have the freedom to redeem it, until one year has been completed.
25:29. And if a man sell a dwelling house in a walled city, then he may redeem it within a whole year after it is sold; [within] a full year may he redeem it.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
29-34: Наравне с полем в отношении к праву выкупа и возврата в юбилейный год закон поставляет дома в селениях, не имеющих крепкой искусственной ограды. Селения и дома в них тесно связаны с землею, и потому «дома в селениях должно считать наравне с полем земли; выкупать их (всегда, — LXX, слав.) можно, и в юбилей они отходят» (ст. 31). Напротив, в отношении домов в городах, огражденных стеною, право выкупа ограничено одним годом, а существенный закон о неотчуждаемости недвижимой собственности на эти дома (имевшие характер доходных, спекулятивных построек) вовсе не простирается (ст. 29–30). В ст. 30: в евр. т. в выражении bair ascher lo choma — lo не есть отрицание «не», как по принятому чтению масоретского т., но, согласно самаританск. и др. переводам, lo = ему (городу). Покупка дома в городе ни мало не изменяла первоначального разделения земли (под городами, огражденными стеною, традиция разумеет, бывшие такими при И. Навине); притом имущественные интересы в городе вообще выходили за пределы колен, наконец, в городах жило немало иностранцев, делать которых участниками привилегий юбилейного года не было оснований.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
25:29: Sell a dwelling house in a walled city - A very proper difference is put between houses in a city and houses in the country. If a man sold his house in the city, he might redeem it any time in the course of a year; but if it were not redeemed within that time, it could no more be redeemed, nor did it go out even in the jubilee. It was not so with a house in the country; such a house might be redeemed during any part of the interim; and if not redeemed, must go out at the jubilee. The reason in both cases is sufficiently evident; the house in the city might be built for purposes of trade or traffic merely, the house in the country was built on or attached to the inheritance which God had divided to the respective families, and it was therefore absolutely necessary that the same law should apply to the house as to the inheritance. But the same necessity did not hold good with respect to the house in the city: and as we may presume the house in the city was merely for the purpose of trade, when a man bought such a house, and got his business established there, it would have been very inconvenient for him to have removed; but as it was possible that the former owner might have sold the house rashly, or through the pressure of some very urgent necessity, a year was allowed him, that during that time he might have leisure to reconsider his rash act, or so to get through his pressing necessity as to be able to get back his dwelling. This time was sufficiently long in either of the above cases; and as such occurrences might have been the cause of his selling his house, it was necessary that he might have the opportunity of redeeming his pledge. Again, as the purchaser, having bought the house merely for the purpose of trade, manufacture, etc., must have been at great pains and expense to fit the place for his work, and establish his business, in which himself, his children, and his children's children, were to labor and get their bread; hence it was necessary that he should have some certainty of permanent possession, without which, we may naturally conjecture, no such purchases ever would be made. This seems to be the simple reason of the law in both cases.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:29: A very proper difference is here made between houses in a city and houses in the country. The former might be redeemed any time in the course of a year; but after that time could not be redeemed, or go out with the Jubilee. the latter might be redeemed at any time; and if not redeemed must go out with the jubilee. The reason in both cases is sufficiently evident; the house in the city might be built merely for the purposes of trade or traffic - the house in the country was builded on, or attached to, the inheritance which God had divided to the respective families. It was therefore necessary that the same law should apply to the house as to the inheritance; which necessity did not exist with regard to the house in the city. And, as the house in the city might be purchased for the purpose of trade, it would be very inconvenient for the purchaser, when his business was established, to be obliged to remove.
John Gill
25:29 And if a man sell a dwelling house in a walled city,.... Which was so from the days of Joshua the son of Nun, as Jarchi:
then he may redeem it within a whole year after it is sold: any time within the year he pleased, either he or any near of kin to him; and if they would, on the day it was sold, or any time after within the compass of the year, even on the day in which the year ended; in this such an house differed from fields, which could not be redeemed under two years; see Gill on Lev 25:15,
within a full year may he redeem it; from the time it was sold, paying what it was sold for: this is to be understood, Maimonides (h) says, of a solar year, which consists of three hundred sixty five days, and within this space of time such an house might be redeemed.
(h) In Misn. Eracin, c. 9. sect. 3.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
25:29 if a man sell a dwelling house in a walled city, then he may redeem it within a whole year after it is sold--All sales of houses were subject to the same condition. But there was a difference between the houses of villages (which, being connected with agriculture, were treated as parts of the land) and houses possessed by trading people or foreigners in walled towns, which could only be redeemed within the year after the sale; if not then redeemed, these did not revert to the former owner at the Jubilee.
25:3025:30: Ապա թէ ո՛չ փրկիցի՝ մինչեւ լնուցու նորա տարին ողջոյն, հաստատեսցի՛ տունն որ իցէ ՚ի պարսպաւո՛ր քաղաքի հաստատութեամբ ստացողին իւրոյ յազգս իւր. եւ ելցէ ՚ի թողութեանն[1142]։ [1142] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Եւ մի՛ ելցէ ՚ի թողութեանն։
30 Իսկ եթէ վաճառողը մէկ տարուայ ընթացքում ի վիճակի չլինի այն յետ գնելու, ապա պարսպապատ քաղաքի մէջ եղած տունը թող առյաւէտ պատկանի գնողին՝ իբրեւ իր ու իր սերունդների սեփականութիւն: Դա յետ գնելու ենթակայ չէ անգամ ազատագրման տարում:
30 Եթէ մէկ տարուան ընթացքին չկարենայ վճարելով ետ առնել, այն ատեն պարսպապատ քաղաքին մէջ եղած բնակարանը ծախու առնողին եւ իր սերունդին պիտի մնայ։ Յոբելեան տարին այդ տունը ետ պիտի չտրուի։
Ապա թէ ոչ փրկիցի մինչեւ լնուցու նորա տարին ողջոյն, հաստատեսցի տունն որ իցէ ի պարսպաւոր քաղաքի հաստատութեամբ` ստացողին իւրոյ յազգս իւր. եւ մի՛ ելցէ ի [422]թողութեանն:

25:30: Ապա թէ ո՛չ փրկիցի՝ մինչեւ լնուցու նորա տարին ողջոյն, հաստատեսցի՛ տունն որ իցէ ՚ի պարսպաւո՛ր քաղաքի հաստատութեամբ ստացողին իւրոյ յազգս իւր. եւ ելցէ ՚ի թողութեանն[1142]։
[1142] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Եւ մի՛ ելցէ ՚ի թողութեանն։
30 Իսկ եթէ վաճառողը մէկ տարուայ ընթացքում ի վիճակի չլինի այն յետ գնելու, ապա պարսպապատ քաղաքի մէջ եղած տունը թող առյաւէտ պատկանի գնողին՝ իբրեւ իր ու իր սերունդների սեփականութիւն: Դա յետ գնելու ենթակայ չէ անգամ ազատագրման տարում:
30 Եթէ մէկ տարուան ընթացքին չկարենայ վճարելով ետ առնել, այն ատեն պարսպապատ քաղաքին մէջ եղած բնակարանը ծախու առնողին եւ իր սերունդին պիտի մնայ։ Յոբելեան տարին այդ տունը ետ պիտի չտրուի։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:3030: если же не будет он выкуплен до истечения целого года, то дом, который в городе, имеющем стену, останется навсегда у купившего его в роды его, и в юбилей не отойдет [от него].
25:30 ἐὰν εαν and if; unless δὲ δε though; while μὴ μη not λυτρωθῇ λυτροω ransom ἕως εως till; until ἂν αν perhaps; ever πληρωθῇ πληροω fulfill; fill αὐτῆς αυτος he; him ἐνιαυτὸς ενιαυτος cycle; period ὅλος ολος whole; wholly κυρωθήσεται κυροω ratify; confirm ἡ ο the οἰκία οικια house; household ἡ ο the οὖσα ειμι be ἐν εν in πόλει πολις city τῇ ο the ἐχούσῃ εχω have; hold τεῖχος τειχος wall βεβαίως βεβαιως the κτησαμένῳ κταομαι acquire αὐτὴν αυτος he; him εἰς εις into; for τὰς ο the γενεὰς γενεα generation αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even οὐκ ου not ἐξελεύσεται εξερχομαι come out; go out ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἀφέσει αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness
25:30 וְ wᵊ וְ and אִ֣ם ʔˈim אִם if לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not יִגָּאֵ֗ל yiggāʔˈēl גאל redeem עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto מְלֹ֣את mᵊlˈōṯ מלא be full לֹו֮ lˈô לְ to שָׁנָ֣ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year תְמִימָה֒ ṯᵊmîmˌā תָּמִים complete וְ֠ wᵊ וְ and קָם qˌām קום arise הַ ha הַ the בַּ֨יִת bbˌayiṯ בַּיִת house אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the עִ֜יר ʕˈîr עִיר town אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] לֹ֣ולא *lˈô לְ to חֹמָ֗ה ḥōmˈā חֹומָה wall לַ la לְ to † הַ the צְּמִיתֻ֛ת ṣṣᵊmîṯˈuṯ צְמִתֻת forfeiture לַ la לְ to † הַ the קֹּנֶ֥ה qqōnˌeh קנה buy אֹתֹ֖ו ʔōṯˌô אֵת [object marker] לְ lᵊ לְ to דֹרֹתָ֑יו ḏōrōṯˈāʸw דֹּור generation לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not יֵצֵ֖א yēṣˌē יצא go out בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the יֹּבֵֽל׃ yyōvˈēl יֹובֵל ram
25:30. si non redemerit et anni circulus fuerit evolutus emptor possidebit eam et posteri eius in perpetuum et redimi non poterit etiam in iobeleoIf he redeem it not, and the whole year be fully out, the buyer shall possess it, and his posterity for ever, and it cannot be redeemed, not even in the jubilee.
30. And if it be not redeemed within the space of a full year, then the house that is in the walled city shall be made sure in perpetuity to him that bought it, throughout his generations: it shall not go out in the jubile.
25:30. If he has not redeemed it, and the year will have turned full circle, the buyer and his posterity shall possess it, in perpetuity, and it is not able to be redeemed, even in the Jubilee.
25:30. And if it be not redeemed within the space of a full year, then the house that [is] in the walled city shall be established for ever to him that bought it throughout his generations: it shall not go out in the jubile.
And if it be not redeemed within the space of a full year, then the house that [is] in the walled city shall be established for ever to him that bought it throughout his generations: it shall not go out in the jubile:

30: если же не будет он выкуплен до истечения целого года, то дом, который в городе, имеющем стену, останется навсегда у купившего его в роды его, и в юбилей не отойдет [от него].
25:30
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
δὲ δε though; while
μὴ μη not
λυτρωθῇ λυτροω ransom
ἕως εως till; until
ἂν αν perhaps; ever
πληρωθῇ πληροω fulfill; fill
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
ἐνιαυτὸς ενιαυτος cycle; period
ὅλος ολος whole; wholly
κυρωθήσεται κυροω ratify; confirm
ο the
οἰκία οικια house; household
ο the
οὖσα ειμι be
ἐν εν in
πόλει πολις city
τῇ ο the
ἐχούσῃ εχω have; hold
τεῖχος τειχος wall
βεβαίως βεβαιως the
κτησαμένῳ κταομαι acquire
αὐτὴν αυτος he; him
εἰς εις into; for
τὰς ο the
γενεὰς γενεα generation
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
οὐκ ου not
ἐξελεύσεται εξερχομαι come out; go out
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἀφέσει αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness
25:30
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אִ֣ם ʔˈim אִם if
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
יִגָּאֵ֗ל yiggāʔˈēl גאל redeem
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
מְלֹ֣את mᵊlˈōṯ מלא be full
לֹו֮ lˈô לְ to
שָׁנָ֣ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year
תְמִימָה֒ ṯᵊmîmˌā תָּמִים complete
וְ֠ wᵊ וְ and
קָם qˌām קום arise
הַ ha הַ the
בַּ֨יִת bbˌayiṯ בַּיִת house
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
עִ֜יר ʕˈîr עִיר town
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
לֹ֣ולא
*lˈô לְ to
חֹמָ֗ה ḥōmˈā חֹומָה wall
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
צְּמִיתֻ֛ת ṣṣᵊmîṯˈuṯ צְמִתֻת forfeiture
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
קֹּנֶ֥ה qqōnˌeh קנה buy
אֹתֹ֖ו ʔōṯˌô אֵת [object marker]
לְ lᵊ לְ to
דֹרֹתָ֑יו ḏōrōṯˈāʸw דֹּור generation
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
יֵצֵ֖א yēṣˌē יצא go out
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
יֹּבֵֽל׃ yyōvˈēl יֹובֵל ram
25:30. si non redemerit et anni circulus fuerit evolutus emptor possidebit eam et posteri eius in perpetuum et redimi non poterit etiam in iobeleo
If he redeem it not, and the whole year be fully out, the buyer shall possess it, and his posterity for ever, and it cannot be redeemed, not even in the jubilee.
25:30. If he has not redeemed it, and the year will have turned full circle, the buyer and his posterity shall possess it, in perpetuity, and it is not able to be redeemed, even in the Jubilee.
25:30. And if it be not redeemed within the space of a full year, then the house that [is] in the walled city shall be established for ever to him that bought it throughout his generations: it shall not go out in the jubile.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
25:30: Not go out - Because most of the houses in cities were occupied by artificers and traders whose wealth did not consist in lands.
Geneva 1599
25:30 And if it be not redeemed within the space of a full year, then the house that [is] in the walled city shall be established (p) for ever to him that bought it throughout his generations: it shall not go out in the jubile.
(p) That is, for ever, read (Lev 25:23).
John Gill
25:30 And if it be not redeemed within the space of a full year,.... Either by the seller or any man of kin to him:
then the house that is in the walled city shall be established for ever to him that bought it, throughout his generation; after twelve months were elapsed it was not redeemable by any, but to be held by the purchaser and his heirs for ever:
Tit shall not go out in the jubilee; from the purchaser or his heirs, to the seller or his heirs; for houses were not like lands, the gift of God, and held under him, but were built by men, and were their absolute property, and therefore they could dispose of them, and they that bought them could hold them after the above mentioned time; nor was there any danger of confounding tribes and families by retaining them: this law was made to encourage persons to settle in walled towns, to make and keep them populous, and to make owners of them careful not to sell them: the Jewish canon is this; when the day of the twelfth month is come, and it (the house) is not redeemed, it is absolutely his, whether he bought it or whether it was given him, as it is said, Lev 25:30; and if in the beginning of the day of the twelfth month he (the purchaser) hides himself, that it may be confirmed to him or be his absolutely; Hillel, the elder, ordered that he (the seller) should put his money in the chamber (belonging to the sanhedrim) and break open the door, and go in; and when he would, he (the purchaser) might come, and take his money (i); but otherwise, if he suffers this time to pass it is irredeemable, nor will the year of jubilee help him: the Jews except the city of Jerusalem from this law, because, they say, that does not belong to any tribe (k).
(i) Misn. Eracin, c. 9. sect. 4. (k) T. Bab. Bava Kama, fol. 82. 2.
John Wesley
25:30 It shall not go out - The reasons before alledged for lands do not hold in such houses; there was no danger of confusion in tribes or families by the alienation of houses. The seller also had a greater propriety in houses than in lands, as being commonly built by the owner's cost and diligence, and therefore had a fuller power to dispose of them. Besides, God would hereby encourage persons to buy and possess houses in such places, as frequency and fulness of inhabitants in cities, was a great strength, honour and advantage to the whole land.
25:3125:31: Իսկ տո՛ւնք, որ յաւա՛նս իցեն, որոց պարիսպ ո՛չ իցէ շուրջանակի, ընդ ա՛նդս երկրի համարեսցին, եւ հանապա՛զ ընդ փրկանօք լիցին. եւ ՚ի թողութեանն ելցե՛ն[1143]։ [1143] Այլք. Ոչ գուցէ շուրջանակի.. ընդ փրկանօք լինիցին։
31[60] Պարիսպ չունեցող աւաններում գտնուող տները թող ագարակներ համարուեն: Դրանք միշտ ենթակայ են յետգնման, եւ այնտեղ բնակուողները ազատագրման տարում պէտք է դուրս գան:[60] 60. Այլ բնագրերում՝ տարբեր տնատում:
31 Բայց պարսպապատ չեղող գիւղաքաղաքներուն տուները երկրին արտերուն պէս պիտի սեպուին։ Անոնք կրնան փրկուիլ եւ Յոբելեան տարին պէտք է վերադարձուին։
Իսկ տունք, որ յաւանս իցեն, որոց պարիսպ ոչ գուցէ շուրջանակի, ընդ անդս երկրի համարեսցին, եւ հանապազ ընդ փրկանօք լինիցին. եւ ի [423]թողութեանն ելցեն:

25:31: Իսկ տո՛ւնք, որ յաւա՛նս իցեն, որոց պարիսպ ո՛չ իցէ շուրջանակի, ընդ ա՛նդս երկրի համարեսցին, եւ հանապա՛զ ընդ փրկանօք լիցին. եւ ՚ի թողութեանն ելցե՛ն[1143]։
[1143] Այլք. Ոչ գուցէ շուրջանակի.. ընդ փրկանօք լինիցին։
31[60] Պարիսպ չունեցող աւաններում գտնուող տները թող ագարակներ համարուեն: Դրանք միշտ ենթակայ են յետգնման, եւ այնտեղ բնակուողները ազատագրման տարում պէտք է դուրս գան:
[60] 60. Այլ բնագրերում՝ տարբեր տնատում:
31 Բայց պարսպապատ չեղող գիւղաքաղաքներուն տուները երկրին արտերուն պէս պիտի սեպուին։ Անոնք կրնան փրկուիլ եւ Յոբելեան տարին պէտք է վերադարձուին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:3131: А домы в селениях, вокруг которых нет стены, должно считать наравне с полем земли: выкупать их можно, и в юбилей они отходят.
25:31 αἱ ο the δὲ δε though; while οἰκίαι οικια house; household αἱ ο the ἐν εν in ἐπαύλεσιν επαυλις lodge αἷς ος who; what οὐκ ου not ἔστιν ειμι be ἐν εν in αὐταῖς αυτος he; him τεῖχος τειχος wall κύκλῳ κυκλω circling; in a circle πρὸς προς to; toward τὸν ο the ἀγρὸν αγρος field τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land λογισθήτωσαν λογιζομαι account; count λυτρωταὶ λυτρωτης ransomer; redeemer διὰ δια through; because of παντὸς πας all; every ἔσονται ειμι be καὶ και and; even ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἀφέσει αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness ἐξελεύσονται εξερχομαι come out; go out
25:31 וּ û וְ and בָתֵּ֣י vāttˈê בַּיִת house הַ ha הַ the חֲצֵרִ֗ים ḥᵃṣērˈîm חָצֵר court אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אֵין־ ʔên- אַיִן [NEG] לָהֶ֤ם lāhˈem לְ to חֹמָה֙ ḥōmˌā חֹומָה wall סָבִ֔יב sāvˈîv סָבִיב surrounding עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon שְׂדֵ֥ה śᵊḏˌē שָׂדֶה open field הָ hā הַ the אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth יֵחָשֵׁ֑ב yēḥāšˈēv חשׁב account גְּאֻלָּה֙ gᵊʔullˌā גְּאֻלָּה right of buying back תִּהְיֶה־ tihyeh- היה be לֹּ֔ו llˈô לְ to וּ û וְ and בַ va בְּ in † הַ the יֹּבֵ֖ל yyōvˌēl יֹובֵל ram יֵצֵֽא׃ yēṣˈē יצא go out
25:31. sin autem in villa fuerit domus quae muros non habet agrorum iure vendetur si ante redempta non fuerit in iobeleo revertetur ad dominumBut if the house be in a village, that hath no walls, it shall be sold according to the same law as the fields. If it be not redeemed before, in the jubilee it shall return to the owner.
31. But the houses of the villages which have no wall round about them shall be reckoned with the fields of the country: they may be redeemed, and they shall go out in the jubile.
25:31. But if the house is in a village, which has no walls, it shall be sold by the law of the fields. If it has not been redeemed beforehand, then in the Jubilee it shall return to the owner.
25:31. But the houses of the villages which have no wall round about them shall be counted as the fields of the country: they may be redeemed, and they shall go out in the jubile.
But the houses of the villages which have no wall round about them shall be counted as the fields of the country: they may be redeemed, and they shall go out in the jubile:

31: А домы в селениях, вокруг которых нет стены, должно считать наравне с полем земли: выкупать их можно, и в юбилей они отходят.
25:31
αἱ ο the
δὲ δε though; while
οἰκίαι οικια house; household
αἱ ο the
ἐν εν in
ἐπαύλεσιν επαυλις lodge
αἷς ος who; what
οὐκ ου not
ἔστιν ειμι be
ἐν εν in
αὐταῖς αυτος he; him
τεῖχος τειχος wall
κύκλῳ κυκλω circling; in a circle
πρὸς προς to; toward
τὸν ο the
ἀγρὸν αγρος field
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
λογισθήτωσαν λογιζομαι account; count
λυτρωταὶ λυτρωτης ransomer; redeemer
διὰ δια through; because of
παντὸς πας all; every
ἔσονται ειμι be
καὶ και and; even
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἀφέσει αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness
ἐξελεύσονται εξερχομαι come out; go out
25:31
וּ û וְ and
בָתֵּ֣י vāttˈê בַּיִת house
הַ ha הַ the
חֲצֵרִ֗ים ḥᵃṣērˈîm חָצֵר court
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אֵין־ ʔên- אַיִן [NEG]
לָהֶ֤ם lāhˈem לְ to
חֹמָה֙ ḥōmˌā חֹומָה wall
סָבִ֔יב sāvˈîv סָבִיב surrounding
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
שְׂדֵ֥ה śᵊḏˌē שָׂדֶה open field
הָ הַ the
אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
יֵחָשֵׁ֑ב yēḥāšˈēv חשׁב account
גְּאֻלָּה֙ gᵊʔullˌā גְּאֻלָּה right of buying back
תִּהְיֶה־ tihyeh- היה be
לֹּ֔ו llˈô לְ to
וּ û וְ and
בַ va בְּ in
הַ the
יֹּבֵ֖ל yyōvˌēl יֹובֵל ram
יֵצֵֽא׃ yēṣˈē יצא go out
25:31. sin autem in villa fuerit domus quae muros non habet agrorum iure vendetur si ante redempta non fuerit in iobeleo revertetur ad dominum
But if the house be in a village, that hath no walls, it shall be sold according to the same law as the fields. If it be not redeemed before, in the jubilee it shall return to the owner.
25:31. But if the house is in a village, which has no walls, it shall be sold by the law of the fields. If it has not been redeemed beforehand, then in the Jubilee it shall return to the owner.
25:31. But the houses of the villages which have no wall round about them shall be counted as the fields of the country: they may be redeemed, and they shall go out in the jubile.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:31: they may be redeemed: Heb. redemption belongeth unto it, Psa 49:7, Psa 49:8
John Gill
25:31 But the houses of the villages, which have no walls round about them,.... As there were many in the days of Joshua, the Scripture speaks of: the Jews suppose that such are meant, even though they were afterwards walled:
shall be counted as the fields of the country; and subject to the same law as they:
they may be redeemed; at any time before the year of jubilee, and if not, then
they shall go out in the jubilee; to the original owners of them, freely, as Jarchi says, without paying anything for them.
John Wesley
25:31 In the villages - Because they belonged to and were necessary for the management of the lands.
25:3225:32: Եւ ՚ի քաղաքս Ղեւտացւոց տունք, որ ՚ի քաղաքս կալուածոց նոցա իցեն, ընդ փրկանօք լինիցին հանապազ որ ՚ի մէջ Ղեւտացւոցն իցէ։
32 Ղեւտացիների քաղաքներում գտնուող տները, որոնք նրանց կալուածքներն են այդ քաղաքում, կարող են միշտ յետ գնուել ղեւտացիների կողմից:
32 Սակայն Ղեւտացիներու քաղաքներուն մէջ իրենց սեփական քաղաքներուն մէջի իրենց տուները Ղեւտացին կրնայ ոեւէ ատեն գինը վճարելով ետ առնել*։
Եւ ի քաղաքս Ղեւտացւոց տունք որ ի քաղաքս կալուածոց նոցա իցեն` ընդ փրկանօք լինիցին հանապազ [424]որ ի մէջ Ղեւտացւոցն իցէ:

25:32: Եւ ՚ի քաղաքս Ղեւտացւոց տունք, որ ՚ի քաղաքս կալուածոց նոցա իցեն, ընդ փրկանօք լինիցին հանապազ որ ՚ի մէջ Ղեւտացւոցն իցէ։
32 Ղեւտացիների քաղաքներում գտնուող տները, որոնք նրանց կալուածքներն են այդ քաղաքում, կարող են միշտ յետ գնուել ղեւտացիների կողմից:
32 Սակայն Ղեւտացիներու քաղաքներուն մէջ իրենց սեփական քաղաքներուն մէջի իրենց տուները Ղեւտացին կրնայ ոեւէ ատեն գինը վճարելով ետ առնել*։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:3232: А города левитов, домы в городах владения их, левитам всегда можно выкупать;
25:32 καὶ και and; even αἱ ο the πόλεις πολις city τῶν ο the Λευιτῶν λευιτης Leuΐtēs; Leitis οἰκίαι οικια house; household τῶν ο the πόλεων πολις city αὐτῶν αυτος he; him κατασχέσεως κατασχεσις holding λυτρωταὶ λυτρωτης ransomer; redeemer διὰ δια through; because of παντὸς πας all; every ἔσονται ειμι be τοῖς ο the Λευίταις λευιτης Leuΐtēs; Leitis
25:32 וְ wᵊ וְ and עָרֵי֙ ʕārˌê עִיר town הַ ha הַ the לְוִיִּ֔ם lᵊwiyyˈim לֵוִי Levite בָּתֵּ֖י bāttˌê בַּיִת house עָרֵ֣י ʕārˈê עִיר town אֲחֻזָּתָ֑ם ʔᵃḥuzzāṯˈām אֲחֻזָּה land property גְּאֻלַּ֥ת gᵊʔullˌaṯ גְּאֻלָּה right of buying back עֹולָ֖ם ʕôlˌām עֹולָם eternity תִּהְיֶ֥ה tihyˌeh היה be לַ la לְ to † הַ the לְוִיִּֽם׃ lᵊwiyyˈim לֵוִי Levite
25:32. aedes Levitarum quae in urbibus sunt semper possunt redimiThe houses of Levites, which are in cities, may always be redeemed.
32. Nevertheless the cities of the Levites, the houses of the cities of their possession, may the Levites redeem at any time.
25:32. The buildings of the Levites, which are in the cities, are always able to be redeemed.
25:32. Notwithstanding the cities of the Levites, [and] the houses of the cities of their possession, may the Levites redeem at any time.
Notwithstanding the cities of the Levites, [and] the houses of the cities of their possession, may the Levites redeem at any time:

32: А города левитов, домы в городах владения их, левитам всегда можно выкупать;
25:32
καὶ και and; even
αἱ ο the
πόλεις πολις city
τῶν ο the
Λευιτῶν λευιτης Leuΐtēs; Leitis
οἰκίαι οικια house; household
τῶν ο the
πόλεων πολις city
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
κατασχέσεως κατασχεσις holding
λυτρωταὶ λυτρωτης ransomer; redeemer
διὰ δια through; because of
παντὸς πας all; every
ἔσονται ειμι be
τοῖς ο the
Λευίταις λευιτης Leuΐtēs; Leitis
25:32
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עָרֵי֙ ʕārˌê עִיר town
הַ ha הַ the
לְוִיִּ֔ם lᵊwiyyˈim לֵוִי Levite
בָּתֵּ֖י bāttˌê בַּיִת house
עָרֵ֣י ʕārˈê עִיר town
אֲחֻזָּתָ֑ם ʔᵃḥuzzāṯˈām אֲחֻזָּה land property
גְּאֻלַּ֥ת gᵊʔullˌaṯ גְּאֻלָּה right of buying back
עֹולָ֖ם ʕôlˌām עֹולָם eternity
תִּהְיֶ֥ה tihyˌeh היה be
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
לְוִיִּֽם׃ lᵊwiyyˈim לֵוִי Levite
25:32. aedes Levitarum quae in urbibus sunt semper possunt redimi
The houses of Levites, which are in cities, may always be redeemed.
25:32. The buildings of the Levites, which are in the cities, are always able to be redeemed.
25:32. Notwithstanding the cities of the Levites, [and] the houses of the cities of their possession, may the Levites redeem at any time.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
32-34: Напротив, для левитских домов в каждом из назначенных (числом 48, ср. Чис XXXV:7) левитами городов, было сделано исключение: их всегда можно было выкупать (ст. 32), потому что дома для левитов, не получивших земельных участков, заменяли последние, а потому и всецело подлежали юбилейным привилегиям (ст. 33); небольшие же (в 2000: локтей в каждую сторону, Чис XXXV:5) пространства вокруг левитских городов (выгон), служившие левитам для скотоводства и бывшие, вероятно, общим достижением всех левитов города, совсем было запрещено продавать (ст. 34).
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
25:32: The cities of the Levites - The law in this and the following verses was also a very wise one. A Levite could not ultimately sell his house: if sold he could redeem it at any time in the interim between the two jubilees; but if not redeemed, it must go out at the following jubilee. And why? "Because Moses framed his laws so much in favor of the priesthood, that they had peculiar privileges?" etc. Just the reverse: they were so far from being peculiarly favored that they had no inheritance in Israel, only their cities, to dwell in: and because their houses in these cities were the whole that they could call their own, therefore these houses could not be ultimately alienated. All that they had to live on besides was from that most precarious source of support, the freewill-offerings of the people, which depended on the prevalence of pure religion in the land.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
25:32: Rather, And concerning the cities of the Levites, the houses in the cities of their possession, etc. If one of the Levites redeems a house in the city, etc. The meaning appears to be, if a Levite redeemed a house which had been sold to a person of a different tribe by another Levite, it was to Rev_ert in the Jubilee to the latter Levite as its original possessor. The purchaser of a Levite's house was in fact only in the condition of a tenant at will, while the fields attached to the Levitical cities could never be alienated, even for a time.
For the application of the law of Jubilee to lands dedicated to the service of the sanctuary, see Lev 27:16-25.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:32: the cities: As the Levites had no inheritance in Israel, but only cities to dwell in; and consequently the houses in these cities were all they could call their own, therefore they could not be ultimately alienated. Num 35:2-8; jos 21:1-45
John Gill
25:32 Notwithstanding, the cities of the Levites,.... The six cities of refuge, and forty two others; these and the houses in them are excepted from the above law, and only they; not such as they might purchase elsewhere; wherefore it follows:
and the houses of the cities of their possession; which were in cities possessed by them, and which was their possession, and given them as such:
may the Levites redeem at any time; they were not restrained to a year, as houses in walled towns, but they might redeem them as they pleased or could; and if they did not redeem them within the year, they might redeem them afterwards, even years after, and any time before the year of jubilee; so it is said in the Misnah (l) the priests and the Levites sell always, and they redeem always, as it is said, Lev 25:32; on which one of the commentators says (m) "they sell always", not as the Israelites, who cannot sell less than two years before the jubilee; but the Levites can sell near the jubilee: "and they redeem always"; if they sell houses in walled cities, they are not confirmed at the end of the year, as the houses of Israelites; and if they sell fields, it is not necessary they should remain in the hands of the buyer two years, but they may redeem them immediately if they will: this redemption was peculiar to the Levites; for if an Israelite has an inheritance from his father's mother, a Levite, he might not redeem according to the manner Levites did, but according to Israelites; and so a Levite that inherited from his father's mother, an Israelite, was obliged to redeem as an Israelite and not as a Levite (n); for this perpetual redemption respected only houses that were in the cities of the Levites.
(l) Eracin, c. 9. sect. 8. (m) Bartenora in ib. (n) Misn. Eracin, c. 9. sect. 8.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
25:32 Notwithstanding the cities of the Levites, &c.--The Levites, having no possessions but their towns and their houses, the law conferred on them the same privileges that were granted to the lands of the other Israelites. A certain portion of the lands surrounding the Levitical cities was appropriated to them for the pasturage of their cattle and flocks (Num 35:4-5). This was a permanent endowment for the support of the ministry and could not be alienated for any time. The Levites, however, were at liberty to make exchanges among themselves; and a priest might sell his house, garden, and right of pasture to another priest, but not to an Israelite of another tribe (Jer 41:7-9).
25:3325:33: Եւ որ ոք փրկեսցէ ՚ի Ղեւտացւոց անտի, ելցէ վաճառ տա՛նց քաղաքաց կալուածոցն նոցա ՚ի թողութեանն. զի տունք քաղաքացն Ղեւտացւոցն կալուածք նոցա են ա՛յն ՚ի մէջ որդւոցն Իսրայէլի։
33 Եթէ որեւէ մէկը ղեւտացու տուն է գնում, ապա ազատագրման տարում նա նրանց քաղաքներում գտնուող կալուածքների տներից դուրս պէտք է գայ, որովհետեւ ղեւտացիների քաղաքներում գտնուող կալուածքների տները նրանց ժառանգական սեփականութիւնն են Իսրայէլի որդիների մէջ:
33 Եթէ Ղեւտացի մը այդ գործառնութիւնը չկատարէ, այն ատեն Յոբելեան տարին իրենց սեփական քաղաքին մէջ ծախուած տունը* պէտք է վերադարձուի.
Եւ որ ոք փրկեսցէ ի Ղեւտացւոց անտի, ելցէ վաճառ տանց քաղաքաց կալուածոց նորա ի [425]թողութեանն. զի տունք քաղաքացն Ղեւտացւոց կալուածք նոցա են այն ի մէջ որդւոցն Իսրայելի:

25:33: Եւ որ ոք փրկեսցէ ՚ի Ղեւտացւոց անտի, ելցէ վաճառ տա՛նց քաղաքաց կալուածոցն նոցա ՚ի թողութեանն. զի տունք քաղաքացն Ղեւտացւոցն կալուածք նոցա են ա՛յն ՚ի մէջ որդւոցն Իսրայէլի։
33 Եթէ որեւէ մէկը ղեւտացու տուն է գնում, ապա ազատագրման տարում նա նրանց քաղաքներում գտնուող կալուածքների տներից դուրս պէտք է գայ, որովհետեւ ղեւտացիների քաղաքներում գտնուող կալուածքների տները նրանց ժառանգական սեփականութիւնն են Իսրայէլի որդիների մէջ:
33 Եթէ Ղեւտացի մը այդ գործառնութիւնը չկատարէ, այն ատեն Յոբելեան տարին իրենց սեփական քաղաքին մէջ ծախուած տունը* պէտք է վերադարձուի.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:3333: а кто из левитов не выкупит, то проданный дом в городе владения их в юбилей отойдет, потому что домы в городах левитских составляют их владение среди сынов Израилевых;
25:33 καὶ και and; even ὃς ος who; what ἂν αν perhaps; ever λυτρωσάμενος λυτροω ransom παρὰ παρα from; by τῶν ο the Λευιτῶν λευιτης Leuΐtēs; Leitis καὶ και and; even ἐξελεύσεται εξερχομαι come out; go out ἡ ο the διάπρασις διαπρασις he; him οἰκιῶν οικια house; household πόλεως πολις city κατασχέσεως κατασχεσις holding αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἀφέσει αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness ὅτι οτι since; that οἰκίαι οικια house; household τῶν ο the πόλεων πολις city τῶν ο the Λευιτῶν λευιτης Leuΐtēs; Leitis κατάσχεσις κατασχεσις holding αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἐν εν in μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle υἱῶν υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
25:33 וַ wa וְ and אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] יִגְאַל֙ yiḡʔˌal גאל redeem מִן־ min- מִן from הַ ha הַ the לְוִיִּ֔ם lᵊwiyyˈim לֵוִי Levite וְ wᵊ וְ and יָצָ֧א yāṣˈā יצא go out מִמְכַּר־ mimkar- מִמְכָּר what is sold בַּ֛יִת bˈayiṯ בַּיִת house וְ wᵊ וְ and עִ֥יר ʕˌîr עִיר town אֲחֻזָּתֹ֖ו ʔᵃḥuzzāṯˌô אֲחֻזָּה land property בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the יֹּבֵ֑ל yyōvˈēl יֹובֵל ram כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that בָתֵּ֞י vāttˈê בַּיִת house עָרֵ֣י ʕārˈê עִיר town הַ ha הַ the לְוִיִּ֗ם lᵊwiyyˈim לֵוִי Levite הִ֚וא ˈhiw הִיא she אֲחֻזָּתָ֔ם ʔᵃḥuzzāṯˈām אֲחֻזָּה land property בְּ bᵊ בְּ in תֹ֖וךְ ṯˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst בְּנֵ֥י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
25:33. si redemptae non fuerint in iobeleo revertentur ad dominos quia domus urbium leviticarum pro possessionibus sunt inter filios IsrahelIf they be not redeemed, in the jubilee they shall all return to the owners: because the houses of the cities of the Levites are for their possessions among the children of Israel.
33. And if one of the Levites redeem, then the house that was sold, and the city of his possession, shall go out in the jubile: for the houses of the cities of the Levites are their possession among the children of Israel.
25:33. If they have not been redeemed, then in the Jubilee they shall return to the owners, for the houses of the cities of the Levites are for their possession among the sons of Israel.
25:33. And if a man purchase of the Levites, then the house that was sold, and the city of his possession, shall go out in [the year of] jubile: for the houses of the cities of the Levites [are] their possession among the children of Israel.
And if a man purchase of the Levites, then the house that was sold, and the city of his possession, shall go out in [the year of] jubile: for the houses of the cities of the Levites [are] their possession among the children of Israel:

33: а кто из левитов не выкупит, то проданный дом в городе владения их в юбилей отойдет, потому что домы в городах левитских составляют их владение среди сынов Израилевых;
25:33
καὶ και and; even
ὃς ος who; what
ἂν αν perhaps; ever
λυτρωσάμενος λυτροω ransom
παρὰ παρα from; by
τῶν ο the
Λευιτῶν λευιτης Leuΐtēs; Leitis
καὶ και and; even
ἐξελεύσεται εξερχομαι come out; go out
ο the
διάπρασις διαπρασις he; him
οἰκιῶν οικια house; household
πόλεως πολις city
κατασχέσεως κατασχεσις holding
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἀφέσει αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness
ὅτι οτι since; that
οἰκίαι οικια house; household
τῶν ο the
πόλεων πολις city
τῶν ο the
Λευιτῶν λευιτης Leuΐtēs; Leitis
κατάσχεσις κατασχεσις holding
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἐν εν in
μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle
υἱῶν υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
25:33
וַ wa וְ and
אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יִגְאַל֙ yiḡʔˌal גאל redeem
מִן־ min- מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
לְוִיִּ֔ם lᵊwiyyˈim לֵוִי Levite
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָצָ֧א yāṣˈā יצא go out
מִמְכַּר־ mimkar- מִמְכָּר what is sold
בַּ֛יִת bˈayiṯ בַּיִת house
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עִ֥יר ʕˌîr עִיר town
אֲחֻזָּתֹ֖ו ʔᵃḥuzzāṯˌô אֲחֻזָּה land property
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
יֹּבֵ֑ל yyōvˈēl יֹובֵל ram
כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that
בָתֵּ֞י vāttˈê בַּיִת house
עָרֵ֣י ʕārˈê עִיר town
הַ ha הַ the
לְוִיִּ֗ם lᵊwiyyˈim לֵוִי Levite
הִ֚וא ˈhiw הִיא she
אֲחֻזָּתָ֔ם ʔᵃḥuzzāṯˈām אֲחֻזָּה land property
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
תֹ֖וךְ ṯˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst
בְּנֵ֥י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
25:33. si redemptae non fuerint in iobeleo revertentur ad dominos quia domus urbium leviticarum pro possessionibus sunt inter filios Israhel
If they be not redeemed, in the jubilee they shall all return to the owners: because the houses of the cities of the Levites are for their possessions among the children of Israel.
25:33. If they have not been redeemed, then in the Jubilee they shall return to the owners, for the houses of the cities of the Levites are for their possession among the sons of Israel.
25:33. And if a man purchase of the Levites, then the house that was sold, and the city of his possession, shall go out in [the year of] jubile: for the houses of the cities of the Levites [are] their possession among the children of Israel.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:33: a man purchase of the Levites: or, one of the Levites redeem them
shall go: Lev 25:28
for the houses: Num 18:20-24; Deu 18:1, Deu 18:2
John Gill
25:33 And if a man purchase of the Levites,.... An house or city, as Jarchi, and which the following clause confirms, that is, if a common Israelite made such a purchase, then it was redeemable, but if a Levite purchased of a Levite, then, as the same writer observes, it was absolutely irredeemable:
then the house that was sold, and the city of his possession, shall go out in the year of jubilee; to the original owner of it, as fields and houses in villages sold by the Israelites
for the houses of the cities of the Levites are their possession among the children of Israel; and their only possession, and therefore if those, when sold, were irredeemable, they would entirely be without any; and hence care is taken they should not; so Jarchi observes, that the Levites had no possession of fields and vineyards, only cities to dwell in, and their suburbs; wherefore cities were to them instead of fields, and their redemption was as that of fields, that so their inheritance might not be broken off from them.
25:3425:34: Եւ ագարակք զատուցեալք ՚ի քաղաքս նոցա՝ մի՛ վաճառեսցին. զի կալուած յաւիտենակա՛ն է այն նոցա։
34 Ղեւտացիների ագարակները, որոնք քաղաքների շուրջն են գտնւում, վաճառքի ենթակայ չեն, որովհետեւ դրանք նրանց յաւիտենական կալուածքներն են:
34 Քանզի Ղեւտացիներու քաղաքին մէջ գտնուած տունը իրենց սեփականութիւն ընդունուած է։
Եւ ագարակքն [426]զատուցեալք ի քաղաքս`` նոցա` մի՛ վաճառեսցին. զի կալուած յաւիտենական է այն նոցա:

25:34: Եւ ագարակք զատուցեալք ՚ի քաղաքս նոցա՝ մի՛ վաճառեսցին. զի կալուած յաւիտենակա՛ն է այն նոցա։
34 Ղեւտացիների ագարակները, որոնք քաղաքների շուրջն են գտնւում, վաճառքի ենթակայ չեն, որովհետեւ դրանք նրանց յաւիտենական կալուածքներն են:
34 Քանզի Ղեւտացիներու քաղաքին մէջ գտնուած տունը իրենց սեփականութիւն ընդունուած է։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:3434: и полей вокруг городов их продавать нельзя, потому что это вечное владение их.
25:34 καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the ἀγροὶ αγρος field οἱ ο the ἀφωρισμένοι αφοριζω separate ταῖς ο the πόλεσιν πολις city αὐτῶν αυτος he; him οὐ ου not πραθήσονται πιπρασκω sell ὅτι οτι since; that κατάσχεσις κατασχεσις holding αἰωνία αιωνιος eternal; of ages τοῦτο ουτος this; he αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἐστιν ειμι be
25:34 וּֽ ˈû וְ and שְׂדֵ֛ה śᵊḏˈē שָׂדֶה open field מִגְרַ֥שׁ miḡrˌaš מִגְרָשׁ pasture עָרֵיהֶ֖ם ʕārêhˌem עִיר town לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not יִמָּכֵ֑ר yimmāḵˈēr מכר sell כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that אֲחֻזַּ֥ת ʔᵃḥuzzˌaṯ אֲחֻזָּה land property עֹולָ֛ם ʕôlˈām עֹולָם eternity ה֖וּא hˌû הוּא he לָהֶֽם׃ ס lāhˈem . s לְ to
25:34. suburbana autem eorum non venient quia possessio sempiterna estBut let not their suburbs be sold, because it is a perpetual possession.
34. But the field of the suburbs of their cities may not be sold; for it is their perpetual possession.
25:34. But let not their suburbs be sold, for it is an everlasting possession.
25:34. But the field of the suburbs of their cities may not be sold; for it [is] their perpetual possession.
But the field of the suburbs of their cities may not be sold; for it [is] their perpetual possession:

34: и полей вокруг городов их продавать нельзя, потому что это вечное владение их.
25:34
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
ἀγροὶ αγρος field
οἱ ο the
ἀφωρισμένοι αφοριζω separate
ταῖς ο the
πόλεσιν πολις city
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
οὐ ου not
πραθήσονται πιπρασκω sell
ὅτι οτι since; that
κατάσχεσις κατασχεσις holding
αἰωνία αιωνιος eternal; of ages
τοῦτο ουτος this; he
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἐστιν ειμι be
25:34
וּֽ ˈû וְ and
שְׂדֵ֛ה śᵊḏˈē שָׂדֶה open field
מִגְרַ֥שׁ miḡrˌaš מִגְרָשׁ pasture
עָרֵיהֶ֖ם ʕārêhˌem עִיר town
לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not
יִמָּכֵ֑ר yimmāḵˈēr מכר sell
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
אֲחֻזַּ֥ת ʔᵃḥuzzˌaṯ אֲחֻזָּה land property
עֹולָ֛ם ʕôlˈām עֹולָם eternity
ה֖וּא hˌû הוּא he
לָהֶֽם׃ ס lāhˈem . s לְ to
25:34. suburbana autem eorum non venient quia possessio sempiterna est
But let not their suburbs be sold, because it is a perpetual possession.
25:34. But let not their suburbs be sold, for it is an everlasting possession.
25:34. But the field of the suburbs of their cities may not be sold; for it [is] their perpetual possession.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
34-36: Третью существенную привилегию юбилейного года составляло всеобщее отпущение на свободу рабов — израильтян, по бедности продававшихся в рабство.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:34: Lev 25:23; Act 4:36, Act 4:37
Geneva 1599
25:34 But the field of the (q) suburbs of their cities may not be sold; for it [is] their perpetual possession.
(q) Where the Levites kept their cattle.
John Gill
25:34 But the field of the suburbs of their cities may not be sold,.... The suburbs to the cities of the Levites reached two thousand cubits on every side of their cities, Num 35:5; in which they had fields to keep their cattle in, and these belonged to them in common; every Levite had not a particular field to himself as his own property, and which is the reason why it might not be sold, nor might they agree together to sell it, for then they would have nothing to keep their cattle in: the Jewish writers generally understand this of changing their fields, suburbs, and cities: hence they say, in the Misnah, they do not make a field a suburb, nor a suburb a field, nor a suburb a city, nor a city a suburb; upon which Maimonides (o) says, all agree that the Levites may not change a city, or suburb, or field which are theirs, because of what is said, Lev 25:34; and the wise men, of blessed memory, say, the meaning of it is, it shall not be changed, for they do not change anything from what it was before:
for it is their perpetual possession: and therefore never to be alienated from them, or be sold to another, or changed and put to another use; such care was taken of the ministers of the sanctuary, and of their maintenance and support, under the former dispensation; and suggests that they should continue in their stations without any alteration, as ministers of the Gospel should, who ought to give up themselves to the ministry of the word, and prayer, and not entangle themselves with the affairs of life.
(o) In Misn. Eracin, c. 9. sect. 8.
John Wesley
25:34 May not be sold - Not sold at all, partly, because it was of absolute necessity for them for the keeping of their cattle, and partly because these were no enclosures, but common fields, in which all the Levites that lived in such a city had an interest, and therefore no particular Levite could dispose of his part in it.
25:3525:35: Եւ եթէ աղքատանայցէ եղբայր քո եւ տկարանայցէ ձեռօք՝ առ քե՛զ պատսպարեսցես զնա, իբրեւ զե՛կն եւ զպանդուխտն. եւ կեցցէ՛ եղբայրն քո՝ որ ընդ քեզն իցէ։
35 Եթէ եղբայրդ աղքատանայ եւ ի վիճակի չլինի աշխատելու, նրան պիտի պատսպարես իբրեւ եկուորի ու պանդխտի: Նա քեզ մօտ պիտի մնայ ու ապրի:
35 Եթէ քու եղբայրդ աղքատանայ ու չկարենայ ինքզինքը հոգալ քու քովդ, անոր պէտք է օգնես օտարականի ու պանդուխտի պէս, որպէս զի քու քովդ ապրի։
Եւ եթէ աղքատանայցէ եղբայր քո եւ տկարանայցէ ձեռօք, առ քեզ պատսպարեսցես զնա իբրեւ զեկն եւ զպանդուխտն. եւ կեցցէ եղբայրն քո որ ընդ քեզն իցէ:

25:35: Եւ եթէ աղքատանայցէ եղբայր քո եւ տկարանայցէ ձեռօք՝ առ քե՛զ պատսպարեսցես զնա, իբրեւ զե՛կն եւ զպանդուխտն. եւ կեցցէ՛ եղբայրն քո՝ որ ընդ քեզն իցէ։
35 Եթէ եղբայրդ աղքատանայ եւ ի վիճակի չլինի աշխատելու, նրան պիտի պատսպարես իբրեւ եկուորի ու պանդխտի: Նա քեզ մօտ պիտի մնայ ու ապրի:
35 Եթէ քու եղբայրդ աղքատանայ ու չկարենայ ինքզինքը հոգալ քու քովդ, անոր պէտք է օգնես օտարականի ու պանդուխտի պէս, որպէս զի քու քովդ ապրի։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:3535: Если брат твой обеднеет и придет в упадок у тебя, то поддержи его, пришлец ли он, или поселенец, чтоб он жил с тобою;
25:35 ἐὰν εαν and if; unless δὲ δε though; while πένηται πενομαι the ἀδελφός αδελφος brother σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even ἀδυνατήσῃ αδυνατεω impossible ταῖς ο the χερσὶν χειρ hand παρὰ παρα from; by σοί σοι you ἀντιλήμψῃ αντιλαμβανω relieve; lay hold of αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ὡς ως.1 as; how προσηλύτου προσηλυτος proselyte καὶ και and; even παροίκου παροικος resident; foreigner καὶ και and; even ζήσεται ζαω live; alive ὁ ο the ἀδελφός αδελφος brother σου σου of you; your μετὰ μετα with; amid σοῦ σου of you; your
25:35 וְ wᵊ וְ and כִֽי־ ḵˈî- כִּי that יָמ֣וּךְ yāmˈûḵ מוך grow poor אָחִ֔יךָ ʔāḥˈîḵā אָח brother וּ û וְ and מָ֥טָה mˌāṭā מוט totter יָדֹ֖ו yāḏˌô יָד hand עִמָּ֑ךְ ʕimmˈāḵ עִם with וְ wᵊ וְ and הֶֽחֱזַ֣קְתָּ hˈeḥᵉzˈaqtā חזק be strong בֹּ֔ו bˈô בְּ in גֵּ֧ר gˈēr גֵּר sojourner וְ wᵊ וְ and תֹושָׁ֛ב ṯôšˈāv תֹּושָׁב sojourner וָ wā וְ and חַ֖י ḥˌay חיה be alive עִמָּֽךְ׃ ʕimmˈāḵ עִם with
25:35. si adtenuatus fuerit frater tuus et infirmus manu et susceperis eum quasi advenam et peregrinum et vixerit tecumIf thy brother be impoverished, and weak of hand, and thou receive him as a stranger and sojourner, and he live with thee:
35. And if thy brother be waxen poor, and his hand fail with thee; then thou shalt uphold him: a stranger and a sojourner shall he live with thee.
25:35. If your brother has become impoverished, or infirm of hand, and you take him in, like a newcomer or a sojourner, and he lives with you,
25:35. And if thy brother be waxen poor, and fallen in decay with thee; then thou shalt relieve him: [yea, though he be] a stranger, or a sojourner; that he may live with thee.
And if thy brother be waxen poor, and fallen in decay with thee; then thou shalt relieve him: [yea, though he be] a stranger, or a sojourner; that he may live with thee:

35: Если брат твой обеднеет и придет в упадок у тебя, то поддержи его, пришлец ли он, или поселенец, чтоб он жил с тобою;
25:35
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
δὲ δε though; while
πένηται πενομαι the
ἀδελφός αδελφος brother
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
ἀδυνατήσῃ αδυνατεω impossible
ταῖς ο the
χερσὶν χειρ hand
παρὰ παρα from; by
σοί σοι you
ἀντιλήμψῃ αντιλαμβανω relieve; lay hold of
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ὡς ως.1 as; how
προσηλύτου προσηλυτος proselyte
καὶ και and; even
παροίκου παροικος resident; foreigner
καὶ και and; even
ζήσεται ζαω live; alive
ο the
ἀδελφός αδελφος brother
σου σου of you; your
μετὰ μετα with; amid
σοῦ σου of you; your
25:35
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כִֽי־ ḵˈî- כִּי that
יָמ֣וּךְ yāmˈûḵ מוך grow poor
אָחִ֔יךָ ʔāḥˈîḵā אָח brother
וּ û וְ and
מָ֥טָה mˌāṭā מוט totter
יָדֹ֖ו yāḏˌô יָד hand
עִמָּ֑ךְ ʕimmˈāḵ עִם with
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הֶֽחֱזַ֣קְתָּ hˈeḥᵉzˈaqtā חזק be strong
בֹּ֔ו bˈô בְּ in
גֵּ֧ר gˈēr גֵּר sojourner
וְ wᵊ וְ and
תֹושָׁ֛ב ṯôšˈāv תֹּושָׁב sojourner
וָ וְ and
חַ֖י ḥˌay חיה be alive
עִמָּֽךְ׃ ʕimmˈāḵ עִם with
25:35. si adtenuatus fuerit frater tuus et infirmus manu et susceperis eum quasi advenam et peregrinum et vixerit tecum
If thy brother be impoverished, and weak of hand, and thou receive him as a stranger and sojourner, and he live with thee:
25:35. If your brother has become impoverished, or infirm of hand, and you take him in, like a newcomer or a sojourner, and he lives with you,
25:35. And if thy brother be waxen poor, and fallen in decay with thee; then thou shalt relieve him: [yea, though he be] a stranger, or a sojourner; that he may live with thee.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
35-38: стихи составляют как бы введение к статье об освобождении рабов-евреев и содержат: а) общее увещание к состраданию и милосердию в отношении обедневшего (и, по-видимому, лишившегося уже земельного участка своего) брата — не только коренного еврея, но и принятого в обществе израильское пришельца (ст. 35); б) частнее, воспрещается взимание с нуждающегося процентов (neschech) с ссужаемого капитала и всякого роста (tarbit) с долгов натурою (ст. 36–37); в) заповедь о милосердии к обедневшему закрепляется и утверждается авторитетом Иеговы, Бога Израиля, с выведения его из Египта ставшего в особенные отношения к этому народу (ст. 38).
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
25:35: Rather, And if thy brother (an Israelite) becomes poor and falls into decay with thee, thou shalt assist him and let him live with thee like a resident foreigner. He was not to be regarded as an outcast, but was to be treated with the same respect and consideration as a resident foreigner who, like him, could possess no land, but could accumulate property and live in comfort as a free man. See Lev 16:29 note.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:35: thy brother: Lev 25:25; Deu 15:7, Deu 15:8; Pro 14:20, Pro 14:21, Pro 17:5, Pro 19:17; Mar 14:7; Joh 12:8; Co2 8:9; Jam 2:5, Jam 2:6
fallen in decay: Heb. his hand faileth
then: Psa 37:26, Psa 41:1, Psa 112:5, Psa 112:9; Pro 14:31; Luk 6:35; Act 11:29; Rom 12:13, Rom 12:18, Rom 12:20; Co2 9:1, Co2 9:12-15; Gal 2:10; Jo1 3:17
relieve: Heb. strengthen
a stranger: Lev 19:34; Exo 23:9; Deu 10:18, Deu 10:19; Mat 25:35; Heb 13:2
Geneva 1599
25:35 And if thy brother be waxen poor, and (r) fallen in decay with thee; then thou shalt relieve him: [yea, though he be] a stranger, or a sojourner; that he may live with thee.
(r) In Hebrew it is, if his hand shake: meaning if he stretch forth his hand for help as one in misery.
John Gill
25:35 And if thy brother be waxen poor,.... An Israelite, as Aben Ezra, be reduced to a low estate, through afflictions in body, or in family, or through losses in trade, or want of business, or through one providence or another:
and fallen in decay with thee; in his worldly substance: or "his hand wavers", or "fails" (p); so that he cannot support himself and his family, has not a sufficiency, or it is not in the power of his hands to do it; and it is not owing to sloth and negligence, but to unavoidable want and necessity:
then thou shalt relieve him; not merely by sympathizing with him, but by communicating to him, and distributing to his necessities; holding him up that he may not utterly fall, and strengthening his hands, that he may have a supply for his present wants:
yea, though he be a stranger or a sojourner; whether a proselyte of righteousness, who is circumcised, and in all things conforms to the true religion; or a proselyte of the gate, who takes it upon him not to worship idols, and eat things that die of themselves, as Jarchi notes:
that he may live with thee; continue in the land of Canaan, and not be obliged to quit it, and be laid under temptations of apostatizing from the true religion professed by him, and so far as he is come into it, which would bring a worse death than corporeal upon him; or that he may have a livelihood in some tolerable manner at least, and even live comfortably and cheerfully.
(p) "et nutaverit manus ejus", Montanus, Vatablus, Fagius; "vacillabit", Junius & Tremellius, Piscator.
John Wesley
25:35 A sojourner - Understand it of proselytes only, for of other strangers they were permitted to take usury, Deut 23:20.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
25:35 if thy brother be waxen poor, . . . relieve him--This was a most benevolent provision for the poor and unfortunate, designed to aid them or alleviate the evils of their condition. Whether a native Israelite or a mere sojourner, his richer neighbor was required to give him food, lodging, and a supply of money without usury. Usury was severely condemned (Ps 15:5; Ezek 18:8, Ezek 18:17), but the prohibition cannot be considered as applicable to the modern practice of men in business, borrowing and lending at legal rates of interest.
25:3625:36: Մի՛ առնուցուս ՚ի նմանէ վա՛շխ եւ տոկոսիս. եւ երկնչիցի՛ս ՚ի Տեառնէ Աստուծոյ քումմէ, զի ե՛ս եմ Տէր, եւ կեցցէ՛ եղբայր քո ընդ քեզ։
36 Նրանից վաշխ ու տոկոս չպիտի վերցնես: Վախեցի՛ր քո Տէր Աստծուց, քանզի ես եմ Տէրը: Քո եղբայրը թող քեզ մօտ ապրի:
36 Անկէ վաշխ ու տոկոս մի՛ առներ, հապա քու Աստուծմէդ վախցիր, որպէս զի եղբայրդ քու քովդ ապրի։
Մի՛ առնուցուս ի նմանէ վաշխ եւ տոկոսիս. եւ երկնչիցիս [427]ի Տեառնէ Աստուծոյ քումմէ, զի ես եմ Տէր``. եւ կեցցէ եղբայր քո ընդ քեզ:

25:36: Մի՛ առնուցուս ՚ի նմանէ վա՛շխ եւ տոկոսիս. եւ երկնչիցի՛ս ՚ի Տեառնէ Աստուծոյ քումմէ, զի ե՛ս եմ Տէր, եւ կեցցէ՛ եղբայր քո ընդ քեզ։
36 Նրանից վաշխ ու տոկոս չպիտի վերցնես: Վախեցի՛ր քո Տէր Աստծուց, քանզի ես եմ Տէրը: Քո եղբայրը թող քեզ մօտ ապրի:
36 Անկէ վաշխ ու տոկոս մի՛ առներ, հապա քու Աստուծմէդ վախցիր, որպէս զի եղբայրդ քու քովդ ապրի։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:3636: не бери от него роста и прибыли и бойся Бога твоего; чтоб жил брат твой с тобою;
25:36 οὐ ου not λήμψῃ λαμβανω take; get παρ᾿ παρα from; by αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him τόκον τοκος interest οὐδὲ ουδε not even; neither ἐπὶ επι in; on πλήθει πληθος multitude; quantity καὶ και and; even φοβηθήσῃ φοβεω afraid; fear τὸν ο the θεόν θεος God σου σου of you; your ἐγὼ εγω I κύριος κυριος lord; master καὶ και and; even ζήσεται ζαω live; alive ὁ ο the ἀδελφός αδελφος brother σου σου of you; your μετὰ μετα with; amid σοῦ σου of you; your
25:36 אַל־ ʔal- אַל not תִּקַּ֤ח tiqqˈaḥ לקח take מֵֽ mˈē מִן from אִתֹּו֙ ʔittˌô אֵת together with נֶ֣שֶׁךְ nˈešeḵ נֶשֶׁךְ interest וְ wᵊ וְ and תַרְבִּ֔ית ṯarbˈîṯ תַּרְבִּית interest וְ wᵊ וְ and יָרֵ֖אתָ yārˌēṯā ירא fear מֵֽ mˈē מִן from אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s) וְ wᵊ וְ and חֵ֥י ḥˌê חיה be alive אָחִ֖יךָ ʔāḥˌîḵā אָח brother עִמָּֽךְ׃ ʕimmˈāḵ עִם with
25:36. ne accipias usuras ab eo nec amplius quam dedisti time Deum tuum ut vivere possit frater tuus apud teTake not usury of him nor more than thou gavest. Fear thy God, that thy brother may live with thee.
36. Take thou no usury of him or increase; but fear thy God: that thy brother may live with thee.
25:36. do not accept usury from him, nor anything more than what you gave. Fear your God, so that your brother may be able to live with you.
25:36. Take thou no usury of him, or increase: but fear thy God; that thy brother may live with thee.
Take thou no usury of him, or increase: but fear thy God; that thy brother may live with thee:

36: не бери от него роста и прибыли и бойся Бога твоего; чтоб жил брат твой с тобою;
25:36
οὐ ου not
λήμψῃ λαμβανω take; get
παρ᾿ παρα from; by
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
τόκον τοκος interest
οὐδὲ ουδε not even; neither
ἐπὶ επι in; on
πλήθει πληθος multitude; quantity
καὶ και and; even
φοβηθήσῃ φοβεω afraid; fear
τὸν ο the
θεόν θεος God
σου σου of you; your
ἐγὼ εγω I
κύριος κυριος lord; master
καὶ και and; even
ζήσεται ζαω live; alive
ο the
ἀδελφός αδελφος brother
σου σου of you; your
μετὰ μετα with; amid
σοῦ σου of you; your
25:36
אַל־ ʔal- אַל not
תִּקַּ֤ח tiqqˈaḥ לקח take
מֵֽ mˈē מִן from
אִתֹּו֙ ʔittˌô אֵת together with
נֶ֣שֶׁךְ nˈešeḵ נֶשֶׁךְ interest
וְ wᵊ וְ and
תַרְבִּ֔ית ṯarbˈîṯ תַּרְבִּית interest
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָרֵ֖אתָ yārˌēṯā ירא fear
מֵֽ mˈē מִן from
אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s)
וְ wᵊ וְ and
חֵ֥י ḥˌê חיה be alive
אָחִ֖יךָ ʔāḥˌîḵā אָח brother
עִמָּֽךְ׃ ʕimmˈāḵ עִם with
25:36. ne accipias usuras ab eo nec amplius quam dedisti time Deum tuum ut vivere possit frater tuus apud te
Take not usury of him nor more than thou gavest. Fear thy God, that thy brother may live with thee.
25:36. do not accept usury from him, nor anything more than what you gave. Fear your God, so that your brother may be able to live with you.
25:36. Take thou no usury of him, or increase: but fear thy God; that thy brother may live with thee.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
25:36: Take thou no usury of him - Usury, at present, signifies unlawful interest for money. Properly, it means the reward or compensation given for the use of a thing, but is principally spoken of money. For the definition of the original term, See the note on Exo 22:25.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:36: usury: Exo 22:25; Deu 23:19, Deu 23:20; Neh 5:7-10; Psa 15:5; Pro 28:8; Eze 18:8, Eze 18:13, Eze 18:17; Eze 22:12
fear: Lev 25:17; Neh 5:9, Neh 5:15
John Gill
25:36 Take thou no usury of him, or increase,.... Not only give him somewhat for his present relief, but lend him money to put him in a way of business, to get his living for the future, without requiring any interest for it; See Gill on Ex 22:25,
but fear thy God; who has given this command, and expects to be obeyed; and who is good, and does good, and should be feared for his goodness' sake; and is omniscient, and knows what is secretly exacted, and will not suffer any exorbitance of this kind to pass unpunished:
that thy brother may live with thee; which it would be still more difficult for him to do, should usury and increase be taken of him.
John Wesley
25:36 Of him - That is, of thy brother, whether he be Israelite, or proselyte. Or increase - All kinds of usury are in this case forbidden, whether of money, or of victuals, or of any thing that is commonly lent by one man to another upon usury, or upon condition of receiving the thing lent with advantage and overplus. If one borrow in his necessity, there can be no doubt but this law is binding still. But it cannot be thought to bind, where money is borrowed for purchase of lands, trade, or other improvements. For there it is reasonable, that the lender share with the borrower in the profit.
25:3725:37: Զարծաթ քո մի՛ տացես նմա ընդ տոկոսեօք, եւ զկերակուր քո մի՛ տացես նմա ընդ շարիատիւ։
37 Նրան տոկոսով դրամ չպիտի տաս եւ աւելին ստանալու ակնկալութեամբ չէ, որ նրան պիտի կերակրես:
37 Քու ստակդ վաշխով մի՛ տար անոր եւ քու կերակուրդ շահու համար մի՛ տար։
Զարծաթ քո մի՛ տացես նմա ընդ տոկոսեօք, եւ զկերակուր քո մի՛ տացես նմա ընդ շարիատիւ:

25:37: Զարծաթ քո մի՛ տացես նմա ընդ տոկոսեօք, եւ զկերակուր քո մի՛ տացես նմա ընդ շարիատիւ։
37 Նրան տոկոսով դրամ չպիտի տաս եւ աւելին ստանալու ակնկալութեամբ չէ, որ նրան պիտի կերակրես:
37 Քու ստակդ վաշխով մի՛ տար անոր եւ քու կերակուրդ շահու համար մի՛ տար։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:3737: серебра твоего не отдавай ему в рост и хлеба твоего не отдавай ему для [получения] прибыли.
25:37 τὸ ο the ἀργύριόν αργυριον silver piece; money σου σου of you; your οὐ ου not δώσεις διδωμι give; deposit αὐτῷ αυτος he; him ἐπὶ επι in; on τόκῳ τοκος interest καὶ και and; even ἐπὶ επι in; on πλεονασμὸν πλεονασμος not δώσεις διδωμι give; deposit αὐτῷ αυτος he; him τὰ ο the βρώματά βρωμα food σου σου of you; your
25:37 אֶ֨ת־ ʔˌeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כַּסְפְּךָ֔ kaspᵊḵˈā כֶּסֶף silver לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not תִתֵּ֥ן ṯittˌēn נתן give לֹ֖ו lˌô לְ to בְּ bᵊ בְּ in נֶ֑שֶׁךְ nˈešeḵ נֶשֶׁךְ interest וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in מַרְבִּ֖ית marbˌîṯ מַרְבִּית great number לֹא־ lō- לֹא not תִתֵּ֥ן ṯittˌēn נתן give אָכְלֶֽךָ׃ ʔoḵlˈeḵā אֹכֶל food
25:37. pecuniam tuam non dabis ei ad usuram et frugum superabundantiam non exigesThou shalt not give him thy money upon usury: nor exact of him any increase of fruits.
37. Thou shalt not give him thy money upon usury, nor give him thy victuals for increase.
25:37. You shall not give him your money by usury, nor exact from him an overabundance of produce.
25:37. Thou shalt not give him thy money upon usury, nor lend him thy victuals for increase.
Thou shalt not give him thy money upon usury, nor lend him thy victuals for increase:

37: серебра твоего не отдавай ему в рост и хлеба твоего не отдавай ему для [получения] прибыли.
25:37
τὸ ο the
ἀργύριόν αργυριον silver piece; money
σου σου of you; your
οὐ ου not
δώσεις διδωμι give; deposit
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τόκῳ τοκος interest
καὶ και and; even
ἐπὶ επι in; on
πλεονασμὸν πλεονασμος not
δώσεις διδωμι give; deposit
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
τὰ ο the
βρώματά βρωμα food
σου σου of you; your
25:37
אֶ֨ת־ ʔˌeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כַּסְפְּךָ֔ kaspᵊḵˈā כֶּסֶף silver
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
תִתֵּ֥ן ṯittˌēn נתן give
לֹ֖ו lˌô לְ to
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
נֶ֑שֶׁךְ nˈešeḵ נֶשֶׁךְ interest
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
מַרְבִּ֖ית marbˌîṯ מַרְבִּית great number
לֹא־ lō- לֹא not
תִתֵּ֥ן ṯittˌēn נתן give
אָכְלֶֽךָ׃ ʔoḵlˈeḵā אֹכֶל food
25:37. pecuniam tuam non dabis ei ad usuram et frugum superabundantiam non exiges
Thou shalt not give him thy money upon usury: nor exact of him any increase of fruits.
25:37. You shall not give him your money by usury, nor exact from him an overabundance of produce.
25:37. Thou shalt not give him thy money upon usury, nor lend him thy victuals for increase.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
25:37: Lend him thy victuals for increase - i. e. supply him with food for thy own profit.
John Gill
25:37 Thou shalt not give him thy money upon usury,.... Lend him money, expecting and insisting upon a large interest for it; this is to be understood of persons in poor and necessitous circumstances, of which the text only speaks; otherwise, if persons borrow money to gain by it, to carry on a greater trade, or to make purchase with it, it is but reasonable that the lender should have a share of profit arising from thence:
nor lend him thy victuals for increase; by which it should seem that those two words, used in Lev 25:36, though in the main they signify the same thing, yet may be distinguished, the one as concerning money, the other food; and which latter is not to be given by way of loan to a person in want of it, but freely; as for instance, if a man gives a poor man a bushel of wheat, on condition he gives him two for it hereafter, this is lending or giving his victuals for increase.
25:3825:38: Ե՛ս եմ Տէր Աստուած ձեր, որ հանի զձեզ յերկրէն Եգիպտացւոց, տա՛լ ձեզ զերկիրն Քանանացւոցն, առ ՚ի լինելոյ ձեր Աստուած։
38 Ես եմ ձեր Տէր Աստուածը, որ ձեզ հանեց Եգիպտացիների երկրից, որպէսզի ձեզ տայ Քանանացիների երկիրը եւ լինի ձեր Աստուածը:
38 Ես եմ Տէրը՝ ձեր Աստուածը, որ ձեզ Եգիպտոսի երկրէն հանեցի՝ Քանանի երկիրը ձեզի տալու համար եւ ձեզի Աստուած ըլլալու համար։
Ես եմ Տէր Աստուած ձեր, որ հանի զձեզ յերկրէն Եգիպտացւոց` տալ ձեզ զերկիրն Քանանացւոց, առ ի լինելոյ ձեր Աստուած:

25:38: Ե՛ս եմ Տէր Աստուած ձեր, որ հանի զձեզ յերկրէն Եգիպտացւոց, տա՛լ ձեզ զերկիրն Քանանացւոցն, առ ՚ի լինելոյ ձեր Աստուած։
38 Ես եմ ձեր Տէր Աստուածը, որ ձեզ հանեց Եգիպտացիների երկրից, որպէսզի ձեզ տայ Քանանացիների երկիրը եւ լինի ձեր Աստուածը:
38 Ես եմ Տէրը՝ ձեր Աստուածը, որ ձեզ Եգիպտոսի երկրէն հանեցի՝ Քանանի երկիրը ձեզի տալու համար եւ ձեզի Աստուած ըլլալու համար։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:3838: Я Господь, Бог ваш, Который вывел вас из земли Египетской, чтобы дать вам землю Ханаанскую, чтоб быть вашим Богом.
25:38 ἐγὼ εγω I κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God ὑμῶν υμων your ὁ ο the ἐξαγαγὼν εξαγω lead out; bring out ὑμᾶς υμας you ἐκ εκ from; out of γῆς γη earth; land Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos δοῦναι διδωμι give; deposit ὑμῖν υμιν you τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land Χανααν χανααν Chanaan; Khanaan ὥστε ωστε as such; that εἶναι ειμι be ὑμῶν υμων your θεός θεος God
25:38 אֲנִ֗י ʔᵃnˈî אֲנִי i יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹ֣הֵיכֶ֔ם ʔᵉlˈōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s) אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] הֹוצֵ֥אתִי hôṣˌēṯî יצא go out אֶתְכֶ֖ם ʔeṯᵊḵˌem אֵת [object marker] מֵ mē מִן from אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth מִצְרָ֑יִם miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt לָ lā לְ to תֵ֤ת ṯˈēṯ נתן give לָכֶם֙ lāḵˌem לְ to אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth כְּנַ֔עַן kᵊnˈaʕan כְּנַעַן Canaan לִ li לְ to הְיֹ֥ות hᵊyˌôṯ היה be לָכֶ֖ם lāḵˌem לְ to לֵ lē לְ to אלֹהִֽים׃ ס ʔlōhˈîm . s אֱלֹהִים god(s)
25:38. ego Dominus Deus vester qui eduxi vos de terra Aegypti ut darem vobis terram Chanaan et essem vester DeusI am the Lord your God, who brought you out of the land of Egypt, that I might give you the land of Chanaan, and might be your God.
38. I am the LORD your God, which brought you forth out of the land of Egypt, to give you the land of Canaan, to be your God.
25:38. I am the Lord your God, who led you away from the land of Egypt, so that I might give to you the land of Canaan, and so that I may be your God.
25:38. I [am] the LORD your God, which brought you forth out of the land of Egypt, to give you the land of Canaan, [and] to be your God.
I [am] the LORD your God, which brought you forth out of the land of Egypt, to give you the land of Canaan, [and] to be your God:

38: Я Господь, Бог ваш, Который вывел вас из земли Египетской, чтобы дать вам землю Ханаанскую, чтоб быть вашим Богом.
25:38
ἐγὼ εγω I
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
ὑμῶν υμων your
ο the
ἐξαγαγὼν εξαγω lead out; bring out
ὑμᾶς υμας you
ἐκ εκ from; out of
γῆς γη earth; land
Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
δοῦναι διδωμι give; deposit
ὑμῖν υμιν you
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
Χανααν χανααν Chanaan; Khanaan
ὥστε ωστε as such; that
εἶναι ειμι be
ὑμῶν υμων your
θεός θεος God
25:38
אֲנִ֗י ʔᵃnˈî אֲנִי i
יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹ֣הֵיכֶ֔ם ʔᵉlˈōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s)
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
הֹוצֵ֥אתִי hôṣˌēṯî יצא go out
אֶתְכֶ֖ם ʔeṯᵊḵˌem אֵת [object marker]
מֵ מִן from
אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
מִצְרָ֑יִם miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
לָ לְ to
תֵ֤ת ṯˈēṯ נתן give
לָכֶם֙ lāḵˌem לְ to
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
כְּנַ֔עַן kᵊnˈaʕan כְּנַעַן Canaan
לִ li לְ to
הְיֹ֥ות hᵊyˌôṯ היה be
לָכֶ֖ם lāḵˌem לְ to
לֵ לְ to
אלֹהִֽים׃ ס ʔlōhˈîm . s אֱלֹהִים god(s)
25:38. ego Dominus Deus vester qui eduxi vos de terra Aegypti ut darem vobis terram Chanaan et essem vester Deus
I am the Lord your God, who brought you out of the land of Egypt, that I might give you the land of Chanaan, and might be your God.
25:38. I am the Lord your God, who led you away from the land of Egypt, so that I might give to you the land of Canaan, and so that I may be your God.
25:38. I [am] the LORD your God, which brought you forth out of the land of Egypt, to give you the land of Canaan, [and] to be your God.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
25:38: Here, and in Lev 25:42, Lev 25:55, is expressed the principle which was to limit and modify the servitude of Hebrew servants.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:38: which: Exo 20:2
and to be: Lev 11:45, Lev 22:32, Lev 22:33; Num 15:41; Jer 31:1, Jer 31:33, Jer 32:38; Heb 11:16
John Gill
25:38 I am the Lord your God, which brought you out of the land of Egypt,.... Where they had been strangers and sojourners, and therefore should be kind to such in necessitous circumstances, and relieve them, and especially their brethren; and where God had given them favour in the eyes of the Egyptians, and they had lent them jewels of gold and silver, and raiment, and therefore they should lend freely to persons in distress; and who had brought them out from thence, that they might take upon them his commandments, though they might be grievous, as Jarchi observes; and this, it may be remarked, is the preface to the ten commandments:
to give you the land of Canaan; freely, a land flowing with milk and honey; and therefore, since he had dealt so bountifully with them, and had given them plenty of good things, they need not grudge giving to their poor brethren, and others in necessitous circumstances:
and to be your God; their covenant God, to bless and prosper them, protect and defend them.
25:3925:39: Եւ եթէ տնանկասցի՛ եղբայր քո որ ընդ քեզ՝ եւ վաճառեսցի՛ քեզ, մի՛ ծառայեսցէ քեզ զծառայութիւն ստրկի[1144], [1144] Այլք. Տնանկեսցի եղբայր քո առ քեզ։
39 Եթէ քեզ մօտ ապրող եղբայրդ աղքատանայ եւ քեզ վաճառուի որպէս ծառայ, ապա թող քեզ ստրուկի ծառայութեամբ չծառայի:
39 Եթէ եղբայրդ աղքատանայ ու ինքզինք քեզի ծախէ, զանիկա ծառայի մը պէս մի՛ գործածեր.
Եւ եթէ տնանկասցի եղբայր քո առ քեզ եւ վաճառեսցի քեզ, մի՛ ծառայեսցէ քեզ զծառայութիւն ստրկի:

25:39: Եւ եթէ տնանկասցի՛ եղբայր քո որ ընդ քեզ՝ եւ վաճառեսցի՛ քեզ, մի՛ ծառայեսցէ քեզ զծառայութիւն ստրկի[1144],
[1144] Այլք. Տնանկեսցի եղբայր քո առ քեզ։
39 Եթէ քեզ մօտ ապրող եղբայրդ աղքատանայ եւ քեզ վաճառուի որպէս ծառայ, ապա թող քեզ ստրուկի ծառայութեամբ չծառայի:
39 Եթէ եղբայրդ աղքատանայ ու ինքզինք քեզի ծախէ, զանիկա ծառայի մը պէս մի՛ գործածեր.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:3939: Когда обеднеет у тебя брат твой и продан будет тебе, то не налагай на него работы рабской:
25:39 ἐὰν εαν and if; unless δὲ δε though; while ταπεινωθῇ ταπεινοω humble; bring low ὁ ο the ἀδελφός αδελφος brother σου σου of you; your παρὰ παρα from; by σοὶ σοι you καὶ και and; even πραθῇ πιπρασκω sell σοι σοι you οὐ ου not δουλεύσει δουλευω give allegiance; subject σοι σοι you δουλείαν δουλεια service οἰκέτου οικετης domestic
25:39 וְ wᵊ וְ and כִֽי־ ḵˈî- כִּי that יָמ֥וּךְ yāmˌûḵ מוך grow poor אָחִ֛יךָ ʔāḥˈîḵā אָח brother עִמָּ֖ךְ ʕimmˌāḵ עִם with וְ wᵊ וְ and נִמְכַּר־ nimkar- מכר sell לָ֑ךְ lˈāḵ לְ to לֹא־ lō- לֹא not תַעֲבֹ֥ד ṯaʕᵃvˌōḏ עבד work, serve בֹּ֖ו bˌô בְּ in עֲבֹ֥דַת ʕᵃvˌōḏaṯ עֲבֹדָה work עָֽבֶד׃ ʕˈāveḏ עֶבֶד servant
25:39. si paupertate conpulsus vendiderit se tibi frater tuus non eum opprimes servitute famulorumIf thy brother constrained by poverty, sell himself to thee: thou shalt not oppress him with the service of bondservants.
39. And if thy brother be waxen poor with thee, and sell himself unto thee; thou shalt not make him to serve as a bondservant:
25:39. If your brother, having been compelled by poverty, will have sold himself to you, you shall not oppress him with the servitude of indentured servants.
25:39. And if thy brother [that dwelleth] by thee be waxen poor, and be sold unto thee; thou shalt not compel him to serve as a bondservant:
And if thy brother [that dwelleth] by thee be waxen poor, and be sold unto thee; thou shalt not compel him to serve as a bondservant:

39: Когда обеднеет у тебя брат твой и продан будет тебе, то не налагай на него работы рабской:
25:39
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
δὲ δε though; while
ταπεινωθῇ ταπεινοω humble; bring low
ο the
ἀδελφός αδελφος brother
σου σου of you; your
παρὰ παρα from; by
σοὶ σοι you
καὶ και and; even
πραθῇ πιπρασκω sell
σοι σοι you
οὐ ου not
δουλεύσει δουλευω give allegiance; subject
σοι σοι you
δουλείαν δουλεια service
οἰκέτου οικετης domestic
25:39
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כִֽי־ ḵˈî- כִּי that
יָמ֥וּךְ yāmˌûḵ מוך grow poor
אָחִ֛יךָ ʔāḥˈîḵā אָח brother
עִמָּ֖ךְ ʕimmˌāḵ עִם with
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נִמְכַּר־ nimkar- מכר sell
לָ֑ךְ lˈāḵ לְ to
לֹא־ lō- לֹא not
תַעֲבֹ֥ד ṯaʕᵃvˌōḏ עבד work, serve
בֹּ֖ו bˌô בְּ in
עֲבֹ֥דַת ʕᵃvˌōḏaṯ עֲבֹדָה work
עָֽבֶד׃ ʕˈāveḏ עֶבֶד servant
25:39. si paupertate conpulsus vendiderit se tibi frater tuus non eum opprimes servitute famulorum
If thy brother constrained by poverty, sell himself to thee: thou shalt not oppress him with the service of bondservants.
25:39. If your brother, having been compelled by poverty, will have sold himself to you, you shall not oppress him with the servitude of indentured servants.
25:39. And if thy brother [that dwelleth] by thee be waxen poor, and be sold unto thee; thou shalt not compel him to serve as a bondservant:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
39-43: Освобождение рабов-евреев в юбилейный год вполне аналогично возвращению в этот год участков земли и домов первоначальным их владельцам (ст. 14–17, 24–28, 31–34), составляя вместе с ним restitutio in integrum богоустановленного (при вступлении Израиля в обетованную землю) порядка. Попавший по бедности в рабство к своему единоплеменнику еврей должен был быть для хозяина своего не рабом, а лишь временным наемником и поселенцем, которого нельзя было обременять тяжкою работою (ст. 39–41). Мотивом законоположения служит указание на исторический факт изведения евреев из Египта, в силу чего все они, одинаково, богатые и бедные, сделались рабами Иеговы, а не кого-либо из людей (ст. 42–43). Так как всякий раб-еврей в 7-й год своей службы (независимо от субботнего и юбилейного годов) делался свободным (Исх XXI:1; Втор XV:12), то закон юбилейного года был в пользу лишь тем рабам-евреям, которые к началу юбилейного года не отслужили полных 6: лет, более всего сделавшимся рабами за самый короткий срок, да кроме того напоминанием о страхе Божием (ст. 43), о взаимном братстве всех евреев между собою (ст. 39, 47) закон юбилейный, без сомнения, имел в виду облегчить положение рабов-евреев.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
39: Oppression of Brethren Forbidden.B. C. 1490.
39 And if thy brother that dwelleth by thee be waxen poor, and be sold unto thee; thou shalt not compel him to serve as a bondservant: 40 But as an hired servant, and as a sojourner, he shall be with thee, and shall serve thee unto the year of jubilee: 41 And then shall he depart from thee, both he and his children with him, and shall return unto his own family, and unto the possession of his fathers shall he return. 42 For they are my servants, which I brought forth out of the land of Egypt: they shall not be sold as bondmen. 43 Thou shalt not rule over him with rigour; but shalt fear thy God. 44 Both thy bondmen, and thy bondmaids, which thou shalt have, shall be of the heathen that are round about you; of them shall ye buy bondmen and bondmaids. 45 Moreover of the children of the strangers that do sojourn among you, of them shall ye buy, and of their families that are with you, which they begat in your land: and they shall be your possession. 46 And ye shall take them as an inheritance for your children after you, to inherit them for a possession; they shall be your bondmen for ever: but over your brethren the children of Israel, ye shall not rule one over another with rigour. 47 And if a sojourner or stranger wax rich by thee, and thy brother that dwelleth by him wax poor, and sell himself unto the stranger or sojourner by thee, or to the stock of the stranger's family: 48 After that he is sold he may be redeemed again; one of his brethren may redeem him: 49 Either his uncle, or his uncle's son, may redeem him, or any that is nigh of kin unto him of his family may redeem him; or if he be able, he may redeem himself. 50 And he shall reckon with him that bought him from the year that he was sold to him unto the year of jubilee: and the price of his sale shall be according unto the number of years, according to the time of an hired servant shall it be with him. 51 If there be yet many years behind, according unto them he shall give again the price of his redemption out of the money that he was bought for. 52 And if there remain but few years unto the year of jubilee, then he shall count with him, and according unto his years shall he give him again the price of his redemption. 53 And as a yearly hired servant shall he be with him: and the other shall not rule with rigour over him in thy sight. 54 And if he be not redeemed in these years, then he shall go out in the year of jubilee, both he, and his children with him. 55 For unto me the children of Israel are servants; they are my servants whom I brought forth out of the land of Egypt: I am the LORD your God.
We have here the laws concerning servitude, designed to preserve the honour of the Jewish nation as a free people, and rescued by a divine power out of the house of bondage, into the glorious liberty of God's sons, his first-born. Now the law is,
I. That a native Israelite should never be made a bondman for perpetuity. If he was sold for debt, or for a crime, by the house of judgment, he was to serve but six years, and to go out the seventh; this was appointed, Exod. xxi. 2. But if he sold himself through extreme poverty, having nothing at all left him to preserve his life, and if it was to one of his own nation that he sold himself, in such a case it is here provided, 1. That he should not serve as a bond-servant (v. 39), nor be sold with the sale of a bondman (v. 42); that is, "it must not be looked upon that his master that bought him had as absolute a property in him as in a captive taken in war, that might be used, sold, and bequeathed, at pleasure, as much as a man's cattle; no, he shall serve thee as a hired servant, whom the master has the use of only, but not a despotic power over." And the reason is, They are my servants, v. 42. God does not make his servants slaves, and therefore their brethren must not. God had redeemed them out of Egypt, and therefore they must never be exposed to sale as bondmen. The apostle applies this spiritually (1 Cor. vii. 23), You are bought with a price, be not the servants of men, that is, "of the lusts of men, no, nor of your own lusts;" for, having become the servants of God, we must not let sin reign in our mortal bodies, Rom. vi. 12, 22. 2. That while he did serve he should not be ruled with rigour, as the Israelites were in Egypt, v. 43. Both his work and his usage must be such as were fitting for a son of Abraham. Masters are still required to give to their servants that which is just and equal, Col. iv. 1. They may be used, but must not be abused. Those masters that are always hectoring and domineering over their servants, taunting them and trampling upon them, that are unreasonable in exacting work and giving rebukes, and that rule them with a high hand, forget that their Master is in heaven; and what will they do when he rises up? as holy Job reasons with himself, Job xxxi. 13, 14. 3. That at the year of jubilee he should go out free, he and his children, and should return to his own family, v. 41. This typified our redemption from the service of sin and Satan by the grace of God in Christ, whose truth makes us free, John vii. 32. The Jewish writers say that, for ten days before the jubilee-trumpet sounded, the servants that were to be discharged by it did express their great joy by feasting, and wearing garlands on their heads: it is therefore called the joyful sound, Ps. lxxxix. 15. And we are thus to rejoice in the liberty we have by Christ.
II. That they might purchase bondmen of the heathen nations that were round about them, or of those strangers that sojourned among them (except of those seven nations that were to be destroyed); and might claim a dominion over them, and entail them upon their families as an inheritance, for the year of jubilee should give no discharge to them, v. 44, 46. Thus in our English plantations the negroes only are used as slaves; how much to the credit of Christianity I shall not say. Now, 1. This authority which they had over the bondmen whom they purchased from the neighbouring nations was in pursuance of the blessing of Jacob, Gen. xxvii. 29, Let people serve thee. 2. It prefigured the bringing in of the Gentiles to the service of Christ and his church. Ask of me, and I will give thee the heathen for thy inheritance, Ps. ii. 8. And it is promised (Isa. lxi. 5), Strangers shall stand and feed your flocks, and the sons of the alien shall be your vine-dressers; see Rev. ii. 26, 27. The upright shall have the dominion in the morning, Ps. xlix. 14. 3. It intimates that none shall have the benefit of the gospel jubilee but those only that are Israelites indeed, and the children of Abraham by faith: as for those that continue heathenish, they continue bondmen. See this turned upon the unbelieving Jews themselves, Gal. iv. 25, where Jerusalem, when she had rejected Christ, is said to be in bondage with her children. Let me only add here that, though they are not forbidden to rule their bondmen with rigour, yet the Jewish doctors say, "It is the property of mercy, and way of wisdom, that a man should be compassionate, and not make his yoke heavy upon any servant that he has."
III. That if an Israelite sold himself for a servant to a wealthy proselyte that sojourned among them care should be taken that he should have the same advantages as if he had sold himself to an Israelite, and in some respects greater. 1. That he should not serve as a bondman, but as a hired servant, and not to be ruled with rigour (v. 53), in thy sight, which intimated that the Jewish magistrates should particularly have an eye to him, and, if he were abused, should take cognizance of it, and redress his grievances, though the injured servant did not himself complain. Also he was to go free at the year of jubilee, v. 54. Though the sons of strangers might serve them for ever, yet the sons of Israel might not serve strangers for ever; yet the servant here, having made himself a slave by his own act and deed, should not go out in the seventh year of release, but in the jubilee only. 2. That he should have this further advantage that he might be redeemed again before the year of jubilee, v. 48, 49. He that had sold himself to an Israelite might, if ever he was able, redeem himself, but his relations had no right to redeem him. "But if a man sold himself to a stranger," the Jews say, "his relations were urged to redeem him; if they did not, it was fit that he should be redeemed at the public charge," which we find done, Neh. v. 8. The price of his ransom was to be computed according to the prospect of the year of jubilee (v. 50-52), as in the redemption of land, v. 15, 16. The learned bishop Patrick quotes one of the Jewish rabbin for an evangelical exposition of that appointment (v. 48), One of his brethren shall redeem him. "This Redeemer," says the rabbi, "is the Messiah, the Son of David." They expected this Messiah to be their Redeemer out of their captivity, and to restore them to their own land again; but we welcome him as the Redeemer who shall come to Zion, and shall turn away ungodliness from Jacob, for he shall save his people from their sins; and under this notion there were those that looked for redemption in Jerusalem.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
25:39: The law here appears harmoniously to supplement the earlier one in Exo 21:1-6. It was another check applied periodically to the tyranny of the rich. Compare Jer 34:8-17.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:39: be sold: Exo 21:2, Exo 22:3; Deu 15:12; Kg1 9:22; Kg2 4:1; Neh 5:5; Jer 34:14
compel him to serve as: Heb. serve thyself with him with the service of, etc. Lev 25:46 *marg. Exo 1:14; Jer 25:14, Jer 27:7, Jer 30:8
John Gill
25:39 And if thy brother that dwelleth by thee be waxen poor,.... The above laws and instructions seem designed to prevent such extreme poverty as obliged to what follows, namely, a brother being sold either to an Israelite or to a stranger, by relieving his wants or lending him money; but when these were insufficient to support him, and keep him from sinking into the lowest state of distress and misery, then he was obliged to be sold, as follows:
and be sold unto thee; either by himself, being ready to starve and perish, or by the sanhedrim, having stolen something, as Aben Ezra observes; in such a case the civil magistrate had a power of selling a man, Ex 22:3,
thou shall not compel him to serve as a bondservant; such as were Heathens, and bought of them, or taken in war and made slaves of; but an Israelite sold was not to serve as they, either with respect to matter or manner, or time of service; such as were bondmen were put to the hardest service, the greatest drudgery, as well as what was mean and reproachful, and were used in the most rigorous and despotic manner, and were obliged to serve for ever, and were never released; but a brother, an Israelite, sold to another through extreme poverty, was not to be put to any low, mean, base, and disgraceful service, by which it would be known that he was a servant, as Jarchi notes; such as to carry his master's vessels or instruments after him to the bath, or to unloose his shoes; but, as the same writer observes, he was to be employed in the business of the farm, or in some handicraft work, and was to be kindly and gently used, rather as a brother than a servant, and to be freed in the year of jubilee.
John Wesley
25:39 As a bond - man - Neither for the time, for ever, nor for the manner, with the hardest and vilest kinds of service, rigorously and severely exacted.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
25:39 if thy brother . . . be waxen poor, and be sold unto thee, thou shalt not compel him to serve as a bond-servant--An Israelite might be compelled, through misfortune, not only to mortgage his inheritance, but himself. In the event of his being reduced to this distress, he was to be treated not as a slave, but a hired servant whose engagement was temporary, and who might, through the friendly aid of a relative, be redeemed at any time before the Jubilee. The ransom money was determined on a most equitable principle. Taking account of the number of years from the proposal to redeem and the Jubilee, of the current wages of labor for that time, and multiplying the remaining years by that sum, the amount was to be paid to the master for his redemption. But if no such friendly interposition was made for a Hebrew slave, he continued in servitude till the year of Jubilee, when, as a matter of course, he regained his liberty, as well as his inheritance. Viewed in the various aspects in which it is presented in this chapter, the Jubilee was an admirable institution, and subservient in an eminent degree to uphold the interests of religion, social order, and freedom among the Israelites.
25:4025:40: իբրեւ զվարձկան։ իբրեւ զպանդո՛ւխտ եղիցի քեզ. մինչեւ յա՛մն թողութեան գործեսցէ առ քեզ։
40 Նա իբրեւ վարձկան, իբրեւ պանդուխտ թող լինի քեզ մօտ եւ աշխատի մինչեւ ազատագրման տարին:
40 Անիկա քու քովդ վարձկանի կամ պանդուխտի պէս թող ըլլայ ու ծառայէ քեզի մինչեւ Յոբելեան տարին։
իբրեւ զվարձկան, իբրեւ զպանդուխտ եղիցի քեզ, մինչեւ յամն [428]թողութեան գործեսցէ առ քեզ:

25:40: իբրեւ զվարձկան։ իբրեւ զպանդո՛ւխտ եղիցի քեզ. մինչեւ յա՛մն թողութեան գործեսցէ առ քեզ։
40 Նա իբրեւ վարձկան, իբրեւ պանդուխտ թող լինի քեզ մօտ եւ աշխատի մինչեւ ազատագրման տարին:
40 Անիկա քու քովդ վարձկանի կամ պանդուխտի պէս թող ըլլայ ու ծառայէ քեզի մինչեւ Յոբելեան տարին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:4040: он должен быть у тебя как наемник, как поселенец; до юбилейного года пусть работает у тебя,
25:40 ὡς ως.1 as; how μισθωτὸς μισθωτος hired hand ἢ η or; than πάροικος παροικος resident; foreigner ἔσται ειμι be σοι σοι you ἕως εως till; until τοῦ ο the ἔτους ετος year τῆς ο the ἀφέσεως αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness ἐργᾶται εργαζομαι work; perform παρὰ παρα from; by σοί σοι you
25:40 כְּ kᵊ כְּ as שָׂכִ֥יר śāḵˌîr שָׂכִיר hired כְּ kᵊ כְּ as תֹושָׁ֖ב ṯôšˌāv תֹּושָׁב sojourner יִהְיֶ֣ה yihyˈeh היה be עִמָּ֑ךְ ʕimmˈāḵ עִם with עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto שְׁנַ֥ת šᵊnˌaṯ שָׁנָה year הַ ha הַ the יֹּבֵ֖ל yyōvˌēl יֹובֵל ram יַעֲבֹ֥ד yaʕᵃvˌōḏ עבד work, serve עִמָּֽךְ׃ ʕimmˈāḵ עִם with
25:40. sed quasi mercennarius et colonus erit usque ad annum iobeleum operabitur apud teBut he shall be as a hireling, and a sojourner: he shall work with thee until the year of the jubilee.
40. as an hired servant, and as a sojourner, he shall be with thee; he shall serve with thee unto the year of jubile:
25:40. But he shall be like a hired hand or a settler; he shall work with you, until the year of the Jubilee.
25:40. [But] as an hired servant, [and] as a sojourner, he shall be with thee, [and] shall serve thee unto the year of jubile:
But as an hired servant, [and] as a sojourner, he shall be with thee, [and] shall serve thee unto the year of jubile:

40: он должен быть у тебя как наемник, как поселенец; до юбилейного года пусть работает у тебя,
25:40
ὡς ως.1 as; how
μισθωτὸς μισθωτος hired hand
η or; than
πάροικος παροικος resident; foreigner
ἔσται ειμι be
σοι σοι you
ἕως εως till; until
τοῦ ο the
ἔτους ετος year
τῆς ο the
ἀφέσεως αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness
ἐργᾶται εργαζομαι work; perform
παρὰ παρα from; by
σοί σοι you
25:40
כְּ kᵊ כְּ as
שָׂכִ֥יר śāḵˌîr שָׂכִיר hired
כְּ kᵊ כְּ as
תֹושָׁ֖ב ṯôšˌāv תֹּושָׁב sojourner
יִהְיֶ֣ה yihyˈeh היה be
עִמָּ֑ךְ ʕimmˈāḵ עִם with
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
שְׁנַ֥ת šᵊnˌaṯ שָׁנָה year
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּבֵ֖ל yyōvˌēl יֹובֵל ram
יַעֲבֹ֥ד yaʕᵃvˌōḏ עבד work, serve
עִמָּֽךְ׃ ʕimmˈāḵ עִם with
25:40. sed quasi mercennarius et colonus erit usque ad annum iobeleum operabitur apud te
But he shall be as a hireling, and a sojourner: he shall work with thee until the year of the jubilee.
25:40. But he shall be like a hired hand or a settler; he shall work with you, until the year of the Jubilee.
25:40. [But] as an hired servant, [and] as a sojourner, he shall be with thee, [and] shall serve thee unto the year of jubile:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:40: Exo 21:2, Exo 21:3
John Gill
25:40 But as an hired servant,.... Who is hired by the day, or month, or year; and, when his time is up, receives his wages and goes where he pleases, and while a servant is not under such despotic power and government as a slave is:
and as a sojourner; an inmate, one that dwells in part of a man's house, or boards and lodges with him, and whom he treats in a kind and familiar manner, rather like one of his own family than otherwise:
he shall be with thee; as under the above characters, and used as such: this the Jews refer to food and drink, and other things, as they do, Deut 15:16; and say (q) that a master might not eat fine bread, and his servant bread of bran; nor drink old wine, and his servant new; nor sleep on soft pillows and bedding, and his servant on straw: hence, they say (r), he that gets himself an Hebrew servant is as if he got himself a master:
and shall serve thee unto the year of the jubilee; and no longer; for if the year of jubilee came before the six years were expired for which he sold himself, the jubilee set him free, as Jarchi observes; nay, if be sold himself for ten or twenty years, and that but one year before the jubilee, it set him free, as Maimonides says (s).
(q) Maimon. in Misn. Kiddushin, c. 1. sect. 2. (r) Ibid. (s) Hilchot Abadim, c. 2. sect. 3.
25:4125:41: Եւ ելցէ՛ ՚ի թողութեանն ինքն եւ որդիք իւր ընդ իւր, եւ դարձցի՛ յազգ իւր, եւ ՚ի հայրենի՛ կալուածս իւր երթիցէ։
41 Ազատագրման տարում ինքն իր երեխաների հետ թող ազատ արձակուի եւ վերադառնայ իր ցեղի մօտ, թող գնայ իր հայրենի կալուածքը:
41 Եւ այն ատեն քու քովէդ պէտք է ելլէ ինք ալ ու իր որդիներն ալ իրեն հետ եւ իր ընտանիքին թող երթայ ու իր հայրերուն կալուածը դառնայ։
եւ ելցէ [429]ի թողութեանն ինքն եւ որդիք իւր ընդ իւր, եւ դարձցի յազգ իւր, եւ ի հայրենի կալուած իւր երթիցէ:

25:41: Եւ ելցէ՛ ՚ի թողութեանն ինքն եւ որդիք իւր ընդ իւր, եւ դարձցի՛ յազգ իւր, եւ ՚ի հայրենի՛ կալուածս իւր երթիցէ։
41 Ազատագրման տարում ինքն իր երեխաների հետ թող ազատ արձակուի եւ վերադառնայ իր ցեղի մօտ, թող գնայ իր հայրենի կալուածքը:
41 Եւ այն ատեն քու քովէդ պէտք է ելլէ ինք ալ ու իր որդիներն ալ իրեն հետ եւ իր ընտանիքին թող երթայ ու իր հայրերուն կալուածը դառնայ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:4141: а [тогда] пусть отойдет он от тебя, сам и дети его с ним, и возвратится в племя свое, и вступит опять во владение отцов своих,
25:41 καὶ και and; even ἐξελεύσεται εξερχομαι come out; go out τῇ ο the ἀφέσει αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the τέκνα τεκνον child αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him μετ᾿ μετα with; amid αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἀπελεύσεται απερχομαι go off; go away εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the γενεὰν γενεα generation αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the κατάσχεσιν κατασχεσις holding τὴν ο the πατρικὴν πατρικος paternal ἀποδραμεῖται αποτρεχω run off
25:41 וְ wᵊ וְ and יָצָא֙ yāṣˌā יצא go out מֵֽ mˈē מִן from עִמָּ֔ךְ ʕimmˈāḵ עִם with ה֖וּא hˌû הוּא he וּ û וְ and בָנָ֣יו vānˈāʸw בֵּן son עִמֹּ֑ו ʕimmˈô עִם with וְ wᵊ וְ and שָׁב֙ šˌāv שׁוב return אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to מִשְׁפַּחְתֹּ֔ו mišpaḥtˈô מִשְׁפַּחַת clan וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to אֲחֻזַּ֥ת ʔᵃḥuzzˌaṯ אֲחֻזָּה land property אֲבֹתָ֖יו ʔᵃvōṯˌāʸw אָב father יָשֽׁוּב׃ yāšˈûv שׁוב return
25:41. et postea egredietur cum liberis suis et revertetur ad cognationem et ad possessionem patrum suorumAnd afterwards he shall go out with his children: and shall return to his kindred and to the possession of his fathers.
41. then shall he go out from thee, he and his children with him, and shall return unto his own family, and unto the possession of his fathers shall he return.
25:41. And after that, he shall depart with his children, and he shall return to his kindred, to the possession of his fathers.
25:41. And [then] shall he depart from thee, [both] he and his children with him, and shall return unto his own family, and unto the possession of his fathers shall he return.
And [then] shall he depart from thee, [both] he and his children with him, and shall return unto his own family, and unto the possession of his fathers shall he return:

41: а [тогда] пусть отойдет он от тебя, сам и дети его с ним, и возвратится в племя свое, и вступит опять во владение отцов своих,
25:41
καὶ και and; even
ἐξελεύσεται εξερχομαι come out; go out
τῇ ο the
ἀφέσει αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
τέκνα τεκνον child
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
μετ᾿ μετα with; amid
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἀπελεύσεται απερχομαι go off; go away
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
γενεὰν γενεα generation
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
κατάσχεσιν κατασχεσις holding
τὴν ο the
πατρικὴν πατρικος paternal
ἀποδραμεῖται αποτρεχω run off
25:41
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָצָא֙ yāṣˌā יצא go out
מֵֽ mˈē מִן from
עִמָּ֔ךְ ʕimmˈāḵ עִם with
ה֖וּא hˌû הוּא he
וּ û וְ and
בָנָ֣יו vānˈāʸw בֵּן son
עִמֹּ֑ו ʕimmˈô עִם with
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָׁב֙ šˌāv שׁוב return
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
מִשְׁפַּחְתֹּ֔ו mišpaḥtˈô מִשְׁפַּחַת clan
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
אֲחֻזַּ֥ת ʔᵃḥuzzˌaṯ אֲחֻזָּה land property
אֲבֹתָ֖יו ʔᵃvōṯˌāʸw אָב father
יָשֽׁוּב׃ yāšˈûv שׁוב return
25:41. et postea egredietur cum liberis suis et revertetur ad cognationem et ad possessionem patrum suorum
And afterwards he shall go out with his children: and shall return to his kindred and to the possession of his fathers.
25:41. And after that, he shall depart with his children, and he shall return to his kindred, to the possession of his fathers.
25:41. And [then] shall he depart from thee, [both] he and his children with him, and shall return unto his own family, and unto the possession of his fathers shall he return.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:41: then shall: Exo 21:3; Joh 8:32; Rom 6:14; Tit 2:14
shall return: Lev 25:10, Lev 25:28
John Gill
25:41 And then shall he depart from thee, both he and his children with him,.... His sons and daughters, and his wife also, who is included in himself: if a man had a wife and children when he sold himself, or married afterwards, with his master's consent, he was obliged to maintain them (t); though they were not sold to him, nor properly his servants, and so had a right to go out with him:
and shall return unto his own family; his father's family, and that of his near relations, having been out of it during his time of servitude, and which the year of jubilee restored him to, Lev 25:10,
and unto the possession of his fathers shall he return; the estate his father left him by inheritance, and which he was obliged to sell in the time of his poverty, or which fell to him since by the death of his father; to this also he was restored in the year of jubilee, as is expressed in the text referred to.
(t) Maimon. in Misn. Kiddushin, c. 3. sect. 1.
John Wesley
25:41 Then shall he depart - Thou shalt not suffer him or his to abide longer in thy service, as thou mightest do in the year of release, Ex 21:2, Ex 21:6.
25:4225:42: Զի ծառայք ի՛մ են նոքա զորս եւ հանի յերկրէն Եգիպտացւոց. մի՛ վաճառեսցին ՚ի վաճառ ստրկի.
42 Իմ ծառաներն են նրանք, որոնց ես հանել եմ Եգիպտացիների երկրից: Դրա համար էլ նրանք իբրեւ ստրուկ չեն վաճառուելու:
42 Քանզի անոնք իմ ծառաներս են, որոնք Եգիպտոսի երկրէն հանեցի։ Անոնք ծառայի պէս թող չծախուին։
Զի ծառայք իմ են նոքա զորս եւ հանի յերկրէն Եգիպտացւոց. մի՛ վաճառեսցին ի վաճառ ստրկի:

25:42: Զի ծառայք ի՛մ են նոքա զորս եւ հանի յերկրէն Եգիպտացւոց. մի՛ վաճառեսցին ՚ի վաճառ ստրկի.
42 Իմ ծառաներն են նրանք, որոնց ես հանել եմ Եգիպտացիների երկրից: Դրա համար էլ նրանք իբրեւ ստրուկ չեն վաճառուելու:
42 Քանզի անոնք իմ ծառաներս են, որոնք Եգիպտոսի երկրէն հանեցի։ Անոնք ծառայի պէս թող չծախուին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:4242: потому что они--Мои рабы, которых Я вывел из земли Египетской: не должно продавать их, как продают рабов;
25:42 διότι διοτι because; that οἰκέται οικετης domestic μού μου of me; mine εἰσιν ειμι be οὗτοι ουτος this; he οὓς ος who; what ἐξήγαγον εξαγω lead out; bring out ἐκ εκ from; out of γῆς γη earth; land Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos οὐ ου not πραθήσεται πιπρασκω sell ἐν εν in πράσει πρασις domestic
25:42 כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that עֲבָדַ֣י ʕᵃvāḏˈay עֶבֶד servant הֵ֔ם hˈēm הֵם they אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] הֹוצֵ֥אתִי hôṣˌēṯî יצא go out אֹתָ֖ם ʔōṯˌām אֵת [object marker] מֵ mē מִן from אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth מִצְרָ֑יִם miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not יִמָּכְר֖וּ yimmāḵᵊrˌû מכר sell מִמְכֶּ֥רֶת mimkˌereṯ מִמְכֶּרֶת sale עָֽבֶד׃ ʕˈāveḏ עֶבֶד servant
25:42. mei enim servi sunt et ego eduxi eos de terra Aegypti non venient condicione servorumFor they are my servants, and I brought them out of the land of Egypt: let them not be sold as bondmen.
42. For they are my servants, which I brought forth out of the land of Egypt: they shall not be sold as bondmen.
25:42. For these are my servants, and I led them away from the land of Egypt; let them not be sold into the condition of servitude.
25:42. For they [are] my servants, which I brought forth out of the land of Egypt: they shall not be sold as bondmen.
For they [are] my servants, which I brought forth out of the land of Egypt: they shall not be sold as bondmen:

42: потому что они--Мои рабы, которых Я вывел из земли Египетской: не должно продавать их, как продают рабов;
25:42
διότι διοτι because; that
οἰκέται οικετης domestic
μού μου of me; mine
εἰσιν ειμι be
οὗτοι ουτος this; he
οὓς ος who; what
ἐξήγαγον εξαγω lead out; bring out
ἐκ εκ from; out of
γῆς γη earth; land
Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
οὐ ου not
πραθήσεται πιπρασκω sell
ἐν εν in
πράσει πρασις domestic
25:42
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
עֲבָדַ֣י ʕᵃvāḏˈay עֶבֶד servant
הֵ֔ם hˈēm הֵם they
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
הֹוצֵ֥אתִי hôṣˌēṯî יצא go out
אֹתָ֖ם ʔōṯˌām אֵת [object marker]
מֵ מִן from
אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
מִצְרָ֑יִם miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
יִמָּכְר֖וּ yimmāḵᵊrˌû מכר sell
מִמְכֶּ֥רֶת mimkˌereṯ מִמְכֶּרֶת sale
עָֽבֶד׃ ʕˈāveḏ עֶבֶד servant
25:42. mei enim servi sunt et ego eduxi eos de terra Aegypti non venient condicione servorum
For they are my servants, and I brought them out of the land of Egypt: let them not be sold as bondmen.
25:42. For these are my servants, and I led them away from the land of Egypt; let them not be sold into the condition of servitude.
25:42. For they [are] my servants, which I brought forth out of the land of Egypt: they shall not be sold as bondmen.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
25:42: For they are my servants - As God redeemed every Israelite out of Egyptian bondage, they were therefore to consider themselves as his property, and that consequently they should not alienate themselves from him. It was in being his servants, and devoted to his work, that both their religious and political service consisted. And although their political liberty might be lost, they knew that their spiritual liberty never could be forfeited except by an utter alienation from God. God therefore claims the same right to their persons which he does to their lands; See the note on Lev 25:23.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:42: my servants: Lev 25:55; Rom 6:22; Co1 7:21-23
as bondmen: Heb. with the sale of a bondman
Geneva 1599
25:42 For they [are] my servants, which I brought forth out of the land of Egypt: they shall not (s) be sold as bondmen.
(s) To perpetual servitude.
John Gill
25:42 For they are my servants, which I brought forth out of the land of Egypt,.... The Lord redeemed them out of Egypt, made a purchase of them, and had a prior right unto them, and being his servants first, they cannot be the servants of others; his right unto them as such antecedes and prevents any other claim upon them:
they shall not be sold as bondmen; or, "with", or, "according to the sale of a bondman" (u); in the manner they are sold, or according to the laws of selling of servants; not in such a public manner as they are sold in markets, nor for such purposes to be used as slaves in a rigorous manner, nor so as to be retained for ever in servitude; not to be sold by proclamation, as Jarchi observes, saying, here is a servant to be sold; nor shall they set him upon the stone of sale; for it seems in public places in markets, where slaves were sold, there was a stone on which they were placed, which showed that they were to be sold; but now an Israelite was not to be sold in such a manner, so Maimonides (w) says, but privately, in an honourable way.
(u) "venditione servi", Drusius. (w) Hilchot Abadim, c. 1. sect. 5.
John Wesley
25:42 They are my servants - They, no less than you, are members of my church and people; such as I have chosen out of all the world to serve me here, and to enjoy me hereafter, and therefore are not to be oppressed, neither are you absolute lords over them to deal with them as you please.
25:4325:43: եւ մի՛ տառապեցուսցես զնա ընդ աշխատութեամբ. եւ երկնչիցի՛ս ՚ի Տեառնէ Աստուծոյ քումմէ։
43 Չարչարանքով չպիտի տանջես նրան: Երկնչի՛ր քո Տէր Աստծուց:
43 Խստութեամբ մի՛ իշխեր անոր վրայ, հապա քու Աստուծմէդ վախցի՛ր։
Եւ մի՛ տառապեցուսցես զնա ընդ աշխատութեամբ. եւ երկնչիցիս [430]ի Տեառնէ Աստուծոյ քումմէ:

25:43: եւ մի՛ տառապեցուսցես զնա ընդ աշխատութեամբ. եւ երկնչիցի՛ս ՚ի Տեառնէ Աստուծոյ քումմէ։
43 Չարչարանքով չպիտի տանջես նրան: Երկնչի՛ր քո Տէր Աստծուց:
43 Խստութեամբ մի՛ իշխեր անոր վրայ, հապա քու Աստուծմէդ վախցի՛ր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:4343: не господствуй над ним с жестокостью и бойся Бога твоего.
25:43 οὐ ου not κατατενεῖς κατατεινω he; him ἐν εν in τῷ ο the μόχθῳ μοχθος toil καὶ και and; even φοβηθήσῃ φοβεω afraid; fear κύριον κυριος lord; master τὸν ο the θεόν θεος God σου σου of you; your
25:43 לֹא־ lō- לֹא not תִרְדֶּ֥ה ṯirdˌeh רדה tread, to rule בֹ֖ו vˌô בְּ in בְּ bᵊ בְּ in פָ֑רֶךְ fˈāreḵ פֶּרֶךְ act of violence וְ wᵊ וְ and יָרֵ֖אתָ yārˌēṯā ירא fear מֵ mē מִן from אֱלֹהֶֽיךָ׃ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s)
25:43. ne adfligas eum per potentiam sed metuito Deum tuumAfflict him not by might: but fear thy God.
43. Thou shalt not rule over him with rigour; but shalt fear thy God.
25:43. Do not afflict him by power, but be fearful of your God.
25:43. Thou shalt not rule over him with rigour; but shalt fear thy God.
Thou shalt not rule over him with rigour; but shalt fear thy God:

43: не господствуй над ним с жестокостью и бойся Бога твоего.
25:43
οὐ ου not
κατατενεῖς κατατεινω he; him
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
μόχθῳ μοχθος toil
καὶ και and; even
φοβηθήσῃ φοβεω afraid; fear
κύριον κυριος lord; master
τὸν ο the
θεόν θεος God
σου σου of you; your
25:43
לֹא־ lō- לֹא not
תִרְדֶּ֥ה ṯirdˌeh רדה tread, to rule
בֹ֖ו vˌô בְּ in
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
פָ֑רֶךְ fˈāreḵ פֶּרֶךְ act of violence
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָרֵ֖אתָ yārˌēṯā ירא fear
מֵ מִן from
אֱלֹהֶֽיךָ׃ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s)
25:43. ne adfligas eum per potentiam sed metuito Deum tuum
Afflict him not by might: but fear thy God.
25:43. Do not afflict him by power, but be fearful of your God.
25:43. Thou shalt not rule over him with rigour; but shalt fear thy God.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
25:43: Thou shalt not rule over him with rigor - What is rigorous service? "Service which is not determined, and service whereof there is no need." This is the definition given by the Jews; but much more is implied in this command than is expressed here. Labour beyond the person's strength, or labor too long continued, or in unhealthy or uncomfortable places and circumstances, or without sufficient food, etc., is labor exacted with rigour, and consequently inhuman; and this law is made, not for the Mosaic dispensation and the Jewish people, but for every dispensation and for every people under heaven.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
25:43: Fear thy God - Yahweh was the Lord and Master of His people. To treat a Hebrew as a slave was therefore to interfere with the rights of Yahweh. Compare Rom 14:4.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:43: rule: Lev 25:46, Lev 25:53; Exo 1:13, Exo 1:14, Exo 2:23, Exo 3:7, Exo 3:9, Exo 5:14; Isa 47:6, Isa 58:3; Eph 6:9; Col 4:1
but shalt: Lev 25:17; Exo 1:17, Exo 1:21; Deu 25:18; Mal 3:5
John Gill
25:43 Thou shalt not rule over him with rigour,.... As the Egyptians ruled over the Israelites, and made them to serve, Ex 1:13; where the same word is used as here, and seems designed to put them in mind of it, that so they might abstain from such usage of their brethren, which they had met with from their most cruel enemies; it signifies tyranny and oppression, treating them with great severity, laying hard and heavy tasks and burdens upon them they could not bear; enjoining them things they could not perform, and ordering them to do what were unnecessary, and without any limitation with respect to time:
but shalt fear thy God; that has been good to thee, and has brought thee out of hard and rigorous bondage in Egypt; and which should be remembered with thankfulness, and they should fear to offend so good a God by using a brother cruelly.
John Wesley
25:43 Fear thy God - Though thou dost not fear them who are in thy power, and unable to right themselves, yet fear that God who hath commanded thee to use them kindly, and who can and will avenge their cause, if thou oppress them.
25:4425:44: Եւ ծառայ՝ կամ աղախին որչափ եւ լինիցին քեզ յազգացն՝ որ շուրջ զքեւ՛ն իցեն, ՚ի նոցանէ ստասջի՛ք.
44 Ինչ ծառայ կամ աղախին էլ որ ուզենաս ունենալ, քո շուրջը եղող ազգերից կը վերցնես,
44 Քու ծառադ ու աղախինդ ձեր բոլորտիքը եղած ազգերէն պէտք է ըլլան։ Ծառայ ու աղախին անոնցմէ կրնաք ծախու առնել։
Եւ ծառայ կամ աղախին որչափ եւ լինիցին քեզ` յազգացն որ շուրջ զքեւն իցեն, ի նոցանէ ստասջիք:

25:44: Եւ ծառայ՝ կամ աղախին որչափ եւ լինիցին քեզ յազգացն՝ որ շուրջ զքեւ՛ն իցեն, ՚ի նոցանէ ստասջի՛ք.
44 Ինչ ծառայ կամ աղախին էլ որ ուզենաս ունենալ, քո շուրջը եղող ազգերից կը վերցնես,
44 Քու ծառադ ու աղախինդ ձեր բոլորտիքը եղած ազգերէն պէտք է ըլլան։ Ծառայ ու աղախին անոնցմէ կրնաք ծախու առնել։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:4444: А чтобы раб твой и рабыня твоя были у тебя, то покупайте себе раба и рабыню у народов, которые вокруг вас;
25:44 καὶ και and; even παῖς παις child; boy καὶ και and; even παιδίσκη παιδισκη girl; maid ὅσοι οσος as much as; as many as ἂν αν perhaps; ever γένωνταί γινομαι happen; become σοι σοι you ἀπὸ απο from; away τῶν ο the ἐθνῶν εθνος nation; caste ὅσοι οσος as much as; as many as κύκλῳ κυκλω circling; in a circle σού σου of you; your εἰσιν ειμι be ἀπ᾿ απο from; away αὐτῶν αυτος he; him κτήσεσθε κταομαι acquire δοῦλον δουλος subject καὶ και and; even δούλην δουλη subject; maid
25:44 וְ wᵊ וְ and עַבְדְּךָ֥ ʕavdᵊḵˌā עֶבֶד servant וַ wa וְ and אֲמָתְךָ֖ ʔᵃmāṯᵊḵˌā אָמָה handmaid אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] יִהְיוּ־ yihyû- היה be לָ֑ךְ lˈāḵ לְ to מֵ mē מִן from אֵ֣ת ʔˈēṯ אֵת together with הַ ha הַ the גֹּויִ֗ם ggôyˈim גֹּוי people אֲשֶׁר֙ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] סְבִיבֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם sᵊvîvˈōṯêḵˈem סָבִיב surrounding מֵהֶ֥ם mēhˌem מִן from תִּקְנ֖וּ tiqnˌû קנה buy עֶ֥בֶד ʕˌeveḏ עֶבֶד servant וְ wᵊ וְ and אָמָֽה׃ ʔāmˈā אָמָה handmaid
25:44. servus et ancilla sint vobis de nationibus quae in circuitu vestro suntLet your bondmen, and your bondwomen, be of the nations that are round about you:
44. And as for thy bondmen, and thy bondmaids, which thou shalt have; of the nations that are round about you, of them shall ye buy bondmen and bondmaids.
25:44. Let your male and female servants be from the nations which are all around you,
25:44. Both thy bondmen, and thy bondmaids, which thou shalt have, [shall be] of the heathen that are round about you; of them shall ye buy bondmen and bondmaids.
Both thy bondmen, and thy bondmaids, which thou shalt have, [shall be] of the heathen that are round about you; of them shall ye buy bondmen and bondmaids:

44: А чтобы раб твой и рабыня твоя были у тебя, то покупайте себе раба и рабыню у народов, которые вокруг вас;
25:44
καὶ και and; even
παῖς παις child; boy
καὶ και and; even
παιδίσκη παιδισκη girl; maid
ὅσοι οσος as much as; as many as
ἂν αν perhaps; ever
γένωνταί γινομαι happen; become
σοι σοι you
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῶν ο the
ἐθνῶν εθνος nation; caste
ὅσοι οσος as much as; as many as
κύκλῳ κυκλω circling; in a circle
σού σου of you; your
εἰσιν ειμι be
ἀπ᾿ απο from; away
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
κτήσεσθε κταομαι acquire
δοῦλον δουλος subject
καὶ και and; even
δούλην δουλη subject; maid
25:44
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַבְדְּךָ֥ ʕavdᵊḵˌā עֶבֶד servant
וַ wa וְ and
אֲמָתְךָ֖ ʔᵃmāṯᵊḵˌā אָמָה handmaid
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יִהְיוּ־ yihyû- היה be
לָ֑ךְ lˈāḵ לְ to
מֵ מִן from
אֵ֣ת ʔˈēṯ אֵת together with
הַ ha הַ the
גֹּויִ֗ם ggôyˈim גֹּוי people
אֲשֶׁר֙ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
סְבִיבֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם sᵊvîvˈōṯêḵˈem סָבִיב surrounding
מֵהֶ֥ם mēhˌem מִן from
תִּקְנ֖וּ tiqnˌû קנה buy
עֶ֥בֶד ʕˌeveḏ עֶבֶד servant
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אָמָֽה׃ ʔāmˈā אָמָה handmaid
25:44. servus et ancilla sint vobis de nationibus quae in circuitu vestro sunt
Let your bondmen, and your bondwomen, be of the nations that are round about you:
25:44. Let your male and female servants be from the nations which are all around you,
25:44. Both thy bondmen, and thy bondmaids, which thou shalt have, [shall be] of the heathen that are round about you; of them shall ye buy bondmen and bondmaids.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
44-46: На чуждых Израилю и его верованиям иностранцев закон об отпущении рабов не распространялся; их евреям предоставлено было покупать у соседних народов и чужеземцев и притом навсегда (вечно, leolam), с правом передачи в наследство детям (ст. 44–46).
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
25:44: Property in foreign slaves is here distinctly permitted. It was a patriarchal custom Gen 17:12. Such slaves might be captives taken in war (Num 31:6 following; Deu 20:14), or those consigned to slavery for their crimes, or those purchased of foreign slave-dealers. The price of a slave is supposed to have varied from thirty to fifty shekels. See Lev 27:3-4, note; Exo 21:32, note; Zac 11:12-13, note; Mat 26:15, note. It was the object of Moses, not at once to do away with slavery, but to discourage and to mitigate it. The Law would not suffer it to be forgotten that the slave was a man, and protected him in every way that was possible at the time against the injustice or cruelty of his master. See the notes at Exo. 21.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:44: Exo 12:44; Psa 2:8, Psa 2:9; Isa 14:1, Isa 14:2; Rev 2:26, Rev 2:27
John Gill
25:44 Both thy bondmen, and thy bondmaids, which thou shalt have,.... Such it seems were allowed them, if they had need of them; but if they had them, they were to be not of the nation of Israel, but of other nations; this is an anticipation of an objection, as Jarchi observes; if so, who shall I have to minister to me? The answer follows, they
shall be of the heathen that are round about thee, of them shall ye buy bondmen and bondmaids; that is, of the Ammonites, Moabites, Edomites, and Syrians, as Aben Ezra, that were their neighbours, that lived round about them, of any but the seven nations, which they were ordered utterly to destroy; wherefore Jarchi observes it is said, "that are round about thee"; not in the midst of the border of your land, for them they were not to save alive, Deut 20:16.
25:4525:45: եւ յորդւոց պանդխտացն՝ որ ՚ի միջի՛ ձերում իցեն, ՚ի նոցանէ՛ ստանայցէք, եւ յազգականա՛ց նոցա որչափ ինչ լինիցին յերկրին ձերում՝ եղիցին ձեզ ՚ի կալուածս.
45 ինչպէս եւ ձեր մէջ ապրող օտարականների զաւակներից ու նրանց ազգականներից: Որքան զաւակ ունենան ձեր երկրում, բոլորը թող դառնան ձեր սեփականութիւնը:
45 Նաեւ ձեր քով բնակող օտարականներուն զաւակներէն կամ անոնցմէ եւ կամ ձեր քով եղող անոնց ընտանիքներէն որոնք ձեր երկիրը ծնած են՝ կրնաք ծախու առնել, որպէս զի ձեր ստացուածքը ըլլան.
Եւ յորդւոց պանդխտացն որ ի միջի ձերում իցեն, ի նոցանէ ստանայցէք, եւ յազգականաց նոցա որչափ ինչ լինիցին յերկրին ձերում` եղիցին ձեզ ի կալուածս:

25:45: եւ յորդւոց պանդխտացն՝ որ ՚ի միջի՛ ձերում իցեն, ՚ի նոցանէ՛ ստանայցէք, եւ յազգականա՛ց նոցա որչափ ինչ լինիցին յերկրին ձերում՝ եղիցին ձեզ ՚ի կալուածս.
45 ինչպէս եւ ձեր մէջ ապրող օտարականների զաւակներից ու նրանց ազգականներից: Որքան զաւակ ունենան ձեր երկրում, բոլորը թող դառնան ձեր սեփականութիւնը:
45 Նաեւ ձեր քով բնակող օտարականներուն զաւակներէն կամ անոնցմէ եւ կամ ձեր քով եղող անոնց ընտանիքներէն որոնք ձեր երկիրը ծնած են՝ կրնաք ծախու առնել, որպէս զի ձեր ստացուածքը ըլլան.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:4545: также и из детей поселенцев, поселившихся у вас, можете покупать, и из племени их, которое у вас, которое у них родилось в земле вашей, и они могут быть вашей собственностью;
25:45 καὶ και and; even ἀπὸ απο from; away τῶν ο the υἱῶν υιος son τῶν ο the παροίκων παροικος resident; foreigner τῶν ο the ὄντων ειμι be ἐν εν in ὑμῖν υμιν you ἀπὸ απο from; away τούτων ουτος this; he κτήσεσθε κταομαι acquire καὶ και and; even ἀπὸ απο from; away τῶν ο the συγγενῶν συγγενης relative αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ὅσοι οσος as much as; as many as ἂν αν perhaps; ever γένωνται γινομαι happen; become ἐν εν in τῇ ο the γῇ γη earth; land ὑμῶν υμων your ἔστωσαν ειμι be ὑμῖν υμιν you εἰς εις into; for κατάσχεσιν κατασχεσις holding
25:45 וְ֠ wᵊ וְ and גַם ḡˌam גַּם even מִ mi מִן from בְּנֵ֨י bbᵊnˌê בֵּן son הַ ha הַ the תֹּושָׁבִ֜ים ttôšāvˈîm תֹּושָׁב sojourner הַ ha הַ the גָּרִ֤ים ggārˈîm גור dwell עִמָּכֶם֙ ʕimmāḵˌem עִם with מֵהֶ֣ם mēhˈem מִן from תִּקְנ֔וּ tiqnˈû קנה buy וּ û וְ and מִ mi מִן from מִּשְׁפַּחְתָּם֙ mmišpaḥtˌām מִשְׁפַּחַת clan אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עִמָּכֶ֔ם ʕimmāḵˈem עִם with אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] הֹולִ֖ידוּ hôlˌîḏû ילד bear בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אַרְצְכֶ֑ם ʔarṣᵊḵˈem אֶרֶץ earth וְ wᵊ וְ and הָי֥וּ hāyˌû היה be לָכֶ֖ם lāḵˌem לְ to לַֽ lˈa לְ to אֲחֻזָּֽה׃ ʔᵃḥuzzˈā אֲחֻזָּה land property
25:45. et de advenis qui peregrinantur apud vos vel qui ex his nati fuerint in terra vestra hos habebitis famulosAnd of the strangers that sojourn among you, or that were born of them in your land. These you shall have for servants:
45. Moreover of the children of the strangers that do sojourn among you, of them shall ye buy, and of their families that are with you, which they have begotten in your land: and they shall be your possession.
25:45. and from the newcomers who sojourn with you, or who have been born from them in your land. These you shall have as servants,
25:45. Moreover of the children of the strangers that do sojourn among you, of them shall ye buy, and of their families that [are] with you, which they begat in your land: and they shall be your possession.
Moreover of the children of the strangers that do sojourn among you, of them shall ye buy, and of their families that [are] with you, which they begat in your land: and they shall be your possession:

45: также и из детей поселенцев, поселившихся у вас, можете покупать, и из племени их, которое у вас, которое у них родилось в земле вашей, и они могут быть вашей собственностью;
25:45
καὶ και and; even
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῶν ο the
υἱῶν υιος son
τῶν ο the
παροίκων παροικος resident; foreigner
τῶν ο the
ὄντων ειμι be
ἐν εν in
ὑμῖν υμιν you
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τούτων ουτος this; he
κτήσεσθε κταομαι acquire
καὶ και and; even
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῶν ο the
συγγενῶν συγγενης relative
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ὅσοι οσος as much as; as many as
ἂν αν perhaps; ever
γένωνται γινομαι happen; become
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
γῇ γη earth; land
ὑμῶν υμων your
ἔστωσαν ειμι be
ὑμῖν υμιν you
εἰς εις into; for
κατάσχεσιν κατασχεσις holding
25:45
וְ֠ wᵊ וְ and
גַם ḡˌam גַּם even
מִ mi מִן from
בְּנֵ֨י bbᵊnˌê בֵּן son
הַ ha הַ the
תֹּושָׁבִ֜ים ttôšāvˈîm תֹּושָׁב sojourner
הַ ha הַ the
גָּרִ֤ים ggārˈîm גור dwell
עִמָּכֶם֙ ʕimmāḵˌem עִם with
מֵהֶ֣ם mēhˈem מִן from
תִּקְנ֔וּ tiqnˈû קנה buy
וּ û וְ and
מִ mi מִן from
מִּשְׁפַּחְתָּם֙ mmišpaḥtˌām מִשְׁפַּחַת clan
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עִמָּכֶ֔ם ʕimmāḵˈem עִם with
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
הֹולִ֖ידוּ hôlˌîḏû ילד bear
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אַרְצְכֶ֑ם ʔarṣᵊḵˈem אֶרֶץ earth
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָי֥וּ hāyˌû היה be
לָכֶ֖ם lāḵˌem לְ to
לַֽ lˈa לְ to
אֲחֻזָּֽה׃ ʔᵃḥuzzˈā אֲחֻזָּה land property
25:45. et de advenis qui peregrinantur apud vos vel qui ex his nati fuerint in terra vestra hos habebitis famulos
And of the strangers that sojourn among you, or that were born of them in your land. These you shall have for servants:
25:45. and from the newcomers who sojourn with you, or who have been born from them in your land. These you shall have as servants,
25:45. Moreover of the children of the strangers that do sojourn among you, of them shall ye buy, and of their families that [are] with you, which they begat in your land: and they shall be your possession.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:45: Isa 56:3-6
Geneva 1599
25:45 Moreover of the children of the strangers that do sojourn among you, of them shall ye buy, and of their families that [are] with you, which they begat in your land: and they shall be your (t) possession.
(t) For they shall not be bought out at the Jubile.
John Gill
25:45 Moreover, of the children of the strangers, that do sojourn among you,.... The uncircumcised sojourners as they are called in the Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan, proselytes of the gate, such of the nations round about who came and sojourned among them, being subject to the precepts given to the sons of Noah respecting idolatry, &c. but were not circumcised, and did not embrace the Jewish religion:
of them shall ye buy; for bondmen and bondmaids:
and of their families that are with you, which they begat in your land; but, as the Targum of Jonathan adds, are not of the Canaanites; though the Jewish writers (x) say, that one of the nations that lies with a Canaanitish woman, and begets a son of her, he may be bought for a servant; and so if a Canaanitish man lies with one of the nations, and begets a son of her, he may also be bought for a servant:
and they shall be your possession; as servants, as bondmen and bondmaids, and be so for ever to them and their heirs, as follows.
(x) Torat Cohanim apud Yalkut, par. 1. fol. 195. 1.
25:4625:46: եւ բաժանեսջի՛ք զնոսա որդւոց ձերոց յետ ձեր, եւ եղիցին ձեզ ստրո՛ւկք յաւիտեան։ Բայց յեղբարց ձերոց յորդւոցն Իսրայէլի՝ իւրաքանչի՛ւր ոք զեղբայր իւր մի՛ տառապեցուցանիցէք աշխատութեամբ։
46 Նրանց իբրեւ ժառանգութիւն կը յանձնէք ձեր գալիք սերունդներին, նրանք առյաւէտ ձեր ստրուկները թող լինեն: Ձեզնից ոչ ոք իր եղբայրներին՝ իսրայէլացիներին, չարչարանքով թող չտանջի:
46 Ձեզմէ ետքը ձեր որդիներուն կտակեցէք զանոնք իբր ժառանգութեան ստացուածք, որպէս զի միշտ ձեր ծառաները ըլլան. բայց ձեր եղբայրներուն, Իսրայէլի որդիներուն, համար՝ իրարու վրայ խստութեամբ մի՛ իշխէք։
եւ բաժանեսջիք զնոսա որդւոց ձերոց յետ ձեր, եւ եղիցին ձեզ ստրուկք յաւիտեան. բայց յեղբարց ձերոց յորդւոցն Իսրայելի` իւրաքանչիւր ոք զեղբայր իւր մի՛ տառապեցուցանիցէք աշխատութեամբ:

25:46: եւ բաժանեսջի՛ք զնոսա որդւոց ձերոց յետ ձեր, եւ եղիցին ձեզ ստրո՛ւկք յաւիտեան։ Բայց յեղբարց ձերոց յորդւոցն Իսրայէլի՝ իւրաքանչի՛ւր ոք զեղբայր իւր մի՛ տառապեցուցանիցէք աշխատութեամբ։
46 Նրանց իբրեւ ժառանգութիւն կը յանձնէք ձեր գալիք սերունդներին, նրանք առյաւէտ ձեր ստրուկները թող լինեն: Ձեզնից ոչ ոք իր եղբայրներին՝ իսրայէլացիներին, չարչարանքով թող չտանջի:
46 Ձեզմէ ետքը ձեր որդիներուն կտակեցէք զանոնք իբր ժառանգութեան ստացուածք, որպէս զի միշտ ձեր ծառաները ըլլան. բայց ձեր եղբայրներուն, Իսրայէլի որդիներուն, համար՝ իրարու վրայ խստութեամբ մի՛ իշխէք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:4646: можете передавать их в наследство и сынам вашим по себе, как имение; вечно владейте ими, как рабами. А над братьями вашими, сынами Израилевыми, друг над другом, не господствуйте с жестокостью.
25:46 καὶ και and; even καταμεριεῖτε καταμεριζω he; him τοῖς ο the τέκνοις τεκνον child ὑμῶν υμων your μεθ᾿ μετα with; amid ὑμᾶς υμας you καὶ και and; even ἔσονται ειμι be ὑμῖν υμιν you κατόχιμοι κατοχιμος into; for τὸν ο the αἰῶνα αιων age; -ever τῶν ο the ἀδελφῶν αδελφος brother ὑμῶν υμων your τῶν ο the υἱῶν υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ἕκαστος εκαστος each τὸν ο the ἀδελφὸν αδελφος brother αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him οὐ ου not κατατενεῖ κατατεινω he; him ἐν εν in τοῖς ο the μόχθοις μοχθος toil
25:46 וְ wᵊ וְ and הִתְנַחֲלְתֶּ֨ם hiṯnaḥᵃltˌem נחל take possession אֹתָ֜ם ʔōṯˈām אֵת [object marker] לִ li לְ to בְנֵיכֶ֤ם vᵊnêḵˈem בֵּן son אַחֲרֵיכֶם֙ ʔaḥᵃrêḵˌem אַחַר after לָ lā לְ to רֶ֣שֶׁת rˈešeṯ ירשׁ trample down אֲחֻזָּ֔ה ʔᵃḥuzzˈā אֲחֻזָּה land property לְ lᵊ לְ to עֹלָ֖ם ʕōlˌām עֹולָם eternity בָּהֶ֣ם bāhˈem בְּ in תַּעֲבֹ֑דוּ taʕᵃvˈōḏû עבד work, serve וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in אַ֨חֵיכֶ֤ם ʔˌaḥêḵˈem אָח brother בְּנֵֽי־ bᵊnˈê- בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel אִ֣ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אָחִ֔יו ʔāḥˈiʸw אָח brother לֹא־ lō- לֹא not תִרְדֶּ֥ה ṯirdˌeh רדה tread, to rule בֹ֖ו vˌô בְּ in בְּ bᵊ בְּ in פָֽרֶךְ׃ ס fˈāreḵ . s פֶּרֶךְ act of violence
25:46. et hereditario iure transmittetis ad posteros ac possidebitis in aeternum fratres autem vestros filios Israhel ne opprimatis per potentiamAnd by right of inheritance shall leave them to your posterity, and shall possess them for ever. But oppress not your brethren the children of Israel by might.
46. And ye shall make them an inheritance for your children after you, to hold for a possession; of them shall ye take your bondmen for ever: but over your brethren the children of Israel ye shall not rule, one over another, with rigour.
25:46. and, by the right of inheritance, you shall transmit them to your posterity, and you shall possess them forever. But do not oppress your brothers, the sons of Israel, by power.
25:46. And ye shall take them as an inheritance for your children after you, to inherit [them for] a possession; they shall be your bondmen for ever: but over your brethren the children of Israel, ye shall not rule one over another with rigour.
And ye shall take them as an inheritance for your children after you, to inherit [them for] a possession; they shall be your bondmen for ever: but over your brethren the children of Israel, ye shall not rule one over another with rigour:

46: можете передавать их в наследство и сынам вашим по себе, как имение; вечно владейте ими, как рабами. А над братьями вашими, сынами Израилевыми, друг над другом, не господствуйте с жестокостью.
25:46
καὶ και and; even
καταμεριεῖτε καταμεριζω he; him
τοῖς ο the
τέκνοις τεκνον child
ὑμῶν υμων your
μεθ᾿ μετα with; amid
ὑμᾶς υμας you
καὶ και and; even
ἔσονται ειμι be
ὑμῖν υμιν you
κατόχιμοι κατοχιμος into; for
τὸν ο the
αἰῶνα αιων age; -ever
τῶν ο the
ἀδελφῶν αδελφος brother
ὑμῶν υμων your
τῶν ο the
υἱῶν υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ἕκαστος εκαστος each
τὸν ο the
ἀδελφὸν αδελφος brother
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
οὐ ου not
κατατενεῖ κατατεινω he; him
ἐν εν in
τοῖς ο the
μόχθοις μοχθος toil
25:46
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִתְנַחֲלְתֶּ֨ם hiṯnaḥᵃltˌem נחל take possession
אֹתָ֜ם ʔōṯˈām אֵת [object marker]
לִ li לְ to
בְנֵיכֶ֤ם vᵊnêḵˈem בֵּן son
אַחֲרֵיכֶם֙ ʔaḥᵃrêḵˌem אַחַר after
לָ לְ to
רֶ֣שֶׁת rˈešeṯ ירשׁ trample down
אֲחֻזָּ֔ה ʔᵃḥuzzˈā אֲחֻזָּה land property
לְ lᵊ לְ to
עֹלָ֖ם ʕōlˌām עֹולָם eternity
בָּהֶ֣ם bāhˈem בְּ in
תַּעֲבֹ֑דוּ taʕᵃvˈōḏû עבד work, serve
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
אַ֨חֵיכֶ֤ם ʔˌaḥêḵˈem אָח brother
בְּנֵֽי־ bᵊnˈê- בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
אִ֣ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אָחִ֔יו ʔāḥˈiʸw אָח brother
לֹא־ lō- לֹא not
תִרְדֶּ֥ה ṯirdˌeh רדה tread, to rule
בֹ֖ו vˌô בְּ in
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
פָֽרֶךְ׃ ס fˈāreḵ . s פֶּרֶךְ act of violence
25:46. et hereditario iure transmittetis ad posteros ac possidebitis in aeternum fratres autem vestros filios Israhel ne opprimatis per potentiam
And by right of inheritance shall leave them to your posterity, and shall possess them for ever. But oppress not your brethren the children of Israel by might.
25:46. and, by the right of inheritance, you shall transmit them to your posterity, and you shall possess them forever. But do not oppress your brothers, the sons of Israel, by power.
25:46. And ye shall take them as an inheritance for your children after you, to inherit [them for] a possession; they shall be your bondmen for ever: but over your brethren the children of Israel, ye shall not rule one over another with rigour.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
25:46
Your bondmen foRev_er - i. e. they were not necessarily to be released in the sabbatical year nor at the Jubilee.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:46: And ye shall: Isa 14:2
they shall be your bondmen for ever: Heb. ye shall serve yourselves with them, Lev 25:39
ye shall not rule: Lev 25:43
John Gill
25:46 And ye shall take them as an inheritance for your children after you,.... Which they might leave them at their death to inherit, as they did their estates and lands; for such servants are, with the Jews (y), said to be like immovable goods, as fields, vineyards:
to inherit them for a possession; as their property, as anything else that was bequeathed to hem, as negroes now are in our plantations abroad:
thy shall be your bondmen for ever; and not be released at the year jubilee, nor before nor after; unless they obtained their liberty, either by purchase, which they might make themselves, or by the means of others, or else by a writing under their master's hand dismissing them from his service (z); or in case they were maimed by him, then he was obliged to let them go free, Ex 21:26,
but over your brethren, the children of Israel, ye shall not rule one over another with rigour; which repeated for the confirmation of it, and for the fuller explanation and description of the person not to be ruled over with rigour; and that it might be the more taken notice of, and to make them the more careful in the observance of it and though this peculiarly respects masters' treatment of their servants, yet Jarchi thinks it comprehends a prince over his people, and a king over his ministers, whom he may not rule with rigour.
(y) Maimon. & Bartenora in Misn. Kiddushin, c. 1. sect. 3. (z) Misn. Kiddushin, ib.
25:4725:47: Եւ եթէ բաւակա՛ն իցէ ձեռն եկին եւ պանդխտին որ առ քեզ իցէ. եւ չքաւորեա՛լ եղբայր քո վաճառեսցի եկի՛ն կամ պանդխտի որ առ քեզ իցէ՝ անդէն ծնելոյ պանդխտին։
47 Եթէ հարստանայ քեզ մօտ հաստատուած եկուորը կամ պանդուխտը, եւ քո աղքատացած եղբայրը վաճառուի քեզ մօտ հաստատուած այդ եկուորին կամ պանդուխտին կամ վերջիններիս ընտանիքներում ծնուածին,
47 Եթէ քու քովդ եղած օտարականը կամ պանդուխտը հարստանայ ու անոր քով բնակող քու եղբայրդ աղքատանայ, ինքզինք ծախէ քու քովդ պանդխտացած օտարականին, կամ այն օտարականին ընտանիքին մէկ ազգականին, եթէ
Եւ եթէ բաւական իցէ ձեռն եկին եւ պանդխտին որ առ քեզ իցէ, եւ չքաւորեալ եղբայր քո վաճառեսցի եկին կամ պանդխտին որ առ քեզ իցէ` անդէն ծնելոյ պանդխտին:

25:47: Եւ եթէ բաւակա՛ն իցէ ձեռն եկին եւ պանդխտին որ առ քեզ իցէ. եւ չքաւորեա՛լ եղբայր քո վաճառեսցի եկի՛ն կամ պանդխտի որ առ քեզ իցէ՝ անդէն ծնելոյ պանդխտին։
47 Եթէ հարստանայ քեզ մօտ հաստատուած եկուորը կամ պանդուխտը, եւ քո աղքատացած եղբայրը վաճառուի քեզ մօտ հաստատուած այդ եկուորին կամ պանդուխտին կամ վերջիններիս ընտանիքներում ծնուածին,
47 Եթէ քու քովդ եղած օտարականը կամ պանդուխտը հարստանայ ու անոր քով բնակող քու եղբայրդ աղքատանայ, ինքզինք ծախէ քու քովդ պանդխտացած օտարականին, կամ այն օտարականին ընտանիքին մէկ ազգականին, եթէ
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:4747: Если пришлец или поселенец твой будет иметь достаток, а брат твой пред ним обеднеет и продастся пришельцу, поселившемуся у тебя, или кому-нибудь из племени пришельца,
25:47 ἐὰν εαν and if; unless δὲ δε though; while εὕρῃ ευρισκω find ἡ ο the χεὶρ χειρ hand τοῦ ο the προσηλύτου προσηλυτος proselyte ἢ η or; than τοῦ ο the παροίκου παροικος resident; foreigner τοῦ ο the παρὰ παρα from; by σοὶ σοι you καὶ και and; even ἀπορηθεὶς απορεω perplex ὁ ο the ἀδελφός αδελφος brother σου σου of you; your πραθῇ πιπρασκω sell τῷ ο the προσηλύτῳ προσηλυτος proselyte ἢ η or; than τῷ ο the παροίκῳ παροικος resident; foreigner τῷ ο the παρὰ παρα from; by σοὶ σοι you ἐκ εκ from; out of γενετῆς γενετη birth προσηλύτῳ προσηλυτος proselyte
25:47 וְ wᵊ וְ and כִ֣י ḵˈî כִּי that תַשִּׂ֗יג ṯaśśˈîḡ נשׂג overtake יַ֣ד yˈaḏ יָד hand גֵּ֤ר gˈēr גֵּר sojourner וְ wᵊ וְ and תֹושָׁב֙ ṯôšˌāv תֹּושָׁב sojourner עִמָּ֔ךְ ʕimmˈāḵ עִם with וּ û וְ and מָ֥ךְ mˌāḵ מוך grow poor אָחִ֖יךָ ʔāḥˌîḵā אָח brother עִמֹּ֑ו ʕimmˈô עִם with וְ wᵊ וְ and נִמְכַּ֗ר nimkˈar מכר sell לְ lᵊ לְ to גֵ֤ר ḡˈēr גֵּר sojourner תֹּושָׁב֙ tôšˌāv תֹּושָׁב sojourner עִמָּ֔ךְ ʕimmˈāḵ עִם with אֹ֥ו ʔˌô אֹו or לְ lᵊ לְ to עֵ֖קֶר ʕˌēqer עֵקֶר offspring מִשְׁפַּ֥חַת mišpˌaḥaṯ מִשְׁפַּחַת clan גֵּֽר׃ gˈēr גֵּר sojourner
25:47. si invaluerit apud vos manus advenae atque peregrini et adtenuatus frater tuus vendiderit se ei aut cuiquam de stirpe eiusIf the hand of a stranger or a sojourner grow strong among you, and thy brother being impoverished sell himself to him, or to any of his race:
47. And if a stranger or sojourner with thee be waxen rich, and thy brother be waxen poor beside him, and sell himself unto the stranger sojourner with thee, or to the stock of the stranger’s family:
25:47. If the hand of a newcomer or a sojourner will have grown strong among you, and your brother, having become impoverished, will have sold himself to him, or to any of his stock,
25:47. And if a sojourner or stranger wax rich by thee, and thy brother [that dwelleth] by him wax poor, and sell himself unto the stranger [or] sojourner by thee, or to the stock of the stranger’s family:
And if a sojourner or stranger wax rich by thee, and thy brother [that dwelleth] by him wax poor, and sell himself unto the stranger [or] sojourner by thee, or to the stock of the stranger' s family:

47: Если пришлец или поселенец твой будет иметь достаток, а брат твой пред ним обеднеет и продастся пришельцу, поселившемуся у тебя, или кому-нибудь из племени пришельца,
25:47
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
δὲ δε though; while
εὕρῃ ευρισκω find
ο the
χεὶρ χειρ hand
τοῦ ο the
προσηλύτου προσηλυτος proselyte
η or; than
τοῦ ο the
παροίκου παροικος resident; foreigner
τοῦ ο the
παρὰ παρα from; by
σοὶ σοι you
καὶ και and; even
ἀπορηθεὶς απορεω perplex
ο the
ἀδελφός αδελφος brother
σου σου of you; your
πραθῇ πιπρασκω sell
τῷ ο the
προσηλύτῳ προσηλυτος proselyte
η or; than
τῷ ο the
παροίκῳ παροικος resident; foreigner
τῷ ο the
παρὰ παρα from; by
σοὶ σοι you
ἐκ εκ from; out of
γενετῆς γενετη birth
προσηλύτῳ προσηλυτος proselyte
25:47
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כִ֣י ḵˈî כִּי that
תַשִּׂ֗יג ṯaśśˈîḡ נשׂג overtake
יַ֣ד yˈaḏ יָד hand
גֵּ֤ר gˈēr גֵּר sojourner
וְ wᵊ וְ and
תֹושָׁב֙ ṯôšˌāv תֹּושָׁב sojourner
עִמָּ֔ךְ ʕimmˈāḵ עִם with
וּ û וְ and
מָ֥ךְ mˌāḵ מוך grow poor
אָחִ֖יךָ ʔāḥˌîḵā אָח brother
עִמֹּ֑ו ʕimmˈô עִם with
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נִמְכַּ֗ר nimkˈar מכר sell
לְ lᵊ לְ to
גֵ֤ר ḡˈēr גֵּר sojourner
תֹּושָׁב֙ tôšˌāv תֹּושָׁב sojourner
עִמָּ֔ךְ ʕimmˈāḵ עִם with
אֹ֥ו ʔˌô אֹו or
לְ lᵊ לְ to
עֵ֖קֶר ʕˌēqer עֵקֶר offspring
מִשְׁפַּ֥חַת mišpˌaḥaṯ מִשְׁפַּחַת clan
גֵּֽר׃ gˈēr גֵּר sojourner
25:47. si invaluerit apud vos manus advenae atque peregrini et adtenuatus frater tuus vendiderit se ei aut cuiquam de stirpe eius
If the hand of a stranger or a sojourner grow strong among you, and thy brother being impoverished sell himself to him, or to any of his race:
25:47. If the hand of a newcomer or a sojourner will have grown strong among you, and your brother, having become impoverished, will have sold himself to him, or to any of his stock,
25:47. And if a sojourner or stranger wax rich by thee, and thy brother [that dwelleth] by him wax poor, and sell himself unto the stranger [or] sojourner by thee, or to the stock of the stranger’s family:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
47-54: Напротив, обедневший и попавший в рабство к пришельцу или чужестранцу еврей мог быть рабом лишь на время (до юбилейного года, ст. 50, вернее до 7-го года службы, ср. Исх ХXI:2; Втор XV:12), всегда мог выкупиться на свои ли средства (ст. 50–52), или на средства кого-либо из родственников (ст. 48–49), обязанных прийти на помощь родичу. В юбилейный же год во всяком случае раб-еврей с детьми отходил от хозяина-чужестранца и без всякого выкупа (ст. 54). Мотив — уже не раз указанное (ст. 38–42) обстоятельство изведения евреев Иеговою из рабства египетского для свободного национально-религиозного развития (ст. 55).

Соблюдение закона об юбилейном годе положительными библейско-историческими данными не подтверждается ни относительно дальнейшей истории Израиля, ни для послепленной его истории (по раввинам, после плена юбилейные годы не праздновались, а лишь считались для правильного счета и регулярного празднования годов субботних). В исторических и пророческих книгах говорится о закрепощении и беспощадном обращении евреев с рабами-единоплеменниками (4: Цар IV:1; Неем V:5), о неотпущении их на свободу и по выслуге лет (Иер XXXIV:8), о притеснении бедных сильными и знатными (Иез XLV:8), о насильственном отобрании родовых земельных участков (3: Цар XXI:2), о произвольных и насильственных захватах полей и домов богатыми у бедных (Ис V:8; Мих II:2), — что все прямо и существенно противоречит законам юбилейного года. Только Христос Спаситель, явившись на земле, проповедал всем людям «лето Господне приятное» (Лк IV:18), предизображением которого и служил год юбилейный (Ис LXI:1; Иез XLVI:17).
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
25:47: A sojourner or stranger - Rather, a foreigner who has settled among you. See Lev 16:29, note; Exo 20:10, note.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:47: sojourner or stranger wax rich: Heb. the hand of a stranger, etc. obtain, etc. Lev 25:26; Sa1 2:7, Sa1 2:8; Jam 2:5
John Gill
25:47 And if a sojourner or stranger wax rich by thee,.... An uncircumcised one, as the Targums, a proselyte of the gate, who by living among and trading with the Israelites, might grow rich and wealthy in money, at least so as to be able to purchase an Hebrew servant, though not his lands, which he might not buy:
and thy brother that dwelleth by him wax poor; comes into low circumstances, and is reduced to great poverty, even extreme poverty; for only in such a case might he sell himself to an Israelite, and much less to a stranger, if this was not the case. Jarchi suggests, as in the phrase, "by thee", points at the cause or occasion of the sojourner or stranger becoming rich, his nearness unto, or cleaving to all Israelite; and so here the phrase, "by him", directs to the cause or occasion of the Israelite's becoming poor, his being near and cleaving to the sojourner or stranger: but they seem rather to be used, to show the reason of the poor Israelite falling into the hands of a rich sojourner; they being near neighbours to one another, and having a familiarity, the following bargain is struck between them:
and sell himself unto the stranger or sojourner thee; the uncircumcised sojourner, as the Targum of Jonathan:
or to the stock of a stranger's family; or "root" (a), one that sprung from a family, originally proselytes; which some understand of one, who though he be descended from such a family, was now rooted among the people of God, and incorporated into the commonwealth of Israel; and yet such an one could not detain an Hebrew servant longer than the year of jubilee: but the Jewish writers generally interpret it of an idolater (b).
(a) "radici", Vatablus, Piscator. (b) Targum Onk. Jon. Jarchi & Ben Melech, in loc. Kimchi in Sepher Shorash, rad.
John Wesley
25:47 The flock - Heb. root, that is, one of the root or flock. So the word root is elsewhere used for the branch or progeny growing from it. He seems to note one of a foreign race and country, transplanted into the land of Israel, and there having taken root amongst the people of God, yet even such an one, though he hath some privilege by it, shall not have power to keep an Hebrew servant from the benefit of redemption.
25:4825:48: Յե՛տ վախճանելոյն նորա փրկա՛նք լինիցին նմա. մի՛ ոք՝ որ եւ իցէ յեղբարց իւրոց՝ փրկեսցէ՛ զնա[1145]. [1145] Ոսկան. Մի ոք որ երեւիցի յեղ՛՛։
48 ապա վաճառուելուց յետոյ նա պէտք է յետ գնուի. նրա եղբայրներից մէկնումէկը փրկավճարով թող գնի նրան:
48 Ինքզինք ծախելէն ետքը ուզէ փրկուիլ. իր եղբայրներէն մէկը կրնայ զինք ծախու առնողէն փրկել զանիկա.
յետ վախճանելոյն նորա փրկանք լինիցին նմա. մի ոք որ եւ իցէ յեղբարց իւրոց` փրկեսցէ զնա:

25:48: Յե՛տ վախճանելոյն նորա փրկա՛նք լինիցին նմա. մի՛ ոք՝ որ եւ իցէ յեղբարց իւրոց՝ փրկեսցէ՛ զնա[1145].
[1145] Ոսկան. Մի ոք որ երեւիցի յեղ՛՛։
48 ապա վաճառուելուց յետոյ նա պէտք է յետ գնուի. նրա եղբայրներից մէկնումէկը փրկավճարով թող գնի նրան:
48 Ինքզինք ծախելէն ետքը ուզէ փրկուիլ. իր եղբայրներէն մէկը կրնայ զինք ծախու առնողէն փրկել զանիկա.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:4848: то после продажи можно выкупить его; кто-нибудь из братьев его должен выкупить его,
25:48 μετὰ μετα with; amid τὸ ο the πραθῆναι πιπρασκω sell αὐτῷ αυτος he; him λύτρωσις λυτρωσις ransoming; redemption ἔσται ειμι be αὐτῷ αυτος he; him εἷς εις.1 one; unit τῶν ο the ἀδελφῶν αδελφος brother αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him λυτρώσεται λυτροω ransom αὐτόν αυτος he; him
25:48 אַחֲרֵ֣י ʔaḥᵃrˈê אַחַר after נִמְכַּ֔ר nimkˈar מכר sell גְּאֻלָּ֖ה gᵊʔullˌā גְּאֻלָּה right of buying back תִּהְיֶה־ tihyeh- היה be לֹּ֑ו llˈô לְ to אֶחָ֥ד ʔeḥˌāḏ אֶחָד one מֵ mē מִן from אֶחָ֖יו ʔeḥˌāʸw אָח brother יִגְאָלֶֽנּוּ׃ yiḡʔālˈennû גאל redeem
25:48. post venditionem potest redimi qui voluerit ex fratribus suis redimet eumAfter the sale he may be redeemed. He that will of his brethren shall redeem him:
48. after that he is sold he may be redeemed; one of his brethren may redeem him:
25:48. after the sale, he is able to be redeemed. Whoever is willing among his brothers shall redeem him:
25:48. After that he is sold he may be redeemed again; one of his brethren may redeem him:
After that he is sold he may be redeemed again; one of his brethren may redeem him:

48: то после продажи можно выкупить его; кто-нибудь из братьев его должен выкупить его,
25:48
μετὰ μετα with; amid
τὸ ο the
πραθῆναι πιπρασκω sell
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
λύτρωσις λυτρωσις ransoming; redemption
ἔσται ειμι be
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
εἷς εις.1 one; unit
τῶν ο the
ἀδελφῶν αδελφος brother
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
λυτρώσεται λυτροω ransom
αὐτόν αυτος he; him
25:48
אַחֲרֵ֣י ʔaḥᵃrˈê אַחַר after
נִמְכַּ֔ר nimkˈar מכר sell
גְּאֻלָּ֖ה gᵊʔullˌā גְּאֻלָּה right of buying back
תִּהְיֶה־ tihyeh- היה be
לֹּ֑ו llˈô לְ to
אֶחָ֥ד ʔeḥˌāḏ אֶחָד one
מֵ מִן from
אֶחָ֖יו ʔeḥˌāʸw אָח brother
יִגְאָלֶֽנּוּ׃ yiḡʔālˈennû גאל redeem
25:48. post venditionem potest redimi qui voluerit ex fratribus suis redimet eum
After the sale he may be redeemed. He that will of his brethren shall redeem him:
25:48. after the sale, he is able to be redeemed. Whoever is willing among his brothers shall redeem him:
25:48. After that he is sold he may be redeemed again; one of his brethren may redeem him:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:48: Lev 25:25, Lev 25:35; Neh 5:5, Neh 5:8; Gal 4:4, Gal 4:5; Heb 2:11-13
John Gill
25:48 After that he is sold he may be redeemed again,.... Though an Heathen, sold to an Israelite, was to be a bondman for ever, and could not be released by the year of jubilee, yet an Israelite sold to an Heathen might be redeemed before, and if not, he was freed then. The Jewish writers understand this of an obligation upon the man, or his friends, or the congregation, to redeem him, and that immediately, as the Targum of Jonathan, and Jarchi, because of the danger he was in by being in the family of an idolater, lest he be polluted (c), that is, with idolatry; or be swallowed up among the Heathens, as Maimonides (d); but it is plain from Lev 25:54, that there was no obligation for an immediate redemption; nor was the person sold in such danger as suggested, since the sojourner, to whom he is supposed to be sold, was no idolater, whether a proselyte either of righteousness, or of the gate
one of his brethren may redeem him; which may be taken in a strict and proper sense, for any of his brethren who were in circumstances sufficient to redeem him, or for any near akin to him, as the following words seem to explain it. No mention is made of his father: the reason of which Abarbinel (e) says, because it cannot be thought that a father would suffer his son to be sold, if it was in his power to redeem him, since a father is pitiful to his son.
(c) Pesikta apud Drusium in loc. (d) Hilchot Abadim, c. 2. sect. 7. (e) Apud Muis. Varia Sacra, p. 373.
25:4925:49: եղբա՛յր հօր՝ կամ որդի հօրեղբօր փրկեսցէ զնա. կամ ոք յընտանեա՛ց մարմնոյ իւրոյ ՚ի ցեղէ՛ իւրմէ փրկեսցէ զնա։ Ապա թէ ի՛ւր իսկ զձեռամբ իցէ՝ ինքնին փրկեսցէ զանձն.
49 Նրան փրկավճարով պէտք է գնի նրա հօրեղբայրը, հօրեղբօր որդին կամ իր ցեղի արիւնակից ազգականներից մէկը: Իսկ եթէ ինքը հարստանայ, թող փրկավճարով գնի ինքն իրեն:
49 Անոր հօրեղբայրը կամ հօրեղբօրորդին կրնայ փրկել զանիկա, կամ իր ազգատոհմէն կամ իր ազգականներէն մէկը կրնայ փրկել զանիկա. կամ եթէ կարողանայ ինք, ինքզինք կրնայ փրկել։
եղբայր հօր կամ որդի հօրեղբօր փրկեսցէ զնա, կամ ոք յընտանեաց մարմնոյ իւրոյ ի ցեղէ իւրմէ փրկեսցէ զնա. ապա թէ իւր իսկ զձեռամբ իցէ` ինքնին փրկեսցէ զանձն:

25:49: եղբա՛յր հօր՝ կամ որդի հօրեղբօր փրկեսցէ զնա. կամ ոք յընտանեա՛ց մարմնոյ իւրոյ ՚ի ցեղէ՛ իւրմէ փրկեսցէ զնա։ Ապա թէ ի՛ւր իսկ զձեռամբ իցէ՝ ինքնին փրկեսցէ զանձն.
49 Նրան փրկավճարով պէտք է գնի նրա հօրեղբայրը, հօրեղբօր որդին կամ իր ցեղի արիւնակից ազգականներից մէկը: Իսկ եթէ ինքը հարստանայ, թող փրկավճարով գնի ինքն իրեն:
49 Անոր հօրեղբայրը կամ հօրեղբօրորդին կրնայ փրկել զանիկա, կամ իր ազգատոհմէն կամ իր ազգականներէն մէկը կրնայ փրկել զանիկա. կամ եթէ կարողանայ ինք, ինքզինք կրնայ փրկել։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:4949: или дядя его, или сын дяди его должен выкупить его, или кто-- нибудь из родства его, из племени его, должен выкупить его; или если будет иметь достаток, сам выкупится.
25:49 ἀδελφὸς αδελφος brother πατρὸς πατηρ father αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἢ η or; than υἱὸς υιος son ἀδελφοῦ αδελφος brother πατρὸς πατηρ father λυτρώσεται λυτροω ransom αὐτὸν αυτος he; him ἢ η or; than ἀπὸ απο from; away τῶν ο the οἰκείων οικειος household member; of the house τῶν ο the σαρκῶν σαρξ flesh αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἐκ εκ from; out of τῆς ο the φυλῆς φυλη tribe αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him λυτρώσεται λυτροω ransom αὐτόν αυτος he; him ἐὰν εαν and if; unless δὲ δε though; while εὐπορηθεὶς ευπορεω prosper ταῖς ο the χερσὶν χειρ hand λυτρώσηται λυτροω ransom ἑαυτόν εαυτου of himself; his own
25:49 אֹו־ ʔô- אֹו or דֹדֹ֞ו ḏōḏˈô דֹּוד beloved one אֹ֤ו ʔˈô אֹו or בֶן־ ven- בֵּן son דֹּדֹו֙ dōḏˌô דֹּוד beloved one יִגְאָלֶ֔נּוּ yiḡʔālˈennû גאל redeem אֹֽו־ ʔˈô- אֹו or מִ mi מִן from שְּׁאֵ֧ר ššᵊʔˈēr שְׁאֵר body בְּשָׂרֹ֛ו bᵊśārˈô בָּשָׂר flesh מִ mi מִן from מִּשְׁפַּחְתֹּ֖ו mmišpaḥtˌô מִשְׁפַּחַת clan יִגְאָלֶ֑נּוּ yiḡʔālˈennû גאל redeem אֹֽו־ ʔˈô- אֹו or הִשִּׂ֥יגָה hiśśˌîḡā נשׂג overtake יָדֹ֖ו yāḏˌô יָד hand וְ wᵊ וְ and נִגְאָֽל׃ niḡʔˈāl גאל redeem
25:49. et patruus et patruelis et consanguineus et adfinis sin autem et ipse potuerit redimet seEither his uncle, or his uncle's son, or his kinsman, by blood, or by affinity. But if he himself be able also, he shall redeem himself:
49. or his uncle, or his uncle’s son, may redeem him, or any that is nigh of kin unto him of his family may redeem him; or if he be waxen rich, he may redeem himself.
25:49. either the paternal uncle, or the paternal uncle’s son, or his close relative, by blood or by affinity. But if he himself will be able also, he shall redeem himself,
25:49. Either his uncle, or his uncle’s son, may redeem him, or [any] that is nigh of kin unto him of his family may redeem him; or if he be able, he may redeem himself.
Either his uncle, or his uncle' s son, may redeem him, or [any] that is nigh of kin unto him of his family may redeem him; or if he be able, he may redeem himself:

49: или дядя его, или сын дяди его должен выкупить его, или кто-- нибудь из родства его, из племени его, должен выкупить его; или если будет иметь достаток, сам выкупится.
25:49
ἀδελφὸς αδελφος brother
πατρὸς πατηρ father
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
η or; than
υἱὸς υιος son
ἀδελφοῦ αδελφος brother
πατρὸς πατηρ father
λυτρώσεται λυτροω ransom
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
η or; than
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῶν ο the
οἰκείων οικειος household member; of the house
τῶν ο the
σαρκῶν σαρξ flesh
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τῆς ο the
φυλῆς φυλη tribe
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
λυτρώσεται λυτροω ransom
αὐτόν αυτος he; him
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
δὲ δε though; while
εὐπορηθεὶς ευπορεω prosper
ταῖς ο the
χερσὶν χειρ hand
λυτρώσηται λυτροω ransom
ἑαυτόν εαυτου of himself; his own
25:49
אֹו־ ʔô- אֹו or
דֹדֹ֞ו ḏōḏˈô דֹּוד beloved one
אֹ֤ו ʔˈô אֹו or
בֶן־ ven- בֵּן son
דֹּדֹו֙ dōḏˌô דֹּוד beloved one
יִגְאָלֶ֔נּוּ yiḡʔālˈennû גאל redeem
אֹֽו־ ʔˈô- אֹו or
מִ mi מִן from
שְּׁאֵ֧ר ššᵊʔˈēr שְׁאֵר body
בְּשָׂרֹ֛ו bᵊśārˈô בָּשָׂר flesh
מִ mi מִן from
מִּשְׁפַּחְתֹּ֖ו mmišpaḥtˌô מִשְׁפַּחַת clan
יִגְאָלֶ֑נּוּ yiḡʔālˈennû גאל redeem
אֹֽו־ ʔˈô- אֹו or
הִשִּׂ֥יגָה hiśśˌîḡā נשׂג overtake
יָדֹ֖ו yāḏˌô יָד hand
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נִגְאָֽל׃ niḡʔˈāl גאל redeem
25:49. et patruus et patruelis et consanguineus et adfinis sin autem et ipse potuerit redimet se
Either his uncle, or his uncle's son, or his kinsman, by blood, or by affinity. But if he himself be able also, he shall redeem himself:
25:49. either the paternal uncle, or the paternal uncle’s son, or his close relative, by blood or by affinity. But if he himself will be able also, he shall redeem himself,
25:49. Either his uncle, or his uncle’s son, may redeem him, or [any] that is nigh of kin unto him of his family may redeem him; or if he be able, he may redeem himself.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:49: or if he be: Lev 25:26
Geneva 1599
25:49 Either his uncle, or his uncle's son, may redeem him, or [any] that is nigh of kin unto him of his family may redeem him; or (u) if he be able, he may redeem himself.
(u) If he be able.
John Gill
25:49 Either his uncle, or his uncle's son, may redeem him,.... it is father's brother or his father's brother's son, as the Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan:
or any that is nigh kin unto him of his family may redeem him; from whence it appears, that it must be a near kinsman that has to be the redeemer, as in another case, the redemption of inheritances; hence the same word "goel" signifies both a redeemer and a near kinsman:
or if he be able he may redeem himself; who either has found something lost, or inherits the substance of anyone deceased, of his family, as Aben Ezra observes; that is, since he sold himself, which puts him into a capacity to redeem himself; the Targum of Jonathan adds,"or the land of the congregation;''for such a redemption was sometimes made at the expense of the public; see Neh 5:8. Baal Hatturim observes, that the words "Ben Dodo", translated "his uncle's son", wanting the letter "tau" as usual, as the same letters with Ben David, which is a known name of the Messiah with the Jews, and which that author seems to have in view; and another Jewish writer (f) expressly says,"this Redeemer is the Messiah, the son of David, of the tribe of Judah:''and indeed the whole of this case is applicable to the spiritual and eternal redemption of the people of God by Christ: they through the fall, and in a state of nature, are become poor and helpless, and in a spiritual sense have neither bread to eat, nor clothes to wear, nor money to buy either; and are in debt, owe ten thousand talents, and have nothing to pay, and so are brought into bondage to sin, Satan, and the law; nor can they redeem themselves from these by power or price; nor can a brother, or the nearest relation redeem them, or give to God a ransom for them; none but Christ could do this for them, who through his incarnation, whereby he became of the same nature, of the same flesh and blood with them, and in all things like unto them, is their "goel", and so their Redeemer, and has obtained eternal redemption for them, not with silver and gold, but by his own precious blood.
(f) R. Bechai apud Patrick in loc.
25:5025:50: եւ համարեսցի՛ ընդ ստացողին իւրոյ, յամէ անտի յորմէ վաճառեցաւ նա մինչեւ ցա՛մն թողութեան. եւ եղիցի արծաթ գնոց նորա իբրեւ վարձկանի. ա՛մ յամէ որչափ իցէ՛ ընդ նմա[1146]։ [1146] Այլք. Յորում վաճառեցաւ նմա մին՛՛։
50 Նա, սկսած իր վաճառուելու տարուանից մինչեւ ազատագրման տարին, թող հաշուի այն պարտքը, որ ինքն ունի իրեն գնած մարդուն: Պարտքի գումարը թող հաշուուի վարձու աշխատողի վարձի չափով, նրա մօտ աշխատած տարիների քանակով:
50 Անիկա, ծախու առնողին հետ, ինքզինք անոր ծախած տարիէն մինչեւ Յոբելեան տարին հաշիւ թող ընէ եւ իր փրկուելուն ստակը տարիներուն հաշիւովը թող վճարէ։ Անոր ժամանակը վարձկանի ժամանակին պէս պէտք է հաշուըուի։
Եւ համարեսցի ընդ ստացողին իւրոյ յամէ անտի յորում վաճառեցաւ նմա մինչեւ ցամն [431]թողութեան. եւ եղիցի արծաթ գնոց նորա իբրեւ վարձկանի, ամ յամէ որչափ իցէ ընդ նմա:

25:50: եւ համարեսցի՛ ընդ ստացողին իւրոյ, յամէ անտի յորմէ վաճառեցաւ նա մինչեւ ցա՛մն թողութեան. եւ եղիցի արծաթ գնոց նորա իբրեւ վարձկանի. ա՛մ յամէ որչափ իցէ՛ ընդ նմա[1146]։
[1146] Այլք. Յորում վաճառեցաւ նմա մին՛՛։
50 Նա, սկսած իր վաճառուելու տարուանից մինչեւ ազատագրման տարին, թող հաշուի այն պարտքը, որ ինքն ունի իրեն գնած մարդուն: Պարտքի գումարը թող հաշուուի վարձու աշխատողի վարձի չափով, նրա մօտ աշխատած տարիների քանակով:
50 Անիկա, ծախու առնողին հետ, ինքզինք անոր ծախած տարիէն մինչեւ Յոբելեան տարին հաշիւ թող ընէ եւ իր փրկուելուն ստակը տարիներուն հաշիւովը թող վճարէ։ Անոր ժամանակը վարձկանի ժամանակին պէս պէտք է հաշուըուի։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:5050: И он должен рассчитаться с купившим его, [начиная] от того года, когда он продал себя, до года юбилейного, и серебро, за которое он продал себя, должно отдать ему по числу лет; как временный наемник он должен быть у него;
25:50 καὶ και and; even συλλογιεῖται συλλογιζομαι take account together; infer πρὸς προς to; toward τὸν ο the κεκτημένον κταομαι acquire αὐτὸν αυτος he; him ἀπὸ απο from; away τοῦ ο the ἔτους ετος year οὗ ος who; what ἀπέδοτο αποδιδωμι render; surrender ἑαυτὸν εαυτου of himself; his own αὐτῷ αυτος he; him ἕως εως till; until τοῦ ο the ἐνιαυτοῦ ενιαυτος cycle; period τῆς ο the ἀφέσεως αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness καὶ και and; even ἔσται ειμι be τὸ ο the ἀργύριον αργυριον silver piece; money τῆς ο the πράσεως πρασις he; him ὡς ως.1 as; how μισθίου μισθιος hired ἔτος ετος year ἐξ εκ from; out of ἔτους ετος year ἔσται ειμι be μετ᾿ μετα with; amid αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
25:50 וְ wᵊ וְ and חִשַּׁב֙ ḥiššˌav חשׁב account עִם־ ʕim- עִם with קֹנֵ֔הוּ qōnˈēhû קנה buy מִ mi מִן from שְּׁנַת֙ ššᵊnˌaṯ שָׁנָה year הִמָּ֣כְרֹו himmˈāḵᵊrô מכר sell לֹ֔ו lˈô לְ to עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto שְׁנַ֣ת šᵊnˈaṯ שָׁנָה year הַ ha הַ the יֹּבֵ֑ל yyōvˈēl יֹובֵל ram וְ wᵊ וְ and הָיָ֞ה hāyˈā היה be כֶּ֤סֶף kˈesef כֶּסֶף silver מִמְכָּרֹו֙ mimkārˌô מִמְכָּר what is sold בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מִסְפַּ֣ר mispˈar מִסְפָּר number שָׁנִ֔ים šānˈîm שָׁנָה year כִּ ki כְּ as ימֵ֥י ymˌê יֹום day שָׂכִ֖יר śāḵˌîr שָׂכִיר hired יִהְיֶ֥ה yihyˌeh היה be עִמֹּֽו׃ ʕimmˈô עִם with
25:50. supputatis dumtaxat annis a tempore venditionis suae usque ad annum iobeleum et pecunia qua venditus fuerat iuxta annorum numerum et rationem mercennarii supputataCounting only the years from the time of his selling unto the year of the jubilee: and counting the money that he was sold for, according to the number of the years and the reckoning of a hired servant.
50. And he shall reckon with him that bought him from the year that he sold himself to him unto the year of jubile: and the price of his sale shall be according unto the number of years; according to the time of an hired servant shall he be with him.
25:50. considering only the years from the time of his selling until the year of the Jubilee, and calculating the money for which he was sold, according to the number of years and the accounting of a hired hand.
25:50. And he shall reckon with him that bought him from the year that he was sold to him unto the year of jubile: and the price of his sale shall be according unto the number of years, according to the time of an hired servant shall it be with him.
And he shall reckon with him that bought him from the year that he was sold to him unto the year of jubile: and the price of his sale shall be according unto the number of years, according to the time of an hired servant shall it be with him:

50: И он должен рассчитаться с купившим его, [начиная] от того года, когда он продал себя, до года юбилейного, и серебро, за которое он продал себя, должно отдать ему по числу лет; как временный наемник он должен быть у него;
25:50
καὶ και and; even
συλλογιεῖται συλλογιζομαι take account together; infer
πρὸς προς to; toward
τὸν ο the
κεκτημένον κταομαι acquire
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τοῦ ο the
ἔτους ετος year
οὗ ος who; what
ἀπέδοτο αποδιδωμι render; surrender
ἑαυτὸν εαυτου of himself; his own
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
ἕως εως till; until
τοῦ ο the
ἐνιαυτοῦ ενιαυτος cycle; period
τῆς ο the
ἀφέσεως αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness
καὶ και and; even
ἔσται ειμι be
τὸ ο the
ἀργύριον αργυριον silver piece; money
τῆς ο the
πράσεως πρασις he; him
ὡς ως.1 as; how
μισθίου μισθιος hired
ἔτος ετος year
ἐξ εκ from; out of
ἔτους ετος year
ἔσται ειμι be
μετ᾿ μετα with; amid
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
25:50
וְ wᵊ וְ and
חִשַּׁב֙ ḥiššˌav חשׁב account
עִם־ ʕim- עִם with
קֹנֵ֔הוּ qōnˈēhû קנה buy
מִ mi מִן from
שְּׁנַת֙ ššᵊnˌaṯ שָׁנָה year
הִמָּ֣כְרֹו himmˈāḵᵊrô מכר sell
לֹ֔ו lˈô לְ to
עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto
שְׁנַ֣ת šᵊnˈaṯ שָׁנָה year
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּבֵ֑ל yyōvˈēl יֹובֵל ram
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָיָ֞ה hāyˈā היה be
כֶּ֤סֶף kˈesef כֶּסֶף silver
מִמְכָּרֹו֙ mimkārˌô מִמְכָּר what is sold
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מִסְפַּ֣ר mispˈar מִסְפָּר number
שָׁנִ֔ים šānˈîm שָׁנָה year
כִּ ki כְּ as
ימֵ֥י ymˌê יֹום day
שָׂכִ֖יר śāḵˌîr שָׂכִיר hired
יִהְיֶ֥ה yihyˌeh היה be
עִמֹּֽו׃ ʕimmˈô עִם with
25:50. supputatis dumtaxat annis a tempore venditionis suae usque ad annum iobeleum et pecunia qua venditus fuerat iuxta annorum numerum et rationem mercennarii supputata
Counting only the years from the time of his selling unto the year of the jubilee: and counting the money that he was sold for, according to the number of the years and the reckoning of a hired servant.
25:50. considering only the years from the time of his selling until the year of the Jubilee, and calculating the money for which he was sold, according to the number of years and the accounting of a hired hand.
25:50. And he shall reckon with him that bought him from the year that he was sold to him unto the year of jubile: and the price of his sale shall be according unto the number of years, according to the time of an hired servant shall it be with him.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
25:50: The price of his sale shall be, etc. - This was a very equitable law, both for the sojourner to whom the man was sold, and to the Israelite who had been thus sold. The Israelite might redeem himself, or one of his kindred might redeem him; but this must not be done to the prejudice of his master, the sojourner. They were therefore to reckon the years he must have served from that time till the jubilee; and then, taking the current wages of a servant per year at that time, multiply the remaining years by that sum, and the aggregate was the sum to be given to his master for his redemption. The Jews hold that the kindred of such a person were bound, if in their power, to redeem him, lest he should be swallowed up among the heathen; and we find, from Neh 5:8, that this was done by the Jews on their return from the Babylonish captivity: We, after our ability, have redeemed our brethren the Jews, who were sold unto the heathen.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:50: reckon: Lev 25:27
price of his sale: This was a very equitable law, both to the sojourner to whom the man was sold, and to the Israelite who had been sold. The Israelite might redeem himself, or one of his kindred might redeem him; but this must not be done to the prejudice of his master. They were therefore to reckon the years he must have served, from that time till the jubilee; and then taking the current wages of a servant, per year, at that time, multiply the remaining years by that sum, and the aggregate was to be given to his master for his redemption. The Jews hold that the kindred of such a person were bound, if in their power, to redeem him, lest he should be swallowed up among the heathen; and we find (Neh 5:8) that this was done by the Jews on their return from the Babylonish captivity.
according to the time: Lev 25:40, Lev 25:53; Deu 15:18; Job 7:1, Job 7:2, Job 14:6; Isa 16:14, Isa 21:16
Geneva 1599
25:50 And he shall reckon with him that bought him from the year that he was sold to him unto the year of jubile: and the price of his sale shall be according unto the number of (x) years, according to the time of an hired servant shall it be with him.
(x) Which remains yet to the Jubile.
John Gill
25:50 And he shall reckon with him that bought him,.... That is, either the man himself should reckon with him, or whoever undertook to redeem him:
from the year that he was sold to him unto the year of jubilee; and so count how many years he had served, and how many were yet to come; and by this it appears, that one thus sold was not released at the end of six years, or the sabbatical year did not free him:
and the price of his sale shall be according to the number of years; whether more or fewer, as after explained:
according to the time of an hired servant shall it be with him; the time of service he had served his master shall be reckoned, as if he had been hired for so much a year; and according to the number of years he had been with him, so much per annum was to be deducted from the original purchase, and the rest to be made for his redemption to him that bought him.
John Wesley
25:50 According to the time of an hired servant - Allowance shall be made for the time wherein he hath served, proportionable to that which is given to an hired servant for so long service, because his condition is in this like theirs; it is not properly his person, but his work and labour that was sold.
25:5125:51: Եւ եթէ աւելի՛ եւս քան զայն ամս կայցէ, տացէ՛ զփրկանս իւր յարծաթոյ ստացուածոյն իւրոյ։
51 Եթէ դեռ շատ ժամանակ կայ մինչեւ ազատագրման տարին, որպէս փրկագին թող հատուցի իր անձի վաճառքի գնի մէկ մասը:
51 Եթէ տակաւին շատ տարի կայ, տարիներու թիւին նայելով՝ իր ծախուած գինէն պէտք է վերադարձնէ փրկագինը
եւ եթէ [432]աւելի եւս քան զայն ամս կայցէ, տացէ`` զփրկանս իւր յարծաթոյ [433]ստացուածոյն իւրոյ:

25:51: Եւ եթէ աւելի՛ եւս քան զայն ամս կայցէ, տացէ՛ զփրկանս իւր յարծաթոյ ստացուածոյն իւրոյ։
51 Եթէ դեռ շատ ժամանակ կայ մինչեւ ազատագրման տարին, որպէս փրկագին թող հատուցի իր անձի վաճառքի գնի մէկ մասը:
51 Եթէ տակաւին շատ տարի կայ, տարիներու թիւին նայելով՝ իր ծախուած գինէն պէտք է վերադարձնէ փրկագինը
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:5151: и если еще много [остается] лет, то по мере их он должен отдать в выкуп за себя серебро, за которое он куплен;
25:51 ἐὰν εαν and if; unless δέ δε though; while τινι τις anyone; someone πλεῖον πλειων more; majority τῶν ο the ἐτῶν ετος year ᾖ ειμι be πρὸς προς to; toward ταῦτα ουτος this; he ἀποδώσει αποδιδωμι render; surrender τὰ ο the λύτρα λυτρον ransom αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἀπὸ απο from; away τοῦ ο the ἀργυρίου αργυριον silver piece; money τῆς ο the πράσεως πρασις he; him
25:51 אִם־ ʔim- אִם if עֹ֥וד ʕˌôḏ עֹוד duration רַבֹּ֖ות rabbˌôṯ רַב much בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the שָּׁנִ֑ים ššānˈîm שָׁנָה year לְ lᵊ לְ to פִיהֶן֙ fîhˌen פֶּה mouth יָשִׁ֣יב yāšˈîv שׁוב return גְּאֻלָּתֹ֔ו gᵊʔullāṯˈô גְּאֻלָּה right of buying back מִ mi מִן from כֶּ֖סֶף kkˌesef כֶּסֶף silver מִקְנָתֹֽו׃ miqnāṯˈô מִקְנָה purchase
25:51. si plures fuerint anni qui remanent usque ad iobeleum secundum hos reddet et pretiumIf there be many years that remain until the jubilee, according to them shall he also repay the price.
51. If there be yet many years, according unto them he shall give back the price of his redemption out of the money that he was bought for.
25:51. If there will have been many years which remain until the Jubilee, according to these shall he also repay the price.
25:51. If [there be] yet many years [behind], according unto them he shall give again the price of his redemption out of the money that he was bought for.
If [there be] yet many years [behind], according unto them he shall give again the price of his redemption out of the money that he was bought for:

51: и если еще много [остается] лет, то по мере их он должен отдать в выкуп за себя серебро, за которое он куплен;
25:51
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
δέ δε though; while
τινι τις anyone; someone
πλεῖον πλειων more; majority
τῶν ο the
ἐτῶν ετος year
ειμι be
πρὸς προς to; toward
ταῦτα ουτος this; he
ἀποδώσει αποδιδωμι render; surrender
τὰ ο the
λύτρα λυτρον ransom
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τοῦ ο the
ἀργυρίου αργυριον silver piece; money
τῆς ο the
πράσεως πρασις he; him
25:51
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
עֹ֥וד ʕˌôḏ עֹוד duration
רַבֹּ֖ות rabbˌôṯ רַב much
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
שָּׁנִ֑ים ššānˈîm שָׁנָה year
לְ lᵊ לְ to
פִיהֶן֙ fîhˌen פֶּה mouth
יָשִׁ֣יב yāšˈîv שׁוב return
גְּאֻלָּתֹ֔ו gᵊʔullāṯˈô גְּאֻלָּה right of buying back
מִ mi מִן from
כֶּ֖סֶף kkˌesef כֶּסֶף silver
מִקְנָתֹֽו׃ miqnāṯˈô מִקְנָה purchase
25:51. si plures fuerint anni qui remanent usque ad iobeleum secundum hos reddet et pretium
If there be many years that remain until the jubilee, according to them shall he also repay the price.
25:51. If there will have been many years which remain until the Jubilee, according to these shall he also repay the price.
25:51. If [there be] yet many years [behind], according unto them he shall give again the price of his redemption out of the money that he was bought for.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ all ▾
John Gill
25:51 If there be yet many years behind,.... To the year of jubilee, and more than he had served:
according unto them he shall give again the price of his redemption, out of the money that he was bought for; suppose, for instance, when a man sold himself, there were twenty years to the year of jubilee, and he sold himself for twenty pieces of money, gold or silver, be the value what it will; and when he comes to treat with his master about his redemption, or a relation for him, and he has served just as many years as there are to the year of jubilee, ten years, then his master must be paid for the price of his redemption ten pieces of money; but if he has served but five years, and there are fifteen to come, he must give him fifteen pieces; and so in proportion, be the years more or fewer, as follows.
25:5225:52: Եւ եթէ սակա՛ւ ինչ կայցէ յամաց անտի մինչեւ ցամն թողութեան. համարեսցի՛ իւր ըստ ամացն իւրոց, եւ տացէ զփրկանս իւր
52 Իսկ եթէ մինչեւ ազատագրման տարին քիչ ժամանակ է մնացել, թող հաշուի եւ ըստ մնացած տարիների տայ իր փրկագինը:
52 Եւ եթէ Յոբելեան տարիին քիչ տարի մնացեր է, անոր հետ հաշիւ թող ընէ ու իր տարիներուն թիւին համեմատ իր փրկագինը պէտք է անոր տայ։
եւ եթէ սակաւ ինչ կայցէ յամաց անտի մինչեւ ցամն [434]թողութեան, համարեսցի իւր ըստ ամացն իւրոց, եւ տացէ զփրկանս իւր:

25:52: Եւ եթէ սակա՛ւ ինչ կայցէ յամաց անտի մինչեւ ցամն թողութեան. համարեսցի՛ իւր ըստ ամացն իւրոց, եւ տացէ զփրկանս իւր
52 Իսկ եթէ մինչեւ ազատագրման տարին քիչ ժամանակ է մնացել, թող հաշուի եւ ըստ մնացած տարիների տայ իր փրկագինը:
52 Եւ եթէ Յոբելեան տարիին քիչ տարի մնացեր է, անոր հետ հաշիւ թող ընէ ու իր տարիներուն թիւին համեմատ իր փրկագինը պէտք է անոր տայ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:5252: если же мало остается лет до юбилейного года, то он должен сосчитать и по мере лет отдать за себя выкуп.
25:52 ἐὰν εαν and if; unless δὲ δε though; while ὀλίγον ολιγος few; sparse καταλειφθῇ καταλειπω leave behind; remain ἀπὸ απο from; away τῶν ο the ἐτῶν ετος year εἰς εις into; for τὸν ο the ἐνιαυτὸν ενιαυτος cycle; period τῆς ο the ἀφέσεως αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness καὶ και and; even συλλογιεῖται συλλογιζομαι take account together; infer αὐτῷ αυτος he; him κατὰ κατα down; by τὰ ο the ἔτη ετος year αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἀποδώσει αποδιδωμι render; surrender τὰ ο the λύτρα λυτρον ransom αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
25:52 וְ wᵊ וְ and אִם־ ʔim- אִם if מְעַ֞ט mᵊʕˈaṭ מְעַט little נִשְׁאַ֧ר nišʔˈar שׁאר remain בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the שָּׁנִ֛ים ššānˈîm שָׁנָה year עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto שְׁנַ֥ת šᵊnˌaṯ שָׁנָה year הַ ha הַ the יֹּבֵ֖ל yyōvˌēl יֹובֵל ram וְ wᵊ וְ and חִשַּׁב־ ḥiššav- חשׁב account לֹ֑ו lˈô לְ to כְּ kᵊ כְּ as פִ֣י fˈî פֶּה mouth שָׁנָ֔יו šānˈāʸw שָׁנָה year יָשִׁ֖יב yāšˌîv שׁוב return אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] גְּאֻלָּתֹֽו׃ gᵊʔullāṯˈô גְּאֻלָּה right of buying back
25:52. si pauci ponet rationem cum eo iuxta annorum numerum et reddet emptori quod reliquum est annorumIf few, he shall make the reckoning with him according to the number of the years: and shall repay to the buyer of what remaineth of the years.
52. And if there remain but few years unto the year of jubile, then he shall reckon with him; according unto his years shall he give back the price of his redemption.
25:52. If few, he shall determine the accounting with him according to the number of years, and he shall repay to the buyer by what is left remaining of the years;
25:52. And if there remain but few years unto the year of jubile, then he shall count with him, [and] according unto his years shall he give him again the price of his redemption.
And if there remain but few years unto the year of jubile, then he shall count with him, [and] according unto his years shall he give him again the price of his redemption:

52: если же мало остается лет до юбилейного года, то он должен сосчитать и по мере лет отдать за себя выкуп.
25:52
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
δὲ δε though; while
ὀλίγον ολιγος few; sparse
καταλειφθῇ καταλειπω leave behind; remain
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῶν ο the
ἐτῶν ετος year
εἰς εις into; for
τὸν ο the
ἐνιαυτὸν ενιαυτος cycle; period
τῆς ο the
ἀφέσεως αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness
καὶ και and; even
συλλογιεῖται συλλογιζομαι take account together; infer
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
κατὰ κατα down; by
τὰ ο the
ἔτη ετος year
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἀποδώσει αποδιδωμι render; surrender
τὰ ο the
λύτρα λυτρον ransom
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
25:52
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
מְעַ֞ט mᵊʕˈaṭ מְעַט little
נִשְׁאַ֧ר nišʔˈar שׁאר remain
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
שָּׁנִ֛ים ššānˈîm שָׁנָה year
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
שְׁנַ֥ת šᵊnˌaṯ שָׁנָה year
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּבֵ֖ל yyōvˌēl יֹובֵל ram
וְ wᵊ וְ and
חִשַּׁב־ ḥiššav- חשׁב account
לֹ֑ו lˈô לְ to
כְּ kᵊ כְּ as
פִ֣י fˈî פֶּה mouth
שָׁנָ֔יו šānˈāʸw שָׁנָה year
יָשִׁ֖יב yāšˌîv שׁוב return
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
גְּאֻלָּתֹֽו׃ gᵊʔullāṯˈô גְּאֻלָּה right of buying back
25:52. si pauci ponet rationem cum eo iuxta annorum numerum et reddet emptori quod reliquum est annorum
If few, he shall make the reckoning with him according to the number of the years: and shall repay to the buyer of what remaineth of the years.
25:52. If few, he shall determine the accounting with him according to the number of years, and he shall repay to the buyer by what is left remaining of the years;
25:52. And if there remain but few years unto the year of jubile, then he shall count with him, [and] according unto his years shall he give him again the price of his redemption.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:52: jubilee: The jubilee was a wonderful institution, and of great service to the religion, freedom, and independence of the Hebrews. It was calculated to pRev_ent the rich from oppressing the poor, and reducing them to perpetual slavery; and to hinder their obtaining possession of all the lands by purchase, mortgage, or usurpation. It was further intended, that debts should not be multiplied too much, lest the poor should be entirely ruined; that slaves should not always continue in servitude; that personal liberty, equality of property, and the regular order of families might, as much as possible, be preserved; and that the people might thus be strongly attached to their country, lands, and inheritances.
John Gill
25:52 And if there remain but few years unto the year of jubilee,.... Fewer than what he has served, then the less is given for his redemption: thus, for instance, in the above supposed case, if he has served fifteen years, and there remain but five to the year of jubilee:
then he shall count with him, and according unto his years shall he give him again the price of his redemption; as in the fore mentioned case, he shall give him five pieces of money; and thus the law of justice and equity was maintained between the buyer and seller, the purchaser and the redeemer: in a like righteous manner the people of God are redeemed by Christ.
25:5325:53: իբրեւ զվարձկան ա՛մ յամէ, որչափ եւ իցէ՛ ընդ նմա. եւ մի՛ տառապեցուցանիցէ զնա աշխատութեամբ առաջի քո[1147]։ [1147] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Աշխատութեամբ առաջի Տեառն. համաձայն ոմանց ՚ի բնաբ՛՛։
53 Նա վարձկան պիտի համարուի այնքան ժամանակ, որքան տարի որ եղել է նրա մօտ: Չարչարանքով չպիտի տանջես նրան:
53 Ինք անոր քով տակաւին վարձկանի պէս պիտի սեպուի ու գնողն ալ խստութեամբ պէտք չէ իշխէ անոր վրայ։
Իբրեւ զվարձկան ամ յամէ [435]որչափ եւ`` իցէ ընդ նմա. մի՛ տառապեցուցանիցէ զնա աշխատութեամբ առաջի քո:

25:53: իբրեւ զվարձկան ա՛մ յամէ, որչափ եւ իցէ՛ ընդ նմա. եւ մի՛ տառապեցուցանիցէ զնա աշխատութեամբ առաջի քո[1147]։
[1147] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Աշխատութեամբ առաջի Տեառն. համաձայն ոմանց ՚ի բնաբ՛՛։
53 Նա վարձկան պիտի համարուի այնքան ժամանակ, որքան տարի որ եղել է նրա մօտ: Չարչարանքով չպիտի տանջես նրան:
53 Ինք անոր քով տակաւին վարձկանի պէս պիտի սեպուի ու գնողն ալ խստութեամբ պէտք չէ իշխէ անոր վրայ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:5353: Он должен быть у него, как наемник, во все годы; он не должен господствовать над ним с жестокостью в глазах твоих.
25:53 ὡς ως.1 as; how μισθωτὸς μισθωτος hired hand ἐνιαυτὸν ενιαυτος cycle; period ἐξ εκ from; out of ἐνιαυτοῦ ενιαυτος cycle; period ἔσται ειμι be μετ᾿ μετα with; amid αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him οὐ ου not κατατενεῖς κατατεινω he; him ἐν εν in τῷ ο the μόχθῳ μοχθος toil ἐνώπιόν ενωπιος in the face; facing σου σου of you; your
25:53 כִּ ki כְּ as שְׂכִ֥יר śᵊḵˌîr שָׂכִיר hired שָׁנָ֛ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year בְּ bᵊ בְּ in שָׁנָ֖ה šānˌā שָׁנָה year יִהְיֶ֣ה yihyˈeh היה be עִמֹּ֑ו ʕimmˈô עִם with לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not יִרְדֶּ֥נּֽוּ yirdˌennˈû רדה tread, to rule בְּ bᵊ בְּ in פֶ֖רֶךְ fˌereḵ פֶּרֶךְ act of violence לְ lᵊ לְ to עֵינֶֽיךָ׃ ʕênˈeʸḵā עַיִן eye
25:53. quibus ante servivit mercedibus inputatis non adfliget eum violenter in conspectu tuoHis wages being allowed for which he served before: he shall not afflict him violently in thy sight.
53. As a servant hired year by year shall he be with him: he shall not rule with rigour over him in thy sight.
25:53. his wages being charged by what served before. He shall not afflict him violently in your sight.
25:53. [And] as a yearly hired servant shall he be with him: [and the other] shall not rule with rigour over him in thy sight.
And as a yearly hired servant shall he be with him: [and the other] shall not rule with rigour over him in thy sight:

53: Он должен быть у него, как наемник, во все годы; он не должен господствовать над ним с жестокостью в глазах твоих.
25:53
ὡς ως.1 as; how
μισθωτὸς μισθωτος hired hand
ἐνιαυτὸν ενιαυτος cycle; period
ἐξ εκ from; out of
ἐνιαυτοῦ ενιαυτος cycle; period
ἔσται ειμι be
μετ᾿ μετα with; amid
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
οὐ ου not
κατατενεῖς κατατεινω he; him
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
μόχθῳ μοχθος toil
ἐνώπιόν ενωπιος in the face; facing
σου σου of you; your
25:53
כִּ ki כְּ as
שְׂכִ֥יר śᵊḵˌîr שָׂכִיר hired
שָׁנָ֛ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
שָׁנָ֖ה šānˌā שָׁנָה year
יִהְיֶ֣ה yihyˈeh היה be
עִמֹּ֑ו ʕimmˈô עִם with
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
יִרְדֶּ֥נּֽוּ yirdˌennˈû רדה tread, to rule
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
פֶ֖רֶךְ fˌereḵ פֶּרֶךְ act of violence
לְ lᵊ לְ to
עֵינֶֽיךָ׃ ʕênˈeʸḵā עַיִן eye
25:53. quibus ante servivit mercedibus inputatis non adfliget eum violenter in conspectu tuo
His wages being allowed for which he served before: he shall not afflict him violently in thy sight.
25:53. his wages being charged by what served before. He shall not afflict him violently in your sight.
25:53. [And] as a yearly hired servant shall he be with him: [and the other] shall not rule with rigour over him in thy sight.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:53: Lev 25:43
Geneva 1599
25:53 [And] as a yearly hired servant shall he be with him: [and the other] shall not rule with rigour over him in thy (y) sight.
(y) You shall not allow him to treat him severely, if you know it.
John Gill
25:53 And as a yearly hired servant shall he be with him,.... Being redeemable every year, and upon his redemption might quit his master's service, as an hireling may; and the price of his redemption to be valued according to the years he served, and as if he had been hired for so much a year; as well as he was to be treated in a kind and gentle manner, not as a bondman, but as if he was an hired servant, as follows:
and the other shall not rule with rigour over him in thy sight; the person he is sold unto, his master, a sojourner or stranger, he might not use an Hebrew he had bought with any severity; for if an Hebrew master might not use an Hebrew servant with rigour, it was not by any means to be admitted in the commonwealth of Israel for a proselyte to use one in such a manner, and that openly, in the sight of an Israelite his neighbour; he looking on and not remonstrating against it, or acquainting the civil magistrate with it, who had it in his power to redress such a grievance, and ought to do it.
John Wesley
25:53 In thy sight - Thou shalt not suffer this to be done, but whethe thou art a magistrate, or a private person, thou shalt take care according to thy capacity to get it remedied.
25:5425:54: Ապա թէ ո՛չ փրկեսցէ զնա ըստ այսմ օրինակի, ելցէ՛ յամին թողութեան, ի՛նքն եւ որդիք իւր ընդ նմա.
54 Իսկ եթէ այս ձեւերից որեւէ մէկով չի փրկագնուած, ապա ազատագրման տարում թող ազատ արձակուեն ինքն ու իր զաւակները,
54 Եւ եթէ այս կերպերով չփրկուի, Յոբելեան տարին ինք ալ ու իր որդիներն ալ իրեն հետ պէտք է ազատուին։
Ապա թէ ոչ փրկեսցէ ըստ այսմ օրինակի, ելցէ յամին [436]թողութեան ինքն եւ որդիք իւր ընդ նմա:

25:54: Ապա թէ ո՛չ փրկեսցէ զնա ըստ այսմ օրինակի, ելցէ՛ յամին թողութեան, ի՛նքն եւ որդիք իւր ընդ նմա.
54 Իսկ եթէ այս ձեւերից որեւէ մէկով չի փրկագնուած, ապա ազատագրման տարում թող ազատ արձակուեն ինքն ու իր զաւակները,
54 Եւ եթէ այս կերպերով չփրկուի, Յոբելեան տարին ինք ալ ու իր որդիներն ալ իրեն հետ պէտք է ազատուին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:5454: Если же он не выкупится таким образом, то в юбилейный год отойдет сам и дети его с ним,
25:54 ἐὰν εαν and if; unless δὲ δε though; while μὴ μη not λυτρῶται λυτροω ransom κατὰ κατα down; by ταῦτα ουτος this; he ἐξελεύσεται εξερχομαι come out; go out ἐν εν in τῷ ο the ἔτει ετος year τῆς ο the ἀφέσεως αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness αὐτὸς αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the παιδία παιδιον toddler; little child αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him μετ᾿ μετα with; amid αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
25:54 וְ wᵊ וְ and אִם־ ʔim- אִם if לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not יִגָּאֵ֖ל yiggāʔˌēl גאל redeem בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אֵ֑לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these וְ wᵊ וְ and יָצָא֙ yāṣˌā יצא go out בִּ bi בְּ in שְׁנַ֣ת šᵊnˈaṯ שָׁנָה year הַ ha הַ the יֹּבֵ֔ל yyōvˈēl יֹובֵל ram ה֖וּא hˌû הוּא he וּ û וְ and בָנָ֥יו vānˌāʸw בֵּן son עִמֹּֽו׃ ʕimmˈô עִם with
25:54. quod si per haec redimi non potuerit anno iobeleo egredietur cum liberis suisAnd if by these means he cannot be redeemed, in the year of the jubilee he shall go out with his children.
54. And if he be not redeemed by these , then he shall go out in the year of jubile, he, and his children with him.
25:54. But if, by these means, he will not be able to be redeemed, then in the year of the Jubilee he shall depart with his children.
25:54. And if he be not redeemed in these [years], then he shall go out in the year of jubile, [both] he, and his children with him.
And if he be not redeemed in these [years], then he shall go out in the year of jubile, [both] he, and his children with him:

54: Если же он не выкупится таким образом, то в юбилейный год отойдет сам и дети его с ним,
25:54
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
δὲ δε though; while
μὴ μη not
λυτρῶται λυτροω ransom
κατὰ κατα down; by
ταῦτα ουτος this; he
ἐξελεύσεται εξερχομαι come out; go out
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
ἔτει ετος year
τῆς ο the
ἀφέσεως αφεσις dismissal; forgiveness
αὐτὸς αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
παιδία παιδιον toddler; little child
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
μετ᾿ μετα with; amid
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
25:54
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
יִגָּאֵ֖ל yiggāʔˌēl גאל redeem
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אֵ֑לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָצָא֙ yāṣˌā יצא go out
בִּ bi בְּ in
שְׁנַ֣ת šᵊnˈaṯ שָׁנָה year
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּבֵ֔ל yyōvˈēl יֹובֵל ram
ה֖וּא hˌû הוּא he
וּ û וְ and
בָנָ֥יו vānˌāʸw בֵּן son
עִמֹּֽו׃ ʕimmˈô עִם with
25:54. quod si per haec redimi non potuerit anno iobeleo egredietur cum liberis suis
And if by these means he cannot be redeemed, in the year of the jubilee he shall go out with his children.
25:54. But if, by these means, he will not be able to be redeemed, then in the year of the Jubilee he shall depart with his children.
25:54. And if he be not redeemed in these [years], then he shall go out in the year of jubile, [both] he, and his children with him.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
25:54
In these years - More properly, by one of these means. The extreme period of servitude in this case was six years, as when the master was a Hebrew Exo 21:2.
Looking at the law of the Jubilee from a simply practical point of view, its operation must have tended to remedy those evils which are always growing up in the ordinary conditions of human society. It pRev_ented the permanent accumulation of land in the hands of a few, and periodically raised those whom fault or misfortune had sunk into poverty to a position of competency. It must also have tended to keep alive family feeling, and helped to preserve the family genealogies.
But in its more special character, as a law given by Yahweh to His special people, it was a standing lesson to those who would rightly regard it, on the terms upon which the enjoyment of the land of promise had been conferred upon them. All the land belonged to Yahweh as its supreme Lord, every Israelite as His vassal belonged to Him. The voice of the Jubilee horns, twice in every century, proclaimed the equitable and beneficent social order appointed for the people; they sounded that acceptable year of Yahweh which was to bring comfort to all that mourned, in which the slavery of sin was to be abolished, and the true liberty of God's children was to be proclaimed Luk 2:25; Isa 61:2; Luk 4:19; Act 3:21; Rom 8:19-23; Pe1 1:3-4.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:54: in these years: or, by these means
then: Lev 25:40, Lev 25:41; Exo 21:2, Exo 21:3; Isa 49:9, Isa 49:25, Isa 52:3
John Gill
25:54 And if he be not redeemed in these years,.... The Targum of Jonathan supplies the text as we do, in any of the years from the time of his sale to the year of jubilee; and so Aben Ezra interprets it, in the years that remain to the jubilee; but he observes there are others that say, by the means of those above mentioned, that is, by his nearest of kin, or by himself; for the word "years" is not in the text, which may be supplied, either with "years" or "relations"; and so the Vulgate Latin, Septuagint, and Oriental versions read, "by these" means, things or persons:
then he shall go out on the year of jubilee: out of the house and service of him that bought him, he shall go out free and freely, without paying anything for his freedom, having served his full time unto which he was bought:
both he and his children with him; and his wife too, if he had any, who, was comprehended in himself, and whom, both wife and children, his master was obliged to maintain during his servitude.
25:5525:55: զի ի՛մ են որդիքն Իսրայէլի ստրուկք. ծառայք իմ են, զորս հանի յերկրէն Եգիպտացւոց։
55 քանզի իսրայէլացիներն իմ ստրուկներն են, իմ ծառաները, որոնց ես հանել եմ Եգիպտացիների երկրից”»:
55 Վասն զի Իսրայէլի որդիները իմ ծառաներս են. Եգիպտոսի երկրէն իմ հանած ծառաներս են անոնք. ես եմ Տէրը՝ ձեր Աստուածը։
զի իմ են որդիքն Իսրայելի ստրուկք, ծառայք իմ` զորս հանի յերկրէն Եգիպտացւոց. ես եմ Տէր Աստուած ձեր:

25:55: զի ի՛մ են որդիքն Իսրայէլի ստրուկք. ծառայք իմ են, զորս հանի յերկրէն Եգիպտացւոց։
55 քանզի իսրայէլացիներն իմ ստրուկներն են, իմ ծառաները, որոնց ես հանել եմ Եգիպտացիների երկրից”»:
55 Վասն զի Իսրայէլի որդիները իմ ծառաներս են. Եգիպտոսի երկրէն իմ հանած ծառաներս են անոնք. ես եմ Տէրը՝ ձեր Աստուածը։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
25:5555: потому что сыны Израилевы Мои рабы; они Мои рабы, которых Я вывел из земли Египетской. Я Господь, Бог ваш.
25:55 ὅτι οτι since; that ἐμοὶ εμοι me οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel οἰκέται οικετης domestic παῖδές παις child; boy μου μου of me; mine οὗτοί ουτος this; he εἰσιν ειμι be οὓς ος who; what ἐξήγαγον εξαγω lead out; bring out ἐκ εκ from; out of γῆς γη earth; land Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos ἐγὼ εγω I κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God ὑμῶν υμων your
25:55 כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that לִ֤י lˈî לְ to בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel עֲבָדִ֔ים ʕᵃvāḏˈîm עֶבֶד servant עֲבָדַ֣י ʕᵃvāḏˈay עֶבֶד servant הֵ֔ם hˈēm הֵם they אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] הֹוצֵ֥אתִי hôṣˌēṯî יצא go out אֹותָ֖ם ʔôṯˌām אֵת [object marker] מֵ mē מִן from אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth מִצְרָ֑יִם miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt אֲנִ֖י ʔᵃnˌî אֲנִי i יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֵיכֶֽם׃ ʔᵉlōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s)
25:55. mei sunt enim servi filii Israhel quos eduxi de terra AegyptiFor the children of Israel are my servants, whom I brought forth out of the land of Egypt.
55. For unto me the children of Israel are servants; they are my servants whom I brought forth out of the land of Egypt: I am the LORD your God.
25:55. For they are my servants, the sons of Israel, whom I led away from the land of Egypt.
25:55. For unto me the children of Israel [are] servants; they [are] my servants whom I brought forth out of the land of Egypt: I [am] the LORD your God.
For unto me the children of Israel [are] servants; they [are] my servants whom I brought forth out of the land of Egypt: I [am] the LORD your God:

55: потому что сыны Израилевы Мои рабы; они Мои рабы, которых Я вывел из земли Египетской. Я Господь, Бог ваш.
25:55
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἐμοὶ εμοι me
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
οἰκέται οικετης domestic
παῖδές παις child; boy
μου μου of me; mine
οὗτοί ουτος this; he
εἰσιν ειμι be
οὓς ος who; what
ἐξήγαγον εξαγω lead out; bring out
ἐκ εκ from; out of
γῆς γη earth; land
Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
ἐγὼ εγω I
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
ὑμῶν υμων your
25:55
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
לִ֤י lˈî לְ to
בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
עֲבָדִ֔ים ʕᵃvāḏˈîm עֶבֶד servant
עֲבָדַ֣י ʕᵃvāḏˈay עֶבֶד servant
הֵ֔ם hˈēm הֵם they
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
הֹוצֵ֥אתִי hôṣˌēṯî יצא go out
אֹותָ֖ם ʔôṯˌām אֵת [object marker]
מֵ מִן from
אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
מִצְרָ֑יִם miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
אֲנִ֖י ʔᵃnˌî אֲנִי i
יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֵיכֶֽם׃ ʔᵉlōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s)
25:55. mei sunt enim servi filii Israhel quos eduxi de terra Aegypti
For the children of Israel are my servants, whom I brought forth out of the land of Egypt.
25:55. For they are my servants, the sons of Israel, whom I led away from the land of Egypt.
25:55. For unto me the children of Israel [are] servants; they [are] my servants whom I brought forth out of the land of Egypt: I [am] the LORD your God.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
25:55: For unto me the children of Israel are servants - The reason of this law we have already seen, (See on Lev 25:42 (note)), but we must look farther to see the great end of it. The Israelites were a typical people; they represented those under the Gospel dispensation who are children of God by faith in Christ Jesus. But these last have a peculiarity of blessing: they are not merely servants, but they are Sons; though they also serve God, yet it is in the newness of the spirit, and not in the oldness of the letter. And to this difference of state the apostle seems evidently to allude, Gal 4:6, etc.: And because ye are Sons, God hath sent forth the Spirit of his Son into your hearts, crying Abba, Father. Wherefore thou art no more a Servant, but a Son; and if a Son, then an Heir of God through Christ; genuine believers in Christ not being heirs of an earthly inheritance, nor merely of a heavenly one, for they are heirs of God. God himself therefore is their portion, without whom even heaven itself would not be a state of consummate blessedness to an immortal spirit. The jubilee was a wonderful institution, and was of very great service to the religion, freedom, and independence of the Jewish people. "The motive of this law," says Calmet, "was to prevent the rich from oppressing the poor, and reducing them to perpetual slavery; and that they should not get possession of all the lands by way of purchase, mortgage, or, lastly, usurpation. That debts should not be multiplied too much, lest thereby the poor should be entirely ruined; and that slaves should not continue always, they, their wives and children, in servitude. Besides, Moses intended to preserve, as much as possible, personal liberty, an equality of property, and the regular order of families, among the Hebrews. Lastly, he designed that the people should be strongly attached to their country, lands, and inheritances; that they should have an affection for them, and consider them as estates which descended to them from their ancestors which they were to leave to their posterity, without any fear of their going ultimately out of their families." But this institution especially pointed out the redemption of man by Christ Jesus:
1. Through him, he who was in debt to God's justice had his debt discharged, and his sin forgiven.
2. He who sold himself for naught, who was a bondslave of sin and Satan, regains his liberty and becomes a son of God through faith in his blood.
3. He who by transgression had forfeited all right and title to the kingdom of God, becomes an heir of God, and a joint heir with Christ. Heaven, his forfeited inheritance, is restored, for the kingdom of heaven is open to all believers; and thus, redeemed from his debt, restored to his liberty, united to the heavenly family, and re-entitled to his inheritance, he goes on his way rejoicing, till he enters the paradise of his Maker, and is for ever with the Lord.
Reader, hast thou applied for this redemption? Does not the trumpet of the jubilee, the glad tidings of salvation by Christ Jesus, sound in the land? Surely it does. Why then continue a bond-slave of sin, a child of wrath, and an heir of hell, when such a salvation is offered unto thee without money and without price? O suffer not this provision to be made ultimately in vain for thee! For what art thou advantaged if thou gain the whole world and lose thy soul?
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
25:55: my servants: Lev 25:42; Exo 13:3, Exo 20:2; Psa 116:16; Isa 43:3; Luk 1:74, Luk 1:75; Rom 6:14, Rom 6:17, Rom 6:18; Rom 6:22; Co1 7:22, Co1 7:23, Co1 9:19, Co1 9:21; Gal 5:13
John Gill
25:55 For unto me the children of Israel are servants,.... And therefore not to be perpetual servants to men, as those who are bought and redeemed by the blood of Christ should not be, 1Cor 7:23; The Targum of Jonathan is, servants to my law; see Rom 7:25; those that are redeemed by Christ are also servants to his Gospel, and obey from their heart the form and doctrine delivered to them;
they are my servants, whom I brought forth out of the land of Egypt: where they were in cruel bondage, and made to serve with rigour, but now, being delivered from thence, were laid under obligation to serve the Lord; nor was it his will that others should rule over them with rigour, whether of their own nation or strangers, or that they should be bondmen and bondmaids, or perpetual servants to any:
I am the Lord your God; their covenant God, who had been kind to them, particularly in the instance mentioned, and would take care that they should not be ill used by others, and therefore ought to serve him readily and cheerfully.